SUPERIOR QUALITY PROFESSIONAL MACHINE TOOLS

MAIN CATALOGUE 2021 Always Excel EXCELLENT QUALITY - VALUE - CUSTOMER CARE EXCELLENT QUALITY - VALUE - CUSTOMER CARE - CUSTOMER - VALUE QUALITY EXCELLENT

Cnc Machines, Grinders, , Shears, , Mills, Guillotines, , Plate Bending Rolls, Press Brakes, Lots More! Visit : www.excelmachinetools.co.uk INDEX by Categories

CNC LATHES 12-18 'Always Excel' CNC Tooling 19 ADDRESS: Excel Machine Tools Colliery Lane CNC MILLS 20-26 Exhall Coventry CNC Mill Tooling 27-33 CV7 9NW UK

MANUAL LATHES 34-59

NATIONAL CONTACT Tooling for Lathes 60-80 TEL: 0247 636 5255 FAX: 0247 636 6666

MANUAL MILLS 81-104 INTERNATIONAL Tooling for Mills 105-132 CONTACT TEL: +44 (24) 7636 5255 FAX: +44 (24) 7636 6666 M/C 133-153

EXTENSIONS Tooling for Drills 154-164 Option 1 for Sales Option 2 for Spares & Services Option 3 for Credit Control Option 4 for Purchase Ledger GRINDING M/C 165-196 Option 5 for General Enquiries Accessories 197

EXTENSIONS 5823 - Lisa SAWING M/C 198-222 5824 - Elaine 5826 - Geoff Accessories 223 5828 - Jag 5830 - Glenys

FABRICATION

EMAIL ADDRESSES MACHINES 224-256 [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] LIFTING, MOVING & SANDBLASTING 257-267 OPENING TIMES 8.30 - 5.00 Mon - Thur 8.30 - 4.00 Friday

Weekend & after hour appointments 268-285 available by request 2 Alphabetical INDEX Machines AINDEX 5C 60 G Saws 222 Chucks ER 61,119 Blocks 127 Adjustable Roller Stand 223 Collet 5C 60 GRINDERS Align Power Feeds 108 Comb Set 127 Belt Grinders 188,191-196 Angle benders 235 Cone Drifts 157 Belt & Disc Grinders 194-195 Angle Plates 113 Set 164 Bench Grinders 180-186,188 Angle Plates, Swivel 114 Counter Sinking Set 164 / Angling Machine 237 Coolant Equipment 79 Wire Wheel 180,181,186 Anti Vibration Levelling Coolant Pumps 78 172-174 Mount 79,129 Crane Scales 265 Drill Grinder 175-177 Arbors (Drill Chuck) 76,124,162 Cross Table 156 External Grinder 174 Arbors (Shell ) 27-31, 123 Cutting Off Saws 230-222 Notch Grinder 196 Arbor Presses 231 Cylindrical Grinders 172-174 Surface Grinders 165-171 Universal Grinder 172,173 B D Tool & Cutter Grinder 178,179 Dead Centres 71 Horizontal 200-215 Deadlock Holders 31,130 H Vertical 199 Deburring & Chamfering 106,107 198 Bed Mill 81 Debur & Counter Sink. 154 Hand Held Tapper 155 Bed Stop 61 Depth Digital Verniers 70,127 Hand Notcher 230 Belt Disc Sanders 194-195 Depth 70, 126 Hand 228,229 Belt Grinders 188,191-196 Dial Bore Gauges 70 Height Gauges 126 Bench Grinders 180-186,188 Dial Indicators 69,125 Hold Down Set 158 Bench Grinder/ Wire Dial Test Indicators 69,125 Horizontal 200-215 Wheel 180,181,186 Diamond Dressers 180 Horizontal Mill Attach 108 Bench Vices 255,256 Digital Depth Verniers 70,127 Hydraulic Press Brake 234 Bending Brakes 232-235 Digital Height Gauges 126 Hyd. Workshop Presses 258-259 Bending Rolls 237-243 Digital Micrometers 125 Hydraulic Shears 224 Protractors 127 Digital Verniers 126 BORDERING MACHINE Dividing Heads 109,110 I Manual 246 Dividing Plates 111 Indexers 112 Motorised 247 Drill Chucks 76,124,162 Plates 111 Bore Gauges 70 Drill Chuck Arbors 76, 124, 162 Drill Drifts 157 Ironworkers 244,245 Bars 64,66-68, 120 Drill Grinders 175-177 Boring Heads 122 Drill Grinding Att. 180 K Boring & Heads 121 DRILLING MACHINES Knurling Tools 61 Box & Pan Brakes 235 Belt Driven 141-147 BT Tooling 27-32,132 Geared Head 133-138,140 L Buffer Polishers 186-188 Magnetic Drills 152-153 LATHES Radial Drills 148-151 CNC 12-18 C Variable Speed 138, 147 Manual 34-59 Carbide End Mills 129 Drill Mill 97-104 Oil Country 34,35 Centre Drills 77,128,163 Drill Sets 77,128,163 Lathe Centres 71 Chamfering Machine 106,107 Drill Sleeves 71 Lathe Chucks 72-75 CHUCKS Drill & Tap Set 164 Lathe Chuck Keys 72,75 Collet Chucks ER Drills Taper Shank 77,128,163 Lathe Steadies 60 For Lathes 61 Drill Vices 159-161 LED Lamps 80 Collet Chucks ER Dust Collectors 183 Lever Bars 265 For Milling Mach. 119 Dust Extractors 187 Lifting Jacks 261 Drill Chucks 76,124,162 Lifting Tables 260 Lathe Chucks 72-75 E Linishers/Sanders 194,195 5C lathe chucks 60 Edge Sensor 129 LMS for Saws 223 Circular Cutting Mach. 231 Electric Thread Tapper 155 Load Movers 261-265 Circular Saws 220,221 Electronic Dial Indicators 69, 125 Clamp Sets 113,158 ER Collet Chucks M Clock Stand 69,125 For Lathes 61 Machine Lift Jacks 261 CNC LATHES For Mills 119 Machine Mounts 79,129 Slant Bed 12-14 Machine Vices 114-117 Flat Bed 15-18 F Magnetic Clock Stands 69,125 CNC Lathe Tool VDI 19 Face Mill Holders 27-31,123,132 Magnetic Drills 152,153 CNC Mills & VMC 20-26 Flat Bed CNC Lathes 15-18 Manual Bend Rolls 237,238 CNC Mill Tooling 27-33 Folders 228,232-235,237 Maxiform 30 228 Collets R8 120 Foot Shears 227,228

3 Mechanical Shears 225,226 Micrometers 69,125 Pull Down Saws 216-219 Vernier Height Gauges 126 Milling Cutters 129-131 Swivel Frame Vertical Bandsaw 199 Milling Machines Adapt. 123 Mitre Saws 203-208, Vertical Machining Milling Tables 156 211,215 Motorised Brake Centre 20-25 Twin Column Bandsaw 200,201, Bending Machines 232-234 Vertical Mini CNC Mills 26 204, 205 Vibration Dampers 79,129 MILLS VICES; Bed Mills 81 Twin Column Bandsaw Bench 255,256 CNC Mills & VMC 20-26 Swivel Frame 204,205 Drill 159-161 Drill Mills 97-104 Vertical Saws 199 Toolroom Mill 82,83 Milling Machine 114-117 Turret Mills 84-89 Multi Purpose 255 SHEARS Universal Mills 90-96 Toolmakers 197 Mitre Saws 203,208, Foot Shears 227,228 VMC 33 211,215 Hydraulic Shears 224 Motorised Bend. Rolls 239-243 Manual Shears 228,229 Mechanical Shears 225,226 W N Shell End Mill Arbors 127-131, Water Pipe Bender 236 Notchers 230 123,132 Wheel Dressers 180 Slant Bed CNC Lathes 12-14 P Worklamps LED 80 Pallet Trucks 262,263 Slotting Head 108 Support 129 Parallels 118 Soft Jaws 73 Workshop Cranes 257 Pipe Bending Machine 236, 254 Solid Centres 71 Workshop Presses 258,259 Pipe Centres 71 Step Set 164 Pipe Clamping Vices 255 Suds Pump 78 Pipe Threading Mach. 254 Super Indexing Spacer 112 Plate Bending Rolls 237-243 Super Spacer 112 Pneumatic Notcher 230 Polishers 186-188 Surface Grinders 165-171 Portable Saws 214,215 Swivel Angle Plates 114 Woodworking Power Bending Rolls 239-243 Machines Power Dust Extractors 187,189,190 T Power Feeds 108 Tailstock 111 Belt & Disc Sanders 281 Press Brakes 234 Taper Shank Drills 77,128,163 Pull Down Saws 216-218 Tapper Hand Held 155 Chop Saws 276 Pull Studs 27-29,32,132 Tapping Heads 32,157 Circular Saws 272-274 Telescopic Gauges 70 Clamping Table 285 Q Tool & Cutter Grinder 178,179 Quick Change Edge Binders 278 Tool Maker Vice 197 Toolposts 61,62 Edge Sanders 280 Toolroom Mills 82,83 R Tool Trolleys 78 Material Stands 285 Radius End Mills 129 Transporting Chassis 264 Mitre Chop Saws 276 Reversible Transport Roller Set 264 Tapping Heads 157 Tube Notch Grinder 196 Thicknessers 268 Revolving Centres 71 Tools 63-68 /Planer/ Right Angle Mill. Attach 108 Turret Mills 84-89 Thicknesser 269 Ring Rollers 248-253 croll Saws 275 Roller Stands 223 U S Sliding Table Saws 272,273 Rotary Tables 111 Universal Boring Slot Mortising M/C 277 & Facing Head 121 Moulder 272 S Universal Dividing Head 110 Sandblasting Universal Grinder 172,173 able Saws 272-274 Machines 266,267 T Universal Mills 90-96 Universal Protractor 127 Vertical Bandsaws 270,271 SAWS Saws 222 V Wet & Dry Grinders 279 Aluminium Cutting 221 Chip Extraction 284 Circular Saws 220,221 VDI Tooling 19 Wood Lathes 282,283 Hacksaws 198 Vee Blocks 118,156,197 Horizontal Bandsaws 200-215 Vernier 70,126

Page 4 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 5 Page 4 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 5 Page 6 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 7 Page 6 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 7 QUALITY ***** SERVICE ***** CUSTOMER CARE

INVESTING IN YOUR FUTURE, IS OUR PRIORITY

Excel also supplies for teaching training to colleges and large factories. The extensive range of Excel products fit exceptionally well to every teaching situation. The range of basic, low cost, manual machines provide excellent initial training. Cost effective CNC systems deliver you advanced instruction for students preparing to enter the workplace (Training is available on site on request). We supply to engineering industries worldwide, turnkey products, schools, Colleges, universities and training centers.

A FULL INSTALLATION CAN BE OVERWHELMING We regularly work in partnership with various agencies around the world to deliver full factories installations.

We provide support and advice from conception to completion of the project to ensure the timely delivery and installation of all required machinery. Where necessary machines are specially tailored to the needs of the customer.

Consultation - Supply - Installation - Training

Page 8 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 9 WIDE RANGE ***** PROMPT DELIVERY *****

SO WHY SHOULD YOU CHOOSE EXCEL? WE TOOK THE LIBERTY TO COLLATE OUR REASONS, SO YOU DON'T HAVE TO l Fantastic availability on all products, thanks to our large storage capacity l World Class follow up support l Value for money products with quick delivery l Internationally renowned bespoke modifications l Massive range to choose from. With the latest and greatest machines to older models. l A fully trained customer service team who are friendly, polite, and have access to all the information you could need. l Part of global network of suppliers. l Fully developed workshop programs for educational establishments.

Page 8 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 9 ***** CUSTOMERS QUESTIONS ANSWERED *****

EXTENSIVE RANGE AND LARGE STOCKS TO MEET EVERY NEED Highly skilled-time served engineers prepare the machines for delivery. Aftersales service and customer care is excellent that is why our 90% sales is repeat orders from our domestic and overseas customers. From consultation - supply, installation and training services available

Workshop Goods getting ready

FINAL PREPARATIONS OF THE MACHINES Section of the Workshop Section of the Warehouse PERFORMANCE

Page 10 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 11 FINAL PREPARATIONS OF THE MACHINES CUSTOMERS QUESTIONS ANSWERED ELECTRICAL

FINAL PREPARATIONS OF THE MACHINES MECHANICAL

FINAL PREPARATIONS OF THE MACHINES Section of the Warehouse PERFORMANCE

Page 10 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 11 Slant Bed Lathes With Siemens 828 D Controller S 500 0351-5150 S 750 0351-5170

Features l Rugged and heavy “Cartridge” spindle system with one two-row l Portable electronic handwheel cylinder roller bearing each at the front and back, and a double-side l Ready for bar feeder taper bearing in the centre l Hydraulic tool turret by Sauter with driven tools l Long service life of all bearings thanks to permanent lubrication l Automatic door opening with monitoring l All with SIEMENS servomotors l Coolant system l All axes directly driven to eliminate torsion backlash and ensures l Heat exchanger greater precision in thread tapping and contour machining l Bar feeder interface l Doubly pre-stressed ball screw spindles with low helix slope to increase feed force l Chip conveyor and chip trolley l Fast turret head switching - releasing and rotation occur l Auto Renishaw tool measuring arm for tool measuring practically at the same time l Programmable part catcher l Turret head switching occurs non-stop bi-directionally l Including two years of SIEMENS warranty l Programmable tailstock where the spindle sleeve is activated with the ■ Information on the „Maintenance contracts“ on page 177 pedal or in the program l Tailstock body can be positioned with a drive rod

Optional Equipment Square transverse mount Square transverse Square longitudinal mount overhead mount VDI 40 Starter Set 0353-6116 1 3 2 1. 3 pcs square transverse mount 2. 1 pc. square transverse overhead mount 3. Square longitudinal mount 4. 3 pcs. sealing covers. 5. 1 pc. spring collet holder ER 25 0353-6251 0353-6252 0353-6253 6. 1 pc. spring collet spanner ER 25 Sealing cover Collet Chuck Spanner 7. 1 pc. Drill chuck 1-13mm 4 5 Collet Chuck ER 25 ER 25 8. 1 pc. tool holder 9. 15 pcs. spring collet set ER 25 10. 5 pcs. drill rod holders 6 10, 12, 16, 20 & 25 mm 0353-6256 0353-6240 0353-6257

Drill Chuck 1-13mm 7 8 Tool holder 9 15 pcs. Spring collet set ER 25 Drill rod holders 10, Pre worked 12, 16, 20 & 25 mm Round blank 10

0353-6259 0353-6258 0344-1109 see page 19

Page 12 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 13

Slant Bed Lathes Specification S 500 S 750 Included as Standard

Electrical connection 400V. 3ph.50HZ • For S 500 Total Connected Load 50 KVA 62.5 KVA 200 mm 3 Jaw Hydraulic Chuck Spindle Drive Motor 17 kW 30 kW Drive Motor Torque 162 Nm 186 Nm • For S 750 250 mm 3 Jaw Hydraulic Chuck Spindle taper (DIN ISO) 702-1 No.6 702-1 No.8 Spindle Bore Ø 66 mm* Ø88 mm* Accessories for S 500 Chuck passage Ø 52 mm Ø 77 mm 4 Jaw 200 mm Hydraulic Chuck

Hydraulic Lathe Chuck Ø 200 mm Ø 250 mm CNC lathes Instead of 3 Jaw 200 mm Hyd.Chuck 0351-515013 Coolant pump output 750w 4 Jaw 250 mm Hydraulic Chuck Tank Capacity 185 Litres Instead of 200mm Hyd. Chuck 0351-515017 Hydraulic pump 1.5 kW 3 Jaw 250 Hyd. Chuck Tank Capacity 70 Litres Instead of 200mm Hyd. Chuck 0351-515016 Y-axis Sauter tool turret with drive 0351-515018 Centre Height 600 mm Steady rest 0351-515010 Max turning diameter 485 mm Axially driven tool holder 0351-515006

Max Turn. length with turret 750 mm 1,250 mm Radially driven tool holder 0351-515007 Turning dia. above cross slide Ø450 mm Rear radially driven tool holder 0351-515008 Bar feeder V65-E-Pro 1.55 metre 0351-515003 Turning dia. above bed Ø600 mm Bar feeder Pro 3.2 metre 0351-515012 Angle bed 45° Oil Separator 0351-515001 Siemens Control PPU 290 0351-515030 Spindle speeds (RPM) 10-4,000 10-3000 Hydraulic Turret type Sauter VD140 with Tool drive Accessories for S 750 Number of tools 12 tools 4 Jaw 200 mm Hydraulic Chuck Max. permissible Max 4,000 rpm Instead of 3 Jaw 250 mm Hyd.Chuck 0351-517013 speed at tool Coupling 4 Jaw 300 mm Hydraulic Chuck Tool Output 4,82 Kw Instead of 3 Jaw 250 mm Hyd.Chuck 0351-517015 Max. Tool torque 20 Nm Y-axis Sauter tool turret with drive 0351-517018 Max Tool Size 25 x 25 mm Steady rest 0351-517010 Axially driven tool holder 0351-517006 Max. Drill Size Ø32 mm Radially driven tool holder 0351-517007 Repeat accuracy ± 0.005 mm Rear radially driven tool holder 0351-517008 Positioning accuracy ± 0.005 mm Bar feeder V65-E-Pro 1.55 metre 0351-517003 X axis Travel 305 mm Bar feeder Pro 3.2 metre 0351-517012 Z axis Travel 750 mm 1,250 mm Oil Separator 0351-517001 Air Conditioner 0351-517009 Y axis (optional) ± 50 mm X axis/Y axis Feed Rate 24,000 mm/min Steady X axis Motor Torque 11 Nm Z axis Motor Torque 27 Nm Tailstock Taper MT5 Tailstock Travel 650 mm 1,150 mm Tailstock Quill Diameter 90 mm Tailstock Quill Travel Hy 120 mm Dims. LxWxH (cm) 302 x 186 x 202 462 x 186 x 202 Overall Weight 5,600 Kgs 6,500 Kgs

0353-6240 Radially Driven Tool Holder on Rear Side

Radially Driven Tool Bar Axially Holder Feeder Driven Tool Holder

Page 12 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 13 Slant Bed Lathes With Siemens Sinumerik S 400E 0350-4325 808D Advanced Controller

SIEMENS SINUMERIK 808D ADVANCED

Features l Compact design l Slant bed 45° for particularly large machining diameter l Easy chip removal into the chip tray l Dimensionally stable linear guides ensure a long service thanks to maximum static and dynamic stiffness l Hardened and Ground ball screw spindles l All servomotors with integrated encoder for maximum precision l Renishaw measuring arm for manual tool measuring l Tailstock with hydraulic quill l Portable electronic hand wheel substantially facilitates running in of programs l Chip conveyor l Chip carriage l Work lamp l Software package "SINUMERIK 808D on PC" inc. (Practical training software allowing to be programmed and simulated on a PC offline.

SIEMENS SINUMERIK 808D ADVANCED Included as Standard l RJ45 Ethernet port l 8.4" LCD colour display with a resolution of 800x600 • Chip conveyor l Ready for remote maintenance • Electronic hand wheel l AST function gives users an easy optimisation option in • Renishaw tool measuring case of stricter dynamic and precision requirements • Chip carriage l Absolute encoder / no referencing move required • Hydraulic 3-jaw l Ensures greater precision lathe chuck Ø 200 mm • Machine feet Specification S 400E • Operating tool Electrical Connection 400V 3Ph 50Hz No. of tools 8 Total Connected Load 19 KVA Max Tool shank 25 mm TOOL CHANGER Spindle Drive Motor 7.5 kW Max Chuck Drill Rod Ø16 mm • 8 tool slots Spindle Taper ISO 702-1 No 6 A2 Repeat Accuracy ± 0.006 mm/300 mm • hydraulic

• Only requires 0.25 seconds for a 45° swivel Spindle Bore 61 mm Positioning Accuracy ± 0.01mm Chuck Passage Ø52 mm X axis Travel 200 mm Hydraulic Lathe Chuck Ø200 mm Z axis Travel 430 mm Coolant Pump 580 W X axis Feed Speed 10,000 mm/min Tank Capacity 75 Litres Z axis Feed Speed 10,000 mm/min Turning Length (max) 430 mm X axis Motor Torque 10 Nm Turning Dia (max) Ø224 mm Z axis Motor Torque 10 Nm Over cross slide (max) Ø200 mm Tailstock Taper MT4 Over bed (max) Ø450 mm Tailstock Quill Dia. Ø72 mm Slant of bed 45° Tailstock Quill travel 110 mm

Spindle Speeds* 40 - 4,500 RPM Dims LxWxH cm 254 x 188 x 216 Tool Turret Type Hydraulic Weight 3500 Kg

Page 14 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 15 With Siemens 0351-4410 Flat Bed Lathes L 440 828D Basic L 460 0351-4420 Controller CNC lathes

Features l High-precision machine with the latest SIEMENS control and SIEMENS servo drives l Compact spindle stock design l High-speed spindle 4,500 rpm with high-precision and generously dimensioned taper roller bearings l Shifting between the two gears occurs pneumatically via a compressed air cylinder l Spindle stock design guarantees minimal noise development l Wide machine bed with double-square guide rails,for roughing work l Bed rails tempered and grinded l Generously dimensioned tailstock and easily positionable with quick clamping mechanism l Two separately movable sliding doors with integrated view windows at front l Microswitch prevents starting the machine if the door is not fully closed l RJ45 plug-in & USB connection/ 230 V power connection l Mobile control panel l Two electronic hand wheels for manual control of the X and Z axis l Automatic spindle stock lubrication l Automatic lubrication of longitudinal and transverse slides l Halogen work lamp l Closed electrical cabinet with integrated heat exchanger ensures an optimal temperature even in case of high ambient temperatures, and prevents dirt particle penetration l Hard and soft block jaws l Tailstock end cover l Six machine feet l Heat exchanger l EMC (electromagnetic compatibility)

Optional Attachments Included as Standard Internal Tool Cooling 440 0351-4410-01 • Siemens 828 D Basic T Controller • 8 Station Turret LS 160 VDI 40 Internal Tool Cooling 460 0351-4420-01 • 200mm Hydraulic Chuck • Heat Exchanger • Tailstock • Headstock • Tool Change System • Hydraulic Unit • Coolant Equipment • 3D Simulation Joystick 440 0351-4410-02 Joystick 460 0351-4420-02 Fixed Stdy 20-200 mm 440 0351-4410-03 Specification L 440 / L 460 Fixed Stdy 20-200 mm 460 0351-4420-03 Electrical Connection 400V 3Ph 50Hz Speeds 1st/2 Gear 100-950/900-4500 rpm Travel. Stdy10-100 mm 440 0351-4410-04 Total Connected Load 25 KVA Torque Stage 1/ stage 2 525Nm/382 Nm Travel. Stdy10-100 mm 460 0351-4420-04 Spindle Motor S1 op 11 kW Hyd. Tool Turret LS 160 VDI 40 Chip Conveyor L440 1.0M 0351-4410-05 Toque Drive motor S1 op 70 Nm No.of tools 8

Chip Conveyor L460 1.5M 0351-4420-05 Drive Motor S6 30% op 23 kW Max Tool Shank 25 x 25 mm Chip Trolley 0351-4410-06 Toque Drive Motor S6 30% 148 Nm Max Chuck Drill Rod Ø32 mm Spindle Taper ISO 702-1 No6 Repeat Accuracy ± 0.005 mm VDI 40 Equipment Spindle Bore Ø65 mm Positioning Accuracy ± 0.005 mm Chuck Passage Ø52 mm X axis Travel 260 mm VDI 40 Starter Set 0353-6116 Hydraulic Lathe Chuck Ø200 mm Z axis Travel 1,150 mm / 1680 mm Square transverse mount 0353-6251 Square trans.overhead mount 0353-6252 Coolant Pump Motor 375 W Z&Y Axis Feed Rate 15,000 mm/min Square longitudinal mount 0353-6253 Coolant Tank Capacity 170 Litres X axis Motor Torque 6 Nm Sealing covers. 0353-6256 Hydraulic Pump Motor 750 W Z axis Motor Toque 16 Nm Spring collet holder ER 25 0353-6257 Tank Capacity 50 Litres Tailstock Taper MT4 Collet Chuck spanner ER 25 0353-6240 Centre Height 235 mm Tailstock Quill Dia. Ø65 mm ER 25 spring collet set 15 pcs. 0344-1109 Between Centres 1000 mm/1500 mm Tailstock Quill Travel 150 mm Drill Chuck 1-13mm 0353-6259 Turning Over Cross Slide Ø240 mm Dims Length 303 cm / 353 cm Tool holder Round Blank 0353-6258 Turning Over Bed Ø475 mm WxH 195 x 203 cm Drill rod holder 10,12,16,20,25mm p 19 Swing In Gap Ø710 mm Weight Kg 3000 / 3450

Page 14 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 15 With Siemens Flat Bed Lathes L 44 0351-4330 828D Basic Controller

Features l Spindle and servo motors by SIEMENS l Fully cladded with safety device l Operating tool l Integrated coolant unit with 90 litre coolant tank l Automatic centralised lubrication l With max. spindle speed up to 3,000 rpm as standard l Swivelling operating unit l Electronic handwheels for the X & Z axis l RJ45 plug-in connection, USB power connection 230V l Including two years of SIEMENS warranty l Tailstock cover l 6 machine feet l EMC (electromagnetic compatibility) Included as Standard

l Siemens 828 D Controller l 8 Station Turret VDI30 l 160mm Hydraulic Chuck (a) l Heat Exchanger (b)l Tailstock (c)l Hydraulic Unit l Central Lubrication System l 3D Simulation

Optional Attachments Specification L 44

Hyd. Tailstock Sleeve 0351-4330-01 Electrical Connection 400V 3Ph 50Hz Bed Width 300 mm Fixed Stdy 10-130mm 0351-4330-02 Total Connected Load 23 KVA Speeds 10-3000 rpm Travel. Stdy 10-100mm 0351-4330-03 Spindle Motor S1 op 7 kW Hyd. Tool Turret VDI 30 Torque Drive motor S1 op 33 Nm No.of tools 8 VDI 30 Equipment Drive Motor S6 30% op 16 kW Max Tool Shank 20 x 20 mm Torque Drive Motor S6 30% 80 Nm Max Chuck Drill Rod Ø25 mm VDI 30 Starter Set 0353-6115 Spindle Taper ISO 702-1 No5 Repeat Accuracy ± 0.005 mm Square transverse mount 0353-6231 Spindle Bore Ø52 mm Positioning Accuracy ± 0.005 mm Sq. trans. overhead mount 0353-6232

Sq. longitudinal mount 0353-6233 Chuck Passage Ø40 mm X axis Travel 250 mm Sealing covers. 0353-6236 Hydraulic Lathe Chuck Ø150 mm Z axis Travel 760 mm ER25 Collet Chuck 0353-6237 Coolant Pump Motor 270 W Z &Y Axis Feed Speed 15,000 mm/min ER25 collet chuck spanner 0353-6240 Coolant Tank Capacity 90 Litres X axis Motor Torque 6 Nm ER 25 Collet set 15 pcs. 0344-1109 Hydraulic Pump Motor 750 W Z axis Motor Toque 8.5 Nm Drill Chuck 1-13mm 0353-6239 Tank Capacity 50 Litres Tailstock Taper MT4 Tool holder Round Blank 0353-6238 Drill rod holders 10 mm, 0353-6241 Centre Height 223 mm Tailstock Quill Dia. Ø52 mm Drill rod holders 12 mm 0353-6242 Between Centres 850 mm Tailstock Quill Travel 165 mm Drill rod holders 16 mm 0353-6243 Turning Over Cross Slide Ø240 mm Dims LxWxH 253 x 160 x 180 cm Drill rod holders 20 mm 0353-6244 Turning Over Bed Ø446 mm Weight Kg 3070 Drill rod holders 25 mm 0353-6245 Swing In Gap Ø520 mm

Page 16 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 17 With Siemens With Siemens Sinumerik L 44 0351-4330 828D Basic Flat Bed Lathes Controller L 34HS 0350-4232 808D Advanced Controller CNC lathes

Features l Precision workmanship l Braced machine bed made from grey cast-iron l Complex spindle bearing l Bed guide rails induction hardened (HRC 42-52) and precision ground l Emergency stop button l Central lubrication l Grinded ball screw spindles l Maintenance-friendly protective housing l Access flap on rear for maintenance l SIEMENS feed motors l Software package “ SINUMERIK 808D on PC” inc.l Safety switch on front sliding door l Turret located behind the lathe centre (left turning tool) SIEMENS SINUMERIK 808D ADVANCED l RJ45 Ethernet port l 8.4" LCD colour display with a resolution of 800x600 l Ready for remote maintenance l AST function gives users an easy optimisation option in case of stricter dynamic and precision requirements l Absolute encoder / no referencing move required l Ensures greater precision

Included as Standard Specification L 34 HS l Siemens 808D Controller Electrical Connection 400V 3Ph 50Hz Tool Turret electrical l 160mm 4 Jaw Chuck Total Connected Load 8 KVA No.of tools 6 l Coolant equipment Spindle Motor S1 op 3.7 kW Max Tool Shank 16 x 16 mm l Machine lamp Torque Drive motor S1 op 23.6 Nm Max Chuck Drill Rod Ø16 mm l Operating tools Torque at the Spindle 40 Nm Repeat Accuracy ± 0.015 mm Spindle Taper Din 6350 A2-4 Positioning Accuracy ± 0.03 mm Spindle Bore Ø46 mm X axis Travel 185 mm Chuck Passage Ø42 mm Z axis Travel 540 mm Lathe Chuck Ø160 mm X axis Feed Speed 6,000 mm/min Coolant Pump Motor 95 W Z axis Feed Speed 8,000 mm/min Coolant Tank Capacity 75 Litres X axis Motor Torque 4 Nm Centre Height 170 mm Z axis Motor Toque 6 Nm Between Centres 800 mm Tailstock Taper MT3 Turning Over Cross Slide Ø152 mm Tailstock Quill Dia. Ø45 mm Turning Over Bed Ø340 mm Tailstock Quill Travel 120 mm Bed Width 208 mm Dims LxWxH 196 x 148 x 171 cm Speeds 30-3500 rpm Weight Kg 1200

Page 16 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 17 Flat Bed Lathes With Siemens Sinumerik L 28 HS 0350-4220 808D Advanced Controller

Features l Braced machine bed made from grey cast-iron l Complex spindle bearing l Emergency stop button l Central lubrication l Reference switch l Maintenance-friendly protective housing l Access flap on rear for maintenance l Safety switch on front sliding door l Turret located behind the lathe centre (left turning tool) l Linear guide l Software package “SINUMERIK 808D on PC” included. SIEMENS SINUMERIK 808D ADVANCED l PPU141.3 l 7.5" colour display l 80-bit NANOFP precision in nanometer range l High-resolution positional feedback l Easy communication via USB l handling like on a PC l CNC programming on DIN/ISO basis l SINUMERIK CNC high-level language l Context-sensitive onboard help l Play and spindle error compensation l Technological cycles l 2D CNC simulation and Simultaneous Recording

Included as Standard Specification L 28 HS Electrical Connection 400V 3Ph 50Hz No.of tools 6 l Siemens 808D Controller l 125mm 3 Jaw Chuck Total Connected Load 3.75 KVA Max Tool Shank 16 x 16 mm l Coolant equipment Spindle Motor S1 op 2.2 kW Max Chuck Drill Rod Ø16 mm l Machine lamp Torque Drive motor S1 op 14 Nm Repeat Accuracy ± 0.02 mm l Operating tools Torque at the Spindle 28 Nm Positioning Accuracy ± 0.03 mm Spindle Taper Din 6350 A2-3 X axis Travel 145 mm Spindle Taper 5C Z axis Travel 465 mm Spindle Bore Ø30 mm X axis Feed Speed 6,000 mm/min Lathe Chuck Ø125 mm Z axis Feed Speed 8,000 mm/min Coolant Pump Motor 95 W X axis Motor Torque 1.3 Nm Coolant Tank Capacity 25 Litres Z axis Motor Toque 2.4 Nm Centre Height 169 mm Tailstock Taper MT2 Between Centres 430 mm Tailstock Quill Dia. Ø30 mm Turning Over Cross Slide Ø150 mm Tailstock Quill Travel 120 mm Turning Over Bed Ø300 mm Dims LxWxH 166 x 149 x 196 cm Speeds 42-4000 rpm Weight Kg 900 Tool Turret electrical

Page 18 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 19 VDI 30 & VDI 40 Tooling

VDI 30 VDI 40 ER25 Collet Chuck Starter Set 0353-6115 0353-6116

1. 3 pcs square transverse mount VDI 30 0353-6237 2. 1 pc. square transverse overhead mount 3. Square longitudinal mount 4. 3 pcs. sealing covers. VDI 40 5. 1 pc. spring collet holder ER25 0353-6257 6. 1 pc. spring collet spanner ER25 CNC L Tools CNC L 7. 1 pc. chuck 8. 1 pc. tool holder 9. 15 pcs. spring collet set ER 25 ER25 Collet Chuck Spanner 10. 5 pcs. drill rod holders 10, 12, 16, 20 & 25mm VDI 30 / VDI 40 Square Transverse Mount 0353-6240 Right-hand type, short DIN 69880, Large adjustable conical tipped nozzle mm ER25 Spring Collet Set 15 Pcs VDI 30 0353-6231 15 pcs.; sizes Ø 1 - 16 VDI 40 0353-6251 0344-1109

Square Transverse Overhead Mount Tool Holder Round Blank For overhead work, Right-hand type, short DIN 69880 Large adjustable conical tipped nozzle VDI 30 0353-6238 VDI 30 Pre-worked 0353-6232 Round blank VDI 40 0353-6258 VDI 40 0353-6252 Drill Chuck Clamping range 1 - 13 mm Square Longitudinal Mount Right-hand type, Large adjustable conical tipped nozzle VDI 30 0353-6239 VDI 30 0353-6233 VDI 40 0353-6259 VDI 40 0353-6253 Drill Rod Holder Rod Dia. VDI 30 VDI 40

Ø10 mm holder 0353-6241 0353-6261 Sealing Covers Ø12 mm holder 0353-6242 0353-6262 Protects the tool changer against soiling Ø16 mm holder 0353-6243 0353-6263 Ø20 mm holder 0353-6244 0353-6264 Ø25 mm holder 0353-6245 0353-6265 VDI 30 0353-6236

VDI 40 0353-6256

Page 18 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 19 Vertical Machining Centre 3 + 2 Axis For High Performance FU 3 0351-1370 Complete Machining Centre

With Siemens 828D Controller

Features

l Siemens Sinumerik control 828D with 15.6 inch touch display l Heavy duty version l High productivity l Tool changer, Drum type tool changer with 24 tool positions l Direct spindles (inline spindles) l Closed electrical cabinet with integrated heat exchanger; ensures optimal temperature even in case of high ambient temperatures; prevents dirt particle penetration l Automatic centralised lubrication l Integrated machine lamp in work space l Chip conveyor, belt type ensures efficient chip discharge l Chip carriage l High-performance oil cooler for spindle cooling and ball screw spindle l CTS 20 bar internal (we recommend an extractor) l Coolant gun l Portable, electronic handwheel l Ethernet l EMC (electromagnetic compatibility) and safety module by Siemens l RJ45 plug-in connection, USB connection and power connection 230 V Included as Standard l Safety Integrated l Residual material detection and machining l ShopMill work step programming l Managing network drives l 3-D simulation l Simultaneous recording l PPU 290 with SW 28x system software Control with control panel featuring PPU 290 l 15.6" colour display l 16:9 format l Capacitive display with Multi-Touch controller l Intuitive Multi-Touch control l Soft key selection via touch function l Proximity sensor/clearance sensor for smart display control l Front panel made of die-cast magnesium with scratchproof glass front l No battery (permanent intermediate data storage thanks to NV-RAM technology) l No fan l No hard disk l Can be operated while wearing gloves l Front interfaces: USB 2.0, RJ45 Ethernet, IP65 also with protective flap open

Page 20 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 21 3 + 2 Axis For High Performance Specification FU 3 LARGE WORK AREA Complete Machining Centre Electrical connection 400V. 3ph.50HZ Total Connected Load 31 KVA Spindle Drive Motor S1 Op 15 kW With Siemens Drive Motor Torque S1 Op 20 Nm Drive Motor S6 30% op 22.5 kW 828D Controller Drive Motor Torque S6 30% Op 62 Nm Spindle taper SK 40 DIN 69871 Spindle Centre to Z axis cover 596 mm Clear Spindle to table 100 - 500 mm Repeat Accuracy ± 0.005 /300 mm Positioning accuracy ± 0.005 Tool changer type Double arm grab

No. of tools 24 CNC Mills Max Tool dia. 80 mm Max Tool dia. adjacent free slot 130 mm Tool Length 245 mm l For amazing versatility of machine applications Max Tool weight 8 Kg l Clearance spindle to table 100 - 500 mm Tool Change time tool to tool 2 seconds X axis Travel 400 mm Y axis Travel 560 mm TILTING AND ROTATING TABLE Z axis Travel 400 mm Speed Travel axis A Max 25 rpm Speed Rotation axis B Max 25 rpm Acceleration X, Y Z axis 6 m / sec Rapid Motion X,Y Z axis 48000 mm/min Max Spindle Speed 15000 Rpm Compressed air 6 bar Coolant /Lub.Tank Capacity 260 Litres Tilting & Rotating Table Dia. 320 mm Tilting & Rotating Table Height 1160 mm Table Indexing A axis 60 sec Table Indexing C axis 20 sec Swivel Angle A axis ± 120° / - 30° Rotation Range C axis 360° T-slot /amount/distance 14mm/ 7 / 75 mm Max Load bearing Cap. 100 Kg l Load-bearing capacity of up Dims LxWxH cm 226 x 299 x 296 to 100 kg Weight 5,000 Kg l Diameter 320 mm

STARTER SET SK 40 / DIN 69871 0353-6109

l 1 pc Face milling holder 27 mm l 1 pc Adapter SK 40 to MT 3 l 1pc Assembly and

l 1 pc Chuck 1 - 13 mm l 3 pc Collet chuck holder ER32 tool adjustment gauge

l 2 pc Weldon 6 mm l 1pc Spring collet spanner ER 32 l 1pc Taper cleaning tool

l 1 pc Weldon 8,10,12 & 16mm l 18pc Spring collet set ER 32 l 15 pc pull studs

l 2 pc Weldon 20mm l 1pc Height-adjuster

Page 20 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 21 Vertical Machining Centre F 310 HSC 0351-1232 Power - Speed - Precision

With Siemens 828D Controller

Features l Siemens Sinumerik control 828D with 15.6 inch touch display l Profile rail with recirculating rollers on all axes for high load bearing capacity l Tool changer, double arm grab with 30 tool slots l Precision ground, pre-load, high-performance ball screws (Ø 40 mm x P16 x C3) on all axes l Main spindle SK40 up to 10,000 rpm with belt drive l Torsion free machine base thanks to strong ribbing l High-torque servo drives mounted directly on the ball screws on all three axes l Chip conveyor, belt type ensures efficient chip discharge l Chip carriage l Integrated machine lamp in work space l Coolant system with 520 litre coolant tank & chip flushing system l Cleaning gun l Portable, electric handwheel l RJ45 plug-in connection, USB connection & 230V power connection l Telescopic guide rail covers on all three axes l Closed electrical cabinet with integrated heat exchanger; ensures optimal temperature even in case of high ambient temperatures; prevents dirt particle penetration l Oil separator l Including two years SIEMENS warranty Opt. Equipment Included as Standard l Starter Set SK40/69871 0353-6109 Siemens 828D Controller with 15.6 inch touch display l Double arm grab with 30 tool slots l Coolant equipment Starter Set HSK A-63 0353-6110 l Machine lamp l Operating tools Air Conditioning 0351-1290402 Fourth axis complete kit 3 Jaw chuck 100mm, Specification F 310 HSC Tailstock, Siemens Motor, Electrical Connection 400V 3Ph 50Hz Tool Change Time 2 Sec Assembly kit 0351-1290210 Total Connected Load 40 KVA X axis Travel 1,050 mm Drive Motor S1 op 11 kW Y axis Travel 600 mm Torque Drive motor S1 70 Nm Z axis Travel 600 mm Drive Motor S6 30% Op 31.4 kW Rapid Motion X,Y Z axis 30,000 mm/min Torque Drive Motor S6 200 Nm X axis Motor Torque 18 Nm Coolant Pump Motors 930Wx2+850 Y axis Motor Torque 18 Nm Fourth & Fifth axis complete kit Coolant Tank Cap. 520 Litres Z axis Motor Torque 27 Nm 3 Jaw chuck 200mm, Tailstock, Repeat Accuracy ± 0.005 mm Spindle Speed Max 10,000 Rpm Siemens Motor, table dia. 200mm, Positioning Accuracy ± 0.005 mm Compressed Air 6 Bar Assembly kit, 0351-1290251 Tool Changer Type Double arm grab Spindle to Table 100 - 750 mm No.of Tools 30 Table Length x Width 1,200 x 600 mm Max Tool Dia. Ø80 mm T-Slot / Amount / Dist. 16mm/6/100mm Max Tool dia. adj. free slot Ø125 mm Max Load Bearing Cap. 800 Kg Tool Length 300 mm Dims LxWxH cm 327 x 260 x 274 Max Tool Weight 8 Kg Weight 7,000 Kg

Page 22 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 23 Vertical Machining Centre F 150 HSC 0351-1212 Power - Speed - Precision

With Siemens With Siemens 828D 828D Controller Controller CNC Mills

Features

l Heavy duty version l High productivity l High reliability l Profile rail with ball screw for rapid speeds on all axes l High torque servo drives on all three axis l Torsion free machines base due to strong ribbing l Solid, precision milling table with four T-grooves l Screw auger type chip conveyor l Machine lamp in the workspace l RJ45 plug in connection, USB connection & 230V power connection l Coolant unit with 20 Litre tank & chip flushing system l Closed switch cabinet with integrated heat exchanger; ensures optimal temperature evenly increase in case of high ambient temperatures; prevents dirt particle penetration l Portable electronic hand wheel l Telescopic guide rail covers on all three axes

Opt. Equipment Included as Standard

l Siemens 828D Controller with 15.6 inch touch display Starter Set HSK A-63 0353-6110 Air Conditioning 0351-1290401 l Double arm grab with 24 tool slots 4th axis preparation 0351-1290201 Specification F 150 HSC 4th axis complete kit, 100 mm 3 Jaw chuck, Electrical Connection 400V 3Ph 50Hz Tool Change Time 2 Sec Tailstock, Siemens Motor Total Connected Load 48 KVA X axis Travel 760 mm 0351-1290210 Drive Motor S1 op 25 kW Y axis Travel 440 mm Torque Drive motor S1 32 Nm Z axis Travel 460 mm Drive Motor S6 30% Op 35 Kw Rapid Motion X,Y Z axis 30,000 mm/min Torque Drive Motor S6 39 Nm X axis Motor Torque 6 Nm Spindle Taper HSK A-63 DIN 69893 Y axis Motor Torque 6 Nm Motor Coolant Pumps 3Pcs 1.27 kW each Z axis Motor Torque 11 Nm Fourth & fifth axis Flow Rate 66 - 100 l/min Spindle Speeds 24,000 rpm preparation 0351-1290202 Coolant Tank Cap. 210 Litres Compressed air 5 - 7 bar Fourth & fifth axis complete Max . Face Mill Dia. 63 mm Spindle to Table 102 - 562 mm kit,100 mm 3 Jaw chuck, Tailstock, Max. 32 mm Throat 480 mm Siemens Motor 0351-1290250 Repeat Accuracy ± 0.005 mm Table Length x Width 900 x 410 mm Positioning Accuracy ± 0.005 mm T Slot Size / No. / Dist. 16 mm / 4 / 102 mm Tool Changer Type Double arm grab Max Load Bearing Cap. 350 Kg No.of Tools 24 Dims LxWxH cm 300 x 195 x 231 Max Tool dia. adj. free slot Ø80mm Weight 4350 Kg Max Tool Weight 8 Kg

Page 22 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 23 Vertical Machining Centre F105 0350-1100 Power & Precision

With Siemens 808D Advanced Controller

Features l Rugged design l Carousel tool changer with 12 tool slots l All linear guides with covers l Automatic centralised lubrication l Siemens main spindle motor l Servo drive by SIEMENS on all axes (closed control circuit) l Max. spindle speed up to 10 000 rpm l Machine lamp in the workspace l Portable, electronic handwheel with confirm button and emergency stop mushroom button. Substantially facilitates running in of programs l Integrated coolant unit with 120 litre coolant tank l Tool change occurs automatically or at the push of a button (electropneumatic tool clamping device) l Solid, precision milling table, generously dimensioned with precision surface finish l Access doors very generously designed to reduce cleaning and maintenance times to a minimum l Software package "SINUMERIK 808D on PC" included.

Included as Standard Specification F 105 Electrical Connection 400V 3Ph 50Hz Max Tool Weight 6 Kg l Siemens 808D Total Connected Load 15 KVA Tool Change Time 7 Sec Advanced Controller Drive Motor S1 op 7.5 kW X axis Travel 550 mm l Carousel type tool changer with 12 tool slots Torque Drive motor S1 48 Nm Y axis Travel 305 mm Drive Motor S6 30% Op 11 Kw Z axis Travel 460 mm Optional Equipment Torque Drive Motor S6 70 Nm Rapid Motion X,Y Z axis 10,000 mm/min Spindle Taper BT40 X axis Motor Torque 8 Nm Starter Set BT40 0353-6108 Motor Coolant Pump 0.65 Kw Y axis Motor Torque 8 Nm Fourth axis complete Coolant Tank Cap. 120 Litres Z axis Motor Torque 11 Nm kit, 125 mm 3 Jaw chuck, Max . Face Mill Dia. 63 mm Spindle Speeds 10 - 10,000 rpm Tailstock 0350-1120 Max. Milling Cutter 32 mm Compressed air 7 bar Repeat Accuracy ± 0.008 mm Spindle to Table 100 - 600 mm Positioning Accuracy ± 0.01mm Table Length x Width 800 x 320 mm Tool Changer Type Carousel T Slot Size / No. / Dist. 14 mm / 3 / 100 mm No.of Tools 12 Max Load Bearing Cap. 300 Kg Max Tool dia. adj. free slot Ø63mm Dims LxWxH cm 216 x 186 x 220 Max Tool Length 300 mm Weight 2800 Kg

Page 24 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 25 Vertical Machining Centre F 80 VMC 0350-1085 Power & Precision

With Siemens 808D Advanced Controller CNC Mills

Features

l Machine with cast base provides rigidity l Carousel tool changer with ten tools l All linear guides with stainless steel covers l Automatic centralised lubrication l Integrated machine lamp in work space l Portable, electronic handwheel with confirm button and emergency stop mushroom button. Substantially facilitates running in of programs l Integrated coolant unit with 70 litre coolant tank l Tool change occurs automatically or at the push of a button (electropneumatic tool clamping device) l Solid, precision milling table, generously dimensioned with precision surface finish l Access doors very generously designed to reduce cleaning and maintenance times to a minimum l LED machine lamp for complete illumination of the workspace l Software package "SINUMERIK 808D on PC" included. l Including two years SIEMENS warranty

Included as Standard

l Siemens 808D Advanced Controller l Carousel Type 10 Station Tool Changer

BT30 Starter Set 0353-6107 Specification F 80 VMC Electrical Connection 400V 3Ph 50Hz Tool Change Time 7 Sec 1 pc. Face milling holder 22mm 1 pc. chuck 1 - 13 mm Total Connected Load 12 KVA X axis Travel 400 mm 2 pc. Weldon holder 6 mm Drive Motor S1 op 2.2 kW Y axis Travel 225 mm 1 pc. Weldon holder 8, Torque Drive motor S1 14 Nm Z axis Travel 375 mm 1 pc. Weldon holder 10, Drive Motor S6 30% Op 3.2 kW Rapid Motion X,Y Z axis 10,000 mm/min 1 pc. Weldon holder 12 Torque Drive Motor S6 22 Nm X axis Motor Torque 5 Nm 1 pc. Weldon holder 16 mm 2 pc. Weldon holder 20 mm Spindle Taper BT30 Y axis Motor Torque 5 Nm 1 pc. adapter BT 30 Coolant Pump Motor 650 W Z axis Motor Torque 6 Nm 3 pcs. Collet chuck holder ER32 Coolant Tank Cap. 70 Litres Spindle Speed Range 50 - 8,000 Rpm 1 pc. spring collet spanner ER 32 Repeat Accuracy ± 0.015 mm Compressed Air 7 Bar 18-part spring collet set ER 32 1 pc. Tool height adjuster Positioning Accuracy ± 0.015 mm Spindle to Table 75 - 475 mm 1 pc. assembly and tool Tool Changer Type Carousel Table Length x Width 800 x 260 mm adjustment gauge No.of Tools 10 T-Slot / Amount / Dist. 16mm/5/50 mm 14 pcs. pull studs Max Tool Dia. Ø60 mm Max Load Bearing Cap. 150 Kg 1 pc. taper cleaning tool Tool Length 200 mm Dims LxWxH cm 193 x 166 x 107 Max Tool Weight 6 Kg Weight 1900 Kg

Page 24 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 25 Mini Vertical CNC Mill F 3 Pro 0350-0415 Power & Precision

With Siemens Sinumerik 808D

Features Advanced Controller l Linear guides on all axes l All axes with ball screws l Servo drive on all axes (X, Y and Z axis) l Tool change at the push of a button (electropneumatic tool clamping device) l Coolant equipment l Central lubrication l Swivelling control panel l Software package "SINUMERIK 808D on PC" included. l Including two years SIEMENS warranty Included as Standard

l Siemens Sinumerik 808D Advanced Controller

BT30 Starter Set 0353-6107 Specification F 3 Pro 1 pc. Face milling holder 22mm Electrical Connection 400V 3Ph 50Hz Rapid Motion X,Y Z axis 8,000 mm/min 1 pc. chuck Total Connected Load 3.125 KVA X axis Motor Torque 2.4 Nm 2 pc. Weldon 6 mm Drive Motor S1 op 1.5 kW Y axis Motor Torque 2.4 Nm 1 pc. Weldon 8,10,12 & 16 2 pc. Weldon 20 mm Torque Drive motor S1 10 Nm Z axis Motor Torque 2.4 Nm 1 pc. adaptor BT 30 x 2MT Spindle Taper BT30 Spindle Speed Range 90 - 4,000 rpm 3 pcs. Collet chuck holder ER32 Coolant Pump Motor 95W Compressed Air 8 Bar 1 pc. spring collet spanner ER 32 Coolant Tank Cap. 25 Litres Spindle to Table 20 - 300 mm 18-part spring collet set ER 32 Repeat Accuracy ± 0.025 mm Table Length x Width 620 x 180 mm 1 pc. Tool height adjuster 1 pc. assembly and tool Positioning Accuracy ± 0.025 mm T-Slot / Amount / Dist. 12mm/3/50mm adjustment gauge X axis Travel 355 mm Max Load Bearing Cap. 30 Kg 14 pcs. pull studs Y axis Travel 190 mm Dims LxWxH cm 160 x 145 x 201 1 pc. taper cleaning tool Z axis Travel 245 mm Weight 1400 Kg

Page 26 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 27 CNC Tooling

Universal 3D Probe 0354-700201 ER 32 Collet Chuck Spanner Including short probe insert Ø 4 mm

• High-precision, versatile measuring device for milling and erosion machines 0353-6307

• This is clamped in the cutter spindle or the drilling head and supports precise positioning of the spindle axis on the workpiece or ER 32 Spring collet set edges 18-part spring collet set size Ø 3- 20 mm 0344-1122 BT 30 Starter Kit 0353-6107 1 pc. Face milling holder 1 pc ER32 spring collet 1 pc. chuck chuck spanner 2 pc. Weldon 6 mm 18-part spring

1 pc. Weldon 8,10, collet set ER 32 CNC M Tools 12 & 16 1 pc. height adjuster 2 pc. Weldon 20 mm 1 pc. assembly and tool 1 pc. adapter BT 30 adjustment gauge 3 pcs. Collet chuck 14 pcs. pull studs holder ER32 1 pc. taper squeegee Tool height adjuster 0353-6290 BT 30 Face Milling Holder Analogue version For fast and easy deter- mination of the reference point on the Z axis and/ or for adjusting tools “to BT 30 x 22 mm zero” (e.g., for milling or drilling) 0353-6306 without damaging the workpiece BT 30 Drill Chuck Range 1.5-16mm Concentricity BT 30 Assembly and tool adjustment 0.03mm Max. speed 0353-6193 12,000 rpm 0353-6303 BT 30 Weldon Holders

Ø 6 mm 0353-6310 Ø 8mm 0353-6311 Ø 10 mm 0353-6312 For easy and precise Ø 12 mm 0353-6313 adjustment of tools Ø 16 mm 0353-6314 Vertical and horizontal Ø 20 mm 0353-6315 collet for tools with a steep-angle taper BT 30 Adapter BT 30 Taper cleaning tool

BT 30 x MT 2 0353-6305 0353-6301 Also suitable for ISO30, R8 BT 30, ER 32 Collet Chuck BT 30 Pull stud

0353-6304 0353-6302

Page 26 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 27 CNC Tooling BT 40 Starter Kit 0353-6108 ER 32 Collet Chuck Spanner 1 pc. Face milling holder 3 pcs. Collet chuck 27 mm holder ER32 1 pc. quick-release drill 1 pc ER32 spring 0353-6307 chuck 1.5-16 mm collet chuck spanner 2 pc. Weldon 6 mm 18-part spring collet 1 pc. Weldon 8, set ER 32 ER 32 Spring collet set 1 pc. Weldon 10, 1 pc. Tool height adjuster 1 pc. Weldon 12 1 pc. assembly and tool 18-part spring collet set size Ø 3- 20 mm 0344-1122 1 pc. Weldon 16 mm adjustment gauge 2 pc. Weldon 20 mm 1 pc. taper squeegee 1 pc. adaptor BT 40 15 pcs. pull studs to MT 3

BT 40 Face Milling Holder

Tool height adjuster BT 40 x 27 mm Analogue version 0353-6290 0353-6336 For fast and easy deter- mination of the reference point on the Z axis and/ BT 40 Drill Chuck or for adjusting tools “to Range 1.5-16mm zero” (e.g., for milling or drilling) Concentricity without damaging the 0.03mm workpiece. Housing Max. speed height 50mm 12,000 rpm

0353-6333 BT 40 Assembly & Tool Adjustment BT 40 Weldon Holders 0353-6194 Ø 6 mm 0353-6340 Ø 10 mm 0353-6342 Ø 8mm 0353-6341 Ø 12 mm 0353-6343

Ø 16 mm 0353-6344 Ø 20 mm 0353-6345 For easy and precise adjustment of tools Vertical and horizontal BT 40 Adapter collet for tools with a steep-angle taper

BT 40 Taper cleaning tool

BT 40 x MT 3 0353-6335

0353-6331 BT 40, ER 32 Collet Chuck Also suitable for ISO40, SK40 BT 40 Pull stud

0353-6334 0353-6332

Page 28 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 29 SUPERTECH

CNC Tooling CNC Tooling SK 40 DIN 69871 Starter Kit 0353-6109 ER 32 Collet Chuck Spanner

1 pc. Face milling holder 3 pcs. Collet chuck 27 mm holder ER32 1 pc. chuck 1.5-16 mm 1 pc ER32 spring 0353-6307 2 pc. Weldon 6 mm collet chuck spanner 1 pc. Weldon 8, 18-part spring collet 1 pc. Weldon 10, set ER 32 ER 32 Spring collet set 1 pc. Weldon 12 1 pc. height adjuster 1 pc. Weldon 16 mm 1 pc. assembly and tool 18-part spring collet set size Ø 3- 20 mm 0344-1122 2 pc. Weldon 20 mm adjustment gauge 1 pc. adaptor SK 40 1 pc. taper squeegee to MT 3 15 pcs. pull studs

SK 40 Face Milling Holder CNC M Tools

SK 40 x 27 mm 0353-6366 Tool height adjuster 0353-6290 Analogue version For fast and easy deter- SK 40 Drill Chuck mination of the reference point on the Z axis and/ Range 1.5-16 mm or for adjusting tools “to zero” (e.g., Concentricity for milling or drilling) without damaging the 0.03mm workpiece. Housing Max. speed 12,000 rpm height 50mm 0353-6363 SK 40 Assembly & Tool Adjustment SK 40 Weldon Holders 0353-6195 Ø 6 mm 0353-6370 Ø 10 mm 0353-6372 Ø 8mm 0353-6371 Ø 12 mm 0353-6373

Ø 16 mm 0353-6374 For easy and precise Ø 20 mm 0353-6375 adjustment of tools Vertical and horizontal SK 40 Adapter collet for tools with a steep-angle taper

SK 40 Taper cleaning tool

SK 40 x MT 3 0353-6365

0353-6331 SK 40, ER 32 Collet Chuck Holder Also suitable for ISO40, BT40 SK 40 Pull stud

0353-6364 0353-6362

Page 28 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 29 CNC Tooling

HSK A-63 Starter Kit 0353-6110 HSK A-63 x 3 MT Adapter

1 pc. Face milling 1 pc. Collet chuck HSK A-63 x 3 MT Adapter holder 27 mm holder ER32 1 pc. chuck 1 - 13 mm 1 pc. spring collet 1 pc. Weldon 6 mm spanner ER 32 1 pc. Weldon 8, 18-part spring collet 1 pc. Weldon 10, set ER 32 1 pc ER32 spring collet 1 pc. Weldon 12 0353-6413 1 pc. Weldon 16 mm chuck spanner 1 pc. Weldon 20 mm 1pc. assembly 1 pc. adaptor block swivelling HSK A-63, ER 32 Collet Chuck HSK63 to MT 3 1 pc. taper squeegee For clamping tools with a cylindrical shank in ER spring collets HSK A-63 Face Milling Holder

0353-6412

HSK A-63, ER 32 Collet Chuck Spanner

HSK A-63 x 27 mm 0353-6414 0353-6307

HSK A-63 Drill Chuck HSK A-63 Spring collet set ER 32 Clamping range 1 - 13 mm Excellent precision and concentricity 18-spring collets sizes Ø 3 - 20 mm Secure clamping of the workpiece thanks to 0344-1122 mechanical clamping force booster. Avoids autono- mous release of clamp while machining clockwise or anti-clockwise and in case of spindle stop

HSK A-63 Assembly Block 0353-6411 For easy and precise adjustment HSK A-63 Weldon Holder of tools Swivelling For clamping tools with a lateral carrier Extremely smooth action

Ø 6 mm 0353-6450 Ø 12 mm 0353-6453 0353-6415 Ø 8mm 0353-6451 Ø 16 mm 0353-6454 Ø 10 mm 0353-6452 Ø 20 mm 0353-6455

HSK A-63 Taper cleaning tool For cleaning the machine taper to remove dust, chips and soiling Non-woven border

0353-6410

Page 30 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 31 CNC Tooling Other CNC Tooling BT40 ER40 COLLET CHUCK BT 40 SHELL

Specification Stock No. END MILL

Collet Chuck Body Only 3-625-100 Set of 23 Collets 4-26mm 3-625-900 ARBOR Individual Collects Size Stock No. Size Stock No. 4-3mm 3-625-904 16-15mm 3-625-916 5-4mm 3-625-905 17-16mm 3-625-917 6-5mm 3-625-906 18-17mm 3-625-918 7-6mm 3-625-907 19-18mm 3-625-919 8-7mm 3-625-908 20-19mm 3-625-920 9-8mm 3-625-909 21-20mm 3-625-921 CNC M Tools 10-9mm 3-625-910 22-21mm 3-625-922 11-10mm 3-625-911 23-22mm 3-625-923 Specification 12-11mm 3-625-912 24-23mm 3-625-924 d A D B Stock No. 13-12mm 3-625-913 25-24mm 3-625-925 22mm 48mm 45mm 18mm 3-630-000 14-13mm 3-625-914 26-25mm 3-625-926 27mm 48mm 52mm 21mm 3-630-100 15-14mm 3-625-915 32mm 58mm 52mm 24mm 3-630-200

BT 40 DEADLOCK CUTTER HOLDERS

Specification Model d L 1 D L 2 L 3 L 4 M Stock No.

BT 40 X20 20 80 52 49 25 - M16 3-627-020 BT d 40 X25 D 25 110 A 65 54 B 24 25 M18 3-627-025 BT 40 X32 32 110 72 58 24 28 M20 3-627-032

BT 40 DRILL CHUCK BT 40 MORSE TAPER BT 40 x J6 3-635-100 ARBOR BT 40 x B16 3-635-101 ADAPTOR

3

Specification Morse Taper Length Diameter Stock No. 1 MT 50mm 25mm 3-640-100 2 MT 60mm 32mm 3-640-200 3 MT 70mm 40mm 3-640-300 4 MT 95mm 48mm 3-640-400

Page 30 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 31 Other Cnc Tooling

BT 40 PULL STUDS BT FACE CUTTERS 52mm Dia. MAS 403 BT 3-645-100 BT20 Picture with Pull Stud BT30 BT40

0335-0202 0335-0203 0335-0204 QC TAP HOLDERS TAPPING HEAD Tension & Compression type Tapping Heads, designed to take Quick Change Tap Holders.

BT 40 THQC 115 3-660-100 Quick change tap holder with Specification built in overload safety clutch. 3mm. 3-660-903 8mm 3-660-908 Type TCS1B 4mm. 3-660-904 10mm 3-660-910 5mm 3-660-905 12mm 3-660-912 6mm. 3-660-906

Hydraulic Machine Vice HCV 105

Modular machine vice with high precision and repetition accuracy for series production and single-part machining on CNC milling machines and machining centres 0353-6210 Robust design for milling Guide surfaces tempered and polished Booster system: requires little force, high pressure build-up during clamping Large clamping range due to lock bolts with various hole spacings Made of premium grade stainless steel Long service life thanks to high quality High clamping force

Page 32 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 33 Other Cnc Tooling

COMPACT-SUPER PRECISION VMC VICES

Anti-Lift Mechanism Lift can be controlled to the maximum of 0.015 mm (0.0006”) CNC M Tools

Features

l The unique anti-lift mechanism eliminates workpiece lift & Jaw tilt. l Large Jaw clamping capacity. l The height of Jaw plates is 30% higher than those of other vices of the same size. l Chip covers protect Leadscrew from damage. l Thrust bearing eliminates friction & increases clamping pressure. l The material of Vice body is FCD. 55Kg/Cm2 (80,000 psi). Ductile Iron, & the slide ways are hardened to HRC 45 minimum. Rigid construction to ensure the least deflection after clamping. l Vices can be set-up on side mounting, both sides are precision ground. l The whole vice is precisely ground & “H & L” tolerance is within +0.002/mm (+ 0.0008”), therefore several Vices can be lined up for production.

Clamping blocks included

UNIT: mm

Key Weight Model A B C D a b c d e f g i j k Way (kgs) Stock No.

AVL-100HV 102 45 140 315 324 104 130 73 55 426 17 18 142 194 18 27 3-099-100 AVL-125HV 125 53 203 382 385 127 153 78 63 557 20 18 164 216 18 45 3-099-125 AVL-160HV 160 53 275 465 480 162 168 86 63 665 20 21 199 252 18 75 3-099-160 H&L +0.02 to -0.00mm

Page 32 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 33 Hollow Spindle Oil Country Lathes XL 12 B Spindle Bore 315mm DBC 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000 mm

Supplied with 3 Jaw self centring chucks XL 12 B : 500mm Chucks Gripping Range 250-380 mm, 320mm Through Hole XL 14 B : 660mm Chucks Gripping Range 155-400 mm, 406mm Through Hole

Features l Spindle Nose DIN 55026 No A 20 l Outboard Steadies provide support & l Heavy duty & sturdy machine is rated safety for long components for continuous use and will give longer life l Universal gearbox enables cutting of a large expectancy. range of metric & imperial Threads without the need of l Headstock spindle is supported by high changing any individual gears. All this is achieved simply precision large diameter bearings giving the by shifting the gear Levers. accuracy & repeatability. l Magnetic Switch provides thermal overload & l Headstock gears are made of high quality short circuit protection. alloy steel. These are hardened & precision l Sigma type clutch & electro-dynamic brake for ground to provide smooth running which controlled operation. gives a better finish on machined l Safety device to prevent simultaneous engagement components. Hardness provides wear of Feed & Screw cutting levers which safeguards against resistance. any damage to the system. l Gap-Bed: A generous gap bed lets you l Multi start screw cutting facility enables cutting of swing large components with ease. l Multi Start Threads with ease & precision. l Hardened & ground “V” guide ways l Foot stop for safety & efficiency. provide accuracy, rigidity & long working life. l Large spindle hole is ideal for large diameter pipe work.

XL 12B / XL 14B 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000

Length (cm) 375 425 525 625 725 825 Width (cm) 165 / 187 165 / 187 165 / 187 165 / 187 165 / 187 165 / 187 Height (cm) 166 / 196 166 / 196 166 / 196 166 / 196 166 / 196 166 / 196

Weight Kg NET 7020 7320 7900 8500 9150 9850 PACKING 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 DIMENSIONS FOR PACKING WITH 2 OUTBOARD STEADIES:

Width (cm) 160 / 185 160 / 185 160 / 185 160 / 185 160 / 185 160 / 185 Height (cm) 190 / 220 190 / 220 190 / 220 190 / 220 190 / 220 190 / 220

Length (cm) 440 490 ` 590 690 790 890 Weight Kgs 7310 7640 8280 8950 9670 10430

Optional Tooling: See pages 60- 80

Page 34 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 35 Hollow Spindle Oil Country Lathes XL 14 B Spindle Bore 358mm DBC 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000 mm Man. Lathes

Specification XL 12 B XL 14 B Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph.50HZ Machine Stock No. Height of Centres 400 mm 510 mm XL 12 B 1500 DBC 1-012-150 Swing Over Bed 800 mm 1020 mm XL 12 B 2000 DBC 1-012-200 Swing Over Cross Slide 560 mm 780 mm XL 12 B 3000 DBC 1-012-300 Swing in Gap 990 mm 1210 mm XL 12 B 4000 DBC 1-012-400 XL 12 B 5000 DBC 1-012-500 Distance Between Centres 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000 mm XL 12 B 6000 DBC 1-012-600 Travelling Steady 20 - 200 mm Fixed Steady-Small 20 - 200 mm XL 14 B 1500 DBC 1-014-150 Fixed Steady - Large 180 - 430 mm XL 14 B 2000 DBC 1-014-200 XL 14 B 3000 DBC 1-014-300 Width of Bed 560 mm XL 14 B 4000 DBC 1-014-400 Spindle Nose Din 55026 No A 20 XL 14 B 5000 DBC 1-014-500 Spindle Bore 315 mm 358 mm XL 14 B 6000 DBC 1-014-600 Spindle Taper No 318 Metric Diameter of Front Bearing 380 mm Included as standard: Number of Spindle Speeds 12 l Two Steadies 20-200 & 180-430mm Cap. l Spindle Speeds 8 - 400 6.3 - 315 3 Jaw Self Centring Chucks (2pcs) 320mm Bore, 500mm Diameter for XL12B Main Spindle Motor 11Kw (option 15 Kw) Gripping Range 250-380mm Coolant Motor 100W 406mm Bore, 660mm Diameter for XL14B Number of Feeds 152 Gripping Range 155-400mm Longitudinal Feed Range 0.039 - 15 mm/rev l Coolant l Lo Volt Machine Lamp Cross Feed Range mm/rev 0.02 - 7.5 l Taper Turning Attachment Longitudinal Rapid Traverse 3800 mm/min l Instruction Manual & Parts List l Outboard Steadies 120-320mm (2pcs) XL 12 B Cross Rapid Traverse 1900 mm/min 160-360mm (2pcs) XL 14 B Number of Threads 76 each type 64 each type Metric Thread Range 0.5 - 150 mm Optional Accessories Inch Thread Range 60 - 1/5 tpi 4 Jaw Independent Chucks instead of Module Thread Range 0.125 - 37.5 Module 3 Jaw XL 12 B 630mm OD , Gripping range DP Thread Range 240 - 4/5 DP 100 - 630mm, Through Hole 320mm 1-012-900 Cross Slide Travel 410 mm 510 mm Top Slide Travel 150 mm 280 mm 4 Jaw Independent Chucks instead of Quill Diameter 105 mm 3 Jaw XL 14 B 800mm OD , Gripping range Quill Taper 6 MT 155 - 800mm, Through Hole 370mm 1-014-900 Quill Travel 225 Tool Shank 32 mm XL 4 QCTP 1-190-800

Page 34 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 35 XL Heavy Duty Precision Lathes XL 35 M/VS XL 43 M/VS XL 50 M/VS 35” Swing, 43” Swing 50” Swing Features l Spindle nose DIN 55027 C15 l 700mm Bed Width. l Heavy duty & sturdy Machine is rated for continuous use & will give longer life expectancy. l Headstock Spindle is supported by high precision large diameter Bearings giving the accuracy & repeatability. l Headstock gears are made of high quality alloy steel. These are hardened & precision ground to provide smooth running which gives a better finish on machined components. Hardness provides wear resistance. l Gap-bed: A generous gap bed lets you swing large components with ease. l Hardened & ground “V” Guide Ways provide accuracy, rigidity & long working life. l Large spindle hole of 155 mm increases the capacity & efficiency of large bar work. l Motorised tailstock: the tailstock moves at the touch of a button to allow fast, easier set-up. l Powered compound slide enables tapers to be turned with ease. l Universal gearbox enables cutting of a large range of metric & imperial threads without the need of changing any individual gears. All this is achieved simply by shifting the gear levers. l Magnetic switch provides thermal overload & short circuit protection. l Sigma type clutch & electro-dynamic brake for controlled operation. l Safety device to prevent simultaneous engagement of feed & screw cutting levers which safeguards against any damage to the system. l Multi start screw cutting facility enables cutting of multi start threads with ease & precision. l Foot stop for safety & efficiency.

Dimensions & Weights XL 35 XL 43 XL 50 Machine Stock No

Width (cm) 180 180 190 Height (cm) 176 186 198 XL 35M 1500 mm DBC 1-025-150M XL 35M 3000 mm DBC 1-025-300M XL35M XL43M XL50M 1500 mm DBC Overall Length 370 cm XL 35M 4000 mm DBC 1-025-400M 3000 mm DBC 520 cm XL 35M 5000 mm DBC 1-025-500M 4000 mm DBC 620 cm XL 35M 6000 mm DBC 1-025-600M 5000 mm DBC 720 cm 6000 mm DBC 820 cm 7000 mm DBC 7000 mm DBC 920 cm XL 35VS 1-025-700VS 8000 mm DBC 1020 cm XL 35VS 8000 mm DBC 1-025-800VS 9000 mm DBC 1120 cm XL 35VS 9000 mm DBC 1-025-900VS 10000 mm DBC 1220 cm XL 35VS 10000 mm DBC 1-025-1000VS

1500 mm DBC Weight 6600 7400 7850 XL 43M 1500 mm DBC 1-020-150M 3000 mm DBC (Net)Kg 8100 8900 9350 XL 43M 3000 mm DBC 1-020-300M 4000 mm DBC 9100 9900 10350 XL 43M 4000 mm DBC 1-020-400M 5000 mm DBC 10600 11400 11850 XL 43M 5000 mm DBC 1-020-500M 6000 mm DBC 11600 12400 12850 XL 43M 6000 mm DBC 1-020-600M 7000 mm DBC 12600 13400 13850

8000 mm DBC 13600 14400 14850 XL 43VS 7000 mm DBC 1-020-700VS 9000 mm DBC 14600 15400 15850 XL 43VS 8000 mm DBC 1-020-800VS 10000 mm DBC 15600 16400 16850 XL 43VS 9000 mm DBC 1-020-900VS XL 43VS 10000 mm DBC 1-020-1000VS

XL 50M 1500 mm DBC 1-015-150M XL 50M 3000 mm DBC 1-015-300M XL 50M 4000 mm DBC 1-015-400M XL 50M 5000 mm DBC 1-015-500M XL 50M 6000 mm DBC 1-015-600M

XL 50VS 7000 mm DBC 1-015-700VS XL 50VS 8000 mm DBC 1-015-800VS XL 50VS 9000 mm DBC 1-015-900VS XL 50VS 10000 mm DBC 1-015-1000VS

Included as Standard

l Power Rapid in Long & Cross Feed l Coolant System l Travel Steady 80-300mm l Lo Volt Machine Light l Fixed Steady 50-300mm l Powered Compound Slide l 500mm 3 Jaw Self Centring Chuck with Back Plate

Page 36 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 37 Between Centres XL 35M, XL 43M, XL 50M 1500, 3000, 4000, 500 OR 6000mm XL 35VS, XL 43VS, XL 50VS 7000, 8000, 9000 or 10,000 mm Man. Lathes

Specification XL 35 XL 43 XL 50 Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph.50HZ Between Centres (mm) M 1500, 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000 VS 7000, 8000, 9000, 10000 Height of Centres 400 mm 500 mm 625 mm Swing Over Bed 890 mm 1090 mm 1320 mm Swing Over Cross Slide 490 mm 690 mm 940 mm Swing Over Gap 1050 mm 1250mm 1500 mm Width of Bed 700 mm Hole Through Spindle 155 mm Spindle Nose Camlock DIN 55027 C15 Spindle Speeds (Geared head) 24 Range of Spindle Speeds 5 - 1000 rpm Number of Speed Steps for 4 Variable Speeds 3.7 - 15.6, 14.7 - 62, 58 - 250, 235 - 1000 Variable Speed Range Optional Accessories Travel of Cross Slide 525 mm 525 mm 685 mm ITEM Stock No. Travel of Compound Slide 270 mm 270 - 520mm Fixed Steady for XL 35M 1-025-900 Tailstock Quill Dia / Travel Ø125 / 260 mm 270 - 520mm Fixed Steady for XL 43M 1-020-900 Taper of Tailstock Quill 6 MT 470 - 720mm Fixed Steady for XL 43M 1-020-901 No. of Threads 80 each type 270 - 520mm Fixed Steady for XL50M 1-015-900 Range of Threads : 470 - 720mm Fixed Steady for XL 50M 1-015-901 Metric 0.5 - 480 mm 700 - 950mm Fixed Steady for XL 50M 1-015-902 Inch 60 - 1/16 TPI Soft Jaws for 500mm Chuck 4-242-500 Module 0.125 - 120 Taper Turning Attachment 1-020-950 DP 240 - 1/4 760mm Dia Face Plate C15 XL 35M 1-025-911 No. of Feeds 160 1000mm Dia Face Plate C15 XL 43/50M 1-020-910 Range of Longitudinal Feeds 0.032 / 38.9 mm/rev 630mm Dia 4 Jaw Chuck C15 XL 35M 4-263-635 Range of Cross Feeds 0.016 / 19.45 mm/rev 800mm Dia 4 Jaw Chuck C15 XL 35/43/50M 4-263-815 Maximum Tool Shank 32 mm Main Motor 30 kW (40HP) 1000mm Din 15 4 Jaw Chuck XL 43M/50M 1-020-920 Coolant Motor 100W Multifix D2 QCTP 1-193-600

Page 36 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 37 Heavy Duty Precision Lathes XL 630 630mm Swing XL 730 730mm Swing

Features

l Spindle nose DIN 55027 C11 l Heavy duty & sturdy machine rated for continuous use and longer life expectancy. l Headstock spindle supported by high precision large diameter bearings giving accuracy & repeatability. l Headstock gears are made of high quality alloy steel. These are hardened & precision ground to provide smooth running & wear resistance. l A generous gap bed lets you swing large components with ease. l Hardened & ground “V” guide ways provide accuracy, rigidity and long working life. l Large spindle hole increases the capacity & efficiency of large bar work. l Universal gearbox enables cutting of a large range of metric & imperial threads without the need to change individual gears. l Magnetic switch provides thermal overload and short circuit protection. l Sigma type clutch & electro-dynamic brake for controlled operation. l Safety device to prevent simultaneous engagement of feed & Screw cutting levers which safeguards against any damage to system. l Multi start screw cutting facility enabling cutting of multi start threads with ease & precision. l Foot stop for safety & efficiency

Specification XL 630 XL 730 Machine Stock No Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph.50HZ XL 630 1000 mm DBC 1-049-100 Distance Between Centres 1000, 1500, 2000, 4000, 5000 mm XL 630 1500 mm DBC 1-049-150 Height of Centres 315 mm 365 mm 2000 mm DBC Swing Over Bed 630 mm 730 mm XL 630 1-049-200 Swing Over Cross Slides 430 mm 500 mm XL 630 3000 mm DBC 1-049-300 Swing Over Gap 830 mm 930 mm XL 630 4000 mm DBC 1-049-400 Width of Bed 400 mm XL 630 5000 mm DBC 1-049-500 Hole Through Spindle 103 mm

Spindle Nose DIN 55027 C11 XL 730 1000 mm DBC 1-048-100 No of Spindle Speeds 21 XL 730 1500 mm DBC 1-048-150 Range of Spindle Speeds 12.5 - 1250 rpm XL 730 2000 mm DBC 1-048-200 Travel of Cross Slides 315 mm 390 mm XL 730 3000 mm DBC 1-048-300 Travel of Compound Slide 130 mm Tailstock Quill Dia./Travel Ø75 / 230 mm XL 730 4000 mm DBC 1-048-400 Taper of Tailstock Quill 5 MT XL 730 5000 mm DBC 1-048-500 Number of Threads 64 each type Range of Threads: Metric 0.5 - 120 mm Included as Standard Inch 60 - 1/4 TPI Module 0.125 - 30 l Power Rapid in Longitudinal DP 240 - 1 & Cross Feed Number of Feeds 120 l Travelling Steady 15 - 200mm Range of Longitudinal Feeds 0.04 - 12 mm/rev l Fixed Steady 15 - 200mm Range of Cross Feeds 0.02 - 6 mm/rev l Coolant System Main Spindle Motor 11 kW (15HP) Coolant Motor 100W l Lo Volt Machine Light Maximum Tool Shank 25mm l 315mm 3 Jaw Self Centring Chuck

Page 38 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 39 Distance Between Centres XL 630 630mm Swing XL 730 730mm Swing 1000mm, 1500mm, 2000mm, 3000mm, 4000mm, 5000mm Man. Lathes

XL 35 43 50 630 730 440 500 & 580 Feed Box XL 35 43 50 630 730 440 500 & 580 Carriage Box

Dims & Weights XL 630 XL 730 Optional Accessories: Stock No. Width (cm) 125 130 180-340 mm Fixed Steady for XL630 1-049-900 Height (cm) 150 155 180-430 mm Fixed Steady for XL730 1-048-900 600 mm Face Plate C11 1-048-910 1000 mm DBC Overall Length 260 cm 500 mm 4Jaw Chuck C11 4-263-511 1500 mm DBC 310 cm 600 mm 4 Jaw Ind. Chuck C11 1-048-920 2000 mm DBC 360 cm 3000 mm DBC 460 cm 630 mm 4Jaw Chuck C11 4-263-631 4000 mm DBC 560 cm Taper Turning Attachment 1-048-930 5000 mm DBC 660 cm Soft Jaws for 315 mm Chuck 4-242-315 XL3 QCTP 1-190-600 1000 mm DBC Weight 3100 Kg 3210 Kg 1500 mm DBC (Net) 3250 Kg 3360 Kg 2000 mm DBC 3470 Kg 3580 Kg Optional Tooling: 3000 mm DBC 3820 Kg 3930 Kg 4000 mm DBC 4180 Kg 4290 Kg 5000 mm DBC 4550 Kg 4660 Kg See pages 60 - 80

Page 38 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 39 Heavy Duty Precision Lathes XL 440 XL 500 XL 580

Specification XL 440 XL 500 XL 580 Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph.50HZ

Between Centres (mm) 1000, 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000

Height of Centres 220 mm 250 mm 290 mm

Swing Over Bed 440 mm 500 mm 580 mm Swing Over Cross Slide 240 mm 300 mm 380 mm

Swing Over Gap 640 mm 700mm 780 mm Width of Bed 400 mm Hole Through Spindle 72 mm Spindle Nose Camlock DIN 55027 C8 No. of Spindle Speeds 21 Range of Spindle Speeds 20 - 2000 rpm Machine Stock No Travel of Cross Slide 315 mm XL 440 1000 mm DBC 1-070-100 Travel of Compound Slide 130 mm XL 440 1500 mm DBC 1-070-150 XL 440 XL 500 XL 580 Tailstock Quill Dia./Travel Ø75 / 230 mm XL 440 2000 mm DBC 1-070-200 3000 mm DBC Taper of Tailstock Quill 5 MT XL 440 1-070-300 XL 440 4000 mm DBC 1-070-400 No. of Threads 64 each type XL 440 5000 mm DBC 1-070-500 Range of Threads : Metric 0.5 - 120 mm XL 500 1000 mm DBC 1-060-100 1500 mm DBC Inch 60 - 1/4 XL 500 1-060-150 XL 500 2000 mm DBC 1-060-200 Module 0.125 - 30 XL 500 3000 mm DBC 1-060-300 DP 240 - 1 XL 500 4000 mm DBC 1-060-400 No. of Feeds 120 XL 500 5000 mm DBC 1-060-500 Range of Longitudinal Feeds 0.04 - 12 XL 580 1000 mm DBC 1-050-100 Range of Cross Feeds 0.02 - 6 XL 580 1500 mm DBC 1-050-150 Maximum Tool Shank 25 mm XL 580 2000 mm DBC 1-050-200 Main Spindle Motor 11 kW (15HP) XL 580 3000 mm DBC 1-050-300 XL 580 4000 mm DBC 1-050-400 Coolant Motor 100W XL 580 5000 mm DBC 1-050-500

Page 40 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 41 XL 440 440mm, swing All models between centres XL 500 500mm, swing XL 440 XL 500 XL 580 1000, 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000 or 5000mm XL 580 580mm, swing

Features: l Spindle nose DIN 55027 C8 l Heavy duty & sturdy machine rated for continuous use & longer life expectancy l Headstock spindle supported by high precision large

diameter bearings giving accuracy & repeatability. l Headstock gears are made of high quality alloy steel. These are hardened & precision ground to provide smooth running & wear resistance. l A generous gap bed lets you swing large components with ease.

l Hardened & ground “V” guide ways provide accuracy, rigidity & long working life.

l Large spindle hole increases the capacity &

efficiency of large bar work. l Universal gearbox enables cutting of a large range of metric & imperial Threads without the need to change individual gears.

l Magnetic switch provides thermal overload & short circuit protection. Man. Lathes

l Sigma type clutch & electrodynamic brake for controlled operation.

l Safety device to prevent simultaneous engagement of feed & screw cutting levers which safeguards against any damage to system. l Multi-start screw cutting facility enabling cutting of multi-start threads with ease & precision. l Foot Stop for safety & efficiency

XL 35 43 50 630 730 440 500 & 580 Feed Box Included as Standard

l Power Rapid in Long. & Cross Feed l Travelling Steady l Fixed Steady 15 - 160mm for XL 440/500 & 15 - 200mm for XL 580

l Coolant System l Lo Volt Machine Light l 250 mm 3 Jaw Self Centring Chuck

Dims & Weights XL 440 XL 500 XL 580 Optional Accessories: Stock No.

Width (cm) 125 125 125 400mm Face Plate XL 440 1-070-900 Height (cm) 140 143 147 480mm Face Plate XL 500/580 1-060-900 140-280mm Fixed Steady XL 500 1-060-910 1000 mm DBC Overall Length 260 cm 180-340mm Fixed Steady XL 580 1-050-910 1500 mm DBC 310 cm 400mm 4 Jaw Chuck C8 XL 440 4-263-408 2000 mm DBC 360 cm 500mm 4 Jaw Chuck C8 XL 500/580 4-263-508 3000 mm DBC 460 cm Taper Turning Attachment 1-070-950 4000 mm DBC 560 cm Soft Jaws for 250mm Chuck 4-242-250 5000 mm DBC 660 cm XL3 QCTP 1-190-600

1000 mm DBC Weight 2670 Kg 2750 Kg 2820 Kg 1500 mm DBC (Net) 2820 Kg 2900 Kg 2970 Kg Optional Tooling: 2000 mm DBC 3040 Kg 3120 Kg 3190 Kg 3000 mm DBC 3390 Kg 3470 Kg 3540 Kg 4000 mm DBC 3750 Kg 3830 Kg 3900 Kg See pages 60 - 80 5000 mm DBC 4120 Kg 4200 Kg 4270 Kg

Page 40 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 41 Heavy Duty Precision Lathes TH 8020D 0346-2230 TH 8030D 0346-2240

Features:

l Hardened & ground guideways l Spindle is supported by adjustable precision taper roller bearings l Manufactured to DIN 8606 tool makers precision l Sealed Gearbox l Machine Light l Guaranteed concentricity of spindle nose better than 0.015 mm l DC 24 Volt electric panel. l Removable gap bed l Coolant system l Toolpost guard l Footbrake l Emergency foot Brake l Chucks & Chuck Guards l Constant lubrication to headstock gears l User friendly DR0 8 digits display, sealed & dazzle free

Included as Standard Specification TH 8020D TH 8030D Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph.50HZ l 315mm 3 Jaw Chuck Distance Between Centres 2050 mm 3050 mm l 400mm 4 Jaw Chuck Height of Centres 400 mm l 480mm Face Plate Swing Over Bed 800 mm l 20 - 190 mm Fixed Steady Swing Over Cross Slides 570 mm Swing Over Gap 1035 mm l 20 - 130 mm Travelling Steady Length of Gap 250 mm l Coolant System Width of Bed 400 mm l Rear Splash Guard Hole Through Spindle 105 mm l Toolpost Chip Guard Spindle Nose Camlock DIN ISO 702-2 No 8 l Spindle Footbrake No of Spindle Speeds 16 l 2 Axis DRO Range of Spindle Speeds 25 - 1600 rpm Travel of Cross Slides 368 mm l Electrically Interlocked Chip Guard Travel of Compound Slide 230 mm l Cross & Longitudinal Power Feed Tailstock Quill Dia./Travel Ø90 mm / 235 mm l Machine Lamp Taper of Tailstock Quill 5MT Range of Threads: Optional Accessories: Metric (54 pitches) 0.45 - 120 mm Inch (60 pitches) 80 - 7/16 TPI Taper Turning Attachment 0344-0960 Module (46 pitches) 0.25 - 60 mm Soft Jaws for 315mm 3 Jaw Chuck 4-241-315 DP (42 pitches) 7/8 - 160 190 - 380mm Fixed Steady 0344-4140 Range of Longitudinal Feeds 0.044 - 1.48 mm/rev(25) QCTP XL 4 1-190-800 Range of Cross Feeds 0.022 - 0.74 mm/rev(25) Motor 11 kW Optional Tooling: Rapid Traverse Motor 0.55 kW Coolant Pump Motor 0.15 kW Max Tool Shank 32 mm See pages 60 - 80 Dims LxWxH(cm) 429 x 153 x 193 529 x 153 x 193 Weight Kg 3455 3820

Page 42 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 43 Heavy Duty Precision Lathes TH 6620D 0346-2210 TH 6630D 0346-2220

Features: Man. Lathes l Hardened & ground guideways l Spindle is supported by adjustable precision taper roller bearings l Manufactured to DIN 8606 tool makers precision l Sealed Gearbox l Machine Light l Guaranteed concentricity of spindle nose better than 0.015 mm l DC 24 Volt electric panel. l Removable gap bed l Coolant system l Toolpost guard l Footbrake l Emergency foot Brake l Chucks & Chuck Guards l Constant lubrication to headstock gears l User friendly DR0 8 digits display, sealed & dazzle free

Included as Standard Specification TH 6620D TH6630D Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph.50HZ l 315mm 3 Jaw Chuck Distance Between Centres 2050 mm 3050 mm l 400mm 4 Jaw Chuck Height of Centres 330 mm l 480mm Face Plate Swing Over Bed 660 mm l 20 - 190mm Fixed Steady Swing Over Cross Slides 440 mm Swing Over Gap 900 mm l 20 - 130mm Travelling Steady Length of Gap 250 mm l Coolant System Width of Bed 400 mm l Rear Splash Guard Hole Through Spindle 105 mm l Toolpost Chip Guard Spindle Nose Camlock DIN ISO 702-2 No 8 l Spindle Footbrake No of Spindle Speeds 16 l 2 Axis DRO Range of Spindle Speeds 25 - 1600 rpm Travel of Cross Slides 368 mm l Electrically Interlocked Chip Guard Travel of Compound Slide 230 mm l Cross & Longitudinal Power Feed Tailstock Quill Dia./Travel Ø90 mm / 235 mm l Machine Lamp Taper of Tailstock Quill 5MT Range of Threads: Optional Accessories: Metric (54 pitches) 0.45 - 120 mm Inch (60 pitches) 80 - 7/16 TPI

Taper Turning Attachment 0344-0958 Module (46 pitches) 0.25 - 60 mm Soft Jaws for 315mm 3 Jaw Chuck 4-241-315 DP (42 pitches) 7/8 - 160 190 - 380mm Fixed Steady 0344-4137 Range of Longitudinal Feeds 0.044 - 1.48 mm/rev(25) XL 4 QCTP 1-190-800 Range of Cross Feeds 0.022 - 0.74 mm/rev(25) Motor 9 kW Optional Tooling: Rapid Traverse Motor 0.55 kW Coolant Pump Motor 0.15 kW Max Tool Shank 25 mm See pages 60 - 80 Dims LxWxH(cm) 365 x 150 x 179 465 x 150 x 179 Weight Kg 3345 3730

Page 42 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 43 Heavy Duty Precision Lathes TX 5216 0343-2440 TX 6222 0343-2460

Features: l Machine bed & chassis are made of heavily ribbed cast material l High degrees of rigidity of the spindle bar housing thanks to pronounced ribbing made of 25GG cast material l All feed gearwheels made of steel, hardened and polished l Newall Digital position display DP700 l Spindle shafts on needle bearings, all components lubricated in oil bath l Hardened and polished spindle guarantees high degrees of accuracy and durability l Hardened and polished bed guides l Electronically braked main spindle l Electronic feed shut-off of Z axis l External coolant tank with filling level display & oil separator l Complete feed and lead spindle cover l Electrical position shut-off with quadruple positioning stop

Included as Standard Specification TX 5216 TX6222 l 315mm 3 Jaw Self centring chuck D1-8 Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph.50HZ l Quick change toolpost SWH 7-C Distance Between Centres 1,600 mm 2,220 mm Height of Centres 260 mm 310 mm l One Toolholder 32x130mm type D Swing Over Bed 520 mm 620 mm for 25mm square tools Swing Over Cross Slides 324 mm 424 mm Width of Bed 350 mm Optional Accessories: Hole Through Spindle Ø80 mm Ø105 mm 450mm Face Plate D1-8 0344-2982 Spindle Nose Camlock DIN ISO 702 - 2 No 8 400mm 4 Jaw Chuck D1-8 0344-2890 No of Spindle Speeds 12 Range of Spindle Speeds 30 - 1,500 rpm 40 - 1,650 rpm Set of Soft Jaws for 315 3 Jaw Chuck 4-241-315 Travel of Cross Slides 350 mm Spare Toolholder 32x130 Type D 0338-4308 Travel of Compound Slide 170 mm Spare Toolholder 40x160 Type H 0338-4326 Tailstock Quill Dia./Travel Ø72 mm / 180 mm Steadies TX 5216 Taper of Tailstock Quill 5MT Travelling steady 15 - 125mm 0343-8020 Range of Threads: Fixed steady 10 - 185 mm 0343-8023 Metric (55 pitches) 0.5 - 15 mm Fixed steady 160-285 mm 0343-8024 Inch (55 pitches) 60 - 2 TPI Steadies TX 6222 Module (55 pitches) 0.25 - 7.5 mm Travelling steady 15 - 125mm 0343-8030 DP (42 pitches) 7/8 - 160 Fixed steady 10 - 185 mm 0343-8033 Range of Longitudinal Feeds 0.05 - 1.5 mm/rev(55) Fixed steady 160 - 285 mm 0343-8034 Range of Cross Feeds 0.025 - 0.75 mm/rev(55) Motor 5.5 kW 7.5 kW Coolant Pump Motor 100 W Optional Tooling: Max Tool Shank 25 mm Dims LxWxH(cm) 300 x 120 x 186 360 x 120 x 186 See pages 60 - 80 Weight Kg 2470 2800

Page 44 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 45 Heavy Duty Precision Lathe TX 5216V 0343-2445 Variable Speed NEW Man. Lathes

Features:

l Machine bed & chassis are made of heavily ribbed cast material l High degrees of rigidity of the spindle bar housing thanks to pronounced ribbing made of 25GG cast material l All feed gearwheels made of steel, hardened and polished l Newall Digital position display DP700 l Spindle shafts on needle bearings, all components lubricated in oil bath l Hardened and polished spindle guarantees high degrees of accuracy and durability Specification TX 5216V l Hardened and polished bed guides Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph.50HZ l Electronically braked main spindle Distance Between Centres 1,600 mm l Electronic feed shut-off of Z axis Height of Centres 260 mm l External coolant tank with filling level display & Swing Over Bed 520 mm Swing Over Cross Slides 324 mm Included as Standard Width of Bed 350 mm Hole Through Spindle Ø80 mm l 315mm 3 Jaw Self centring chuck D1-8 Spindle Nose Camlock DIN ISO 702 - 2 No 8 l Quick change toolpost SWH 7-C No of Spindle Speeds 2 x 3 steps vario l One Toolholder 32x130mm type D Range of Spindle Speeds 12 - 1,800 rpm for 25mm square tools Travel of Cross Slides 350 mm Travel of Compound Slide 170 mm Optional Accessories: Tailstock Quill Dia./Travel Ø72 mm / 180 mm Taper of Tailstock Quill 5MT 450mm Face Plate D1-8 0344-2982 Range of Threads: 400mm 4 JaW Chuck D1-8 0344-2890 Metric (55 pitches) 0.5 - 15 mm Set of Soft Jaws for 315mm Chuck 4-241-315 Inch (55 pitches) 60 - 2 TPI

Spare Toolholder 32x130 Type D 0338-4308 Module (55 pitches) 0.25 - 7.5 mm Spare Toolholder 40x160 Type H 0338-4326 DP (42 pitches) 7/8 - 160 Travelling steady 15 - 125mm 0343-8020 Range of Longitudinal Feeds 0.05 - 1.5 mm/rev(55) Fixed steady 10 - 185 mm 0343-8023 Range of Cross Feeds 0.025 - 0.75 mm/rev(55) Fixed steady 160-285 mm 0343-8024 Motor 5.5 kW Coolant Pump Motor 100 W Optional Tooling: Max Tool Shank 25 mm Dims LxWxH(cm) 302 x 127 x 222 See pages 60 - 80 Weight Kg 2470

Page 44 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 45 Heavy Duty Precision Lathes TH 5615D TH 5620D TH 5630D 0346-2160 0346-2170 0346-2180

Features:

l Hardened & ground guideways l Spindle is supported by adjustable precision taper roller bearings l Manufactured to DIN 8606 tool makers precision l Sealed Gearbox l Machine Light l Guaranteed concentricity of spindle nose better than 0.015 mm l DC 24 Volt electric panel. l Removable gap bed l Coolant system l Toolpost guard l Footbrake l Emergency foot Brake l Chucks & Chuck Guards l Constant lubrication to headstock gears l User friendly DR0 8 digits display, sealed & dazzle free

Specification TH 5615D TH 5620D TH 5630D Included as Standard Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph.50HZ l 315mm 3 Jaw Chuck Dist Between Centres 1420 mm 1910 mm 2910 mm l 400mm 4 Jaw Chuck Height of Centres 280 mm l 480mm Face Plate Swing Over Bed 560 mm l 20 - 165mm Fixed Steady Swing Over Cross Slides 355 mm Swing Over Gap 790 mm l 20 - 95mm Travelling Steady Length of Gap 170 mm l Coolant System Width of Bed 350 mm l Rear Splash Guard Hole Through Spindle 80 mm l Toolpost Chip Guard Spindle Nose Camlock DIN ISO 702 - 2 D1 - 8 l Spindle Footbrake No of Spindle Speeds 12 l 2 Axis DRO l Machine Lamp Range of Spindle Speeds 25 - 1600 rpm Travel of Cross Slides 316 mm l Elec Interlocked Chip Guard Travel of Compound Slide 130 mm l Cross & Longitudinal Tailstock Quill Dia./Travel Ø75 mm / 180 mm Power Feed Taper of Tailstock Quill 5MT Optional Accessories: Range of Threads: Metric (47 pitches) 0.2 - 14 mm Taper Turning Attachment 0344-0956 Inch (60 pitches) 2 - 112 TPI Soft Jaws for Module (34 pitches) 0.1 - 7 MP 315mm 3 Jaw Chuck 4-241-315 DP (50 pitches) 4 - 112 165-350mm Fixed Steady 0344-4134 Range of Longitudinal Feeds 0.059 - 1.646 mm/rev(35) XL 3 QCTP 1-190-600 Range of Cross Feeds 0.020 - 0.573 mm/rev(35) Motor 7.5 kW Optional Tooling: Coolant Pump Motor 125 W Max Tool Shank 25 mm See pages 60 - 80 Dims LxWxH(cm) 295 x 115 x 165 345 x 115 x 165 445 x 115 x Weight Kg 2,300 2,720 3,000

Page 46 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 47 Heavy Duty Precision Lathes TH 5615D TH 5620D TH 5630D TH 4610D TH 4615D TH 4620D 0346-2110 0346-2120 0346-2130 Man. Lathes Features: l Hardened & ground guideways l Spindle is supported by adjustable precision taper roller bearings l Manufactured to DIN 8606 tool makers precision l Sealed Gearbox l Machine Light l Guaranteed concentricity of spindle nose better than 0.015 mm l DC 24 Volt electric panel. l Removable gap bed l Coolant system l Toolpost guard l Footbrake l Emergency foot Brake l Chucks & Chuck Guards l Constant lubrication to headstock gears l User friendly DR0 8 digits display, sealed & dazzle free

Included as Standard Specification TH 4610D TH 4615D TH 4620D l 250mm 3 Jaw Chuck Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph.50HZ l 250mm 4 Jaw Chuck Distance Between Centres 1060 mm 1560 mm 2060 mm l 380mm Face Plate Height of Centres 230 mm l 25- 175mm Fixed Steady Swing Over Bed 460 mm l 20 - 115mm Travelling Steady Swing Over Cross Slides 270 mm l Coolant System Swing Over Gap 690 mm l Rear Splash Guard Length of Gap 240mm l Machine Lamp l Threading Gauge Width of Bed 300 mm l Spindle Footbrake Hole Through Spindle 58 mm l Elec. Interlocked Chuck Guard Spindle Nose Camlock DIN ISO 702-2 No 6 l Toolpost Chip Guard No of Spindle Speeds 12 l 2 Axis DRO Range of Spindle Speeds 25 - 2000 rpm Travel of Cross Slides 285 mm Optional Accessories: Travel of Compound Slide 125 mm Taper Turning Attachment 0344-0946 Tailstock Quill Dia./Travel Ø60 mm / 130 mm Taper of Tailstock Quill 4MT Soft Jaws for Range of Threads: 250mm 3 Jaw Chuck 4-241-250 Metric (41 pitches) 0.1- 14 mm 70-270mm Fixed Steady 0344-4132 Inch (41 pitches) 112- 2 TPI XL 2T QCTP 1-190-500 Module (34 pitches) 0.1 - 7 mm/Rev 5C Collet Chuck DP (50 pitches) 4 - 112 Range of Longitudinal Feeds 0.031 - 1.7 mm/rev(42) Key Operated D1-6 0344-1556 Range of Cross Feeds 0.014 - 0.784 mm/rev(42) Motor 5.5 kW Optional Tooling: Coolant Pump Motor 125 W Max Tool Shank 25 mm See pages 60 - 80 Dims LxWxH(cm) 222 x 107 x 155 277 x 107 x 155 327 x 107 x 155 Weight Kg 1720 1977 2400

Page 46 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 47 Heavy Duty Precision Lathe TX 4414 0343-2420

NEW

Features: l Machine bed & chassis are made of heavily ribbed cast material l High degrees of rigidity of the spindle bar housing thanks to pronounced ribbing made of 25GG cast material l All feed gearwheels made of steel, hardened and polished l Newall Digital position display DP700 l Spindle shafts on needle bearings, all components lubricated in oil bath l Hardened and polished spindle guarantees high degrees of accuracy and durability Specification TX 4414 l Hardened and polished bed guides Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph.50HZ l Electronically braked main spindle Distance Between Centres 1,400 mm l Electronic feed shut-off of Z axis Height of Centres 220 mm l External coolant tank with filling level display & oil separator Swing Over Bed 440 mm l Complete feed and lead spindle cover Swing Over Cross Slides 250 mm l Electrical position shut-off with Width of Bed 300 mm quadruple positioning stop Hole Through Spindle Ø52 mm Spindle Nose Camlock DIN ISO 702 - 2 No 6 Included as Standard No of Spindle Speeds 12 l 200mm 3 Jaw Self centring chuck D1-6 Range of Spindle Speeds 40 - 2,200 rpm l Quick change toolpost SWH 5-B Travel of Cross Slides 290 mm l One Toolholder 25x120mm type D Travel of Compound Slide 153mm for 20mm square tools Tailstock Quill Dia./Travel Ø58 mm / 180 mm Taper of Tailstock Quill 4MT Optional Accessories: Range of Threads: Metric (44 pitches) 0.5 - 7.5 mm 350mm Face Plate D1-6 0344-2980 Inch (44 pitches) 60 - 4 TPI 250mm 4 JaW Chuck D1-6 0344-2884 Module (44 pitches) 0.5 - 3.75 mm Set of Soft Jaws for 200mm Chuck 4-241-200 DP (44 pitches) 8 - 120 Spare Toolholder 25x120 Type D 0338-4306 Range of Longitudinal Feeds 0.05 - 0.752 mm/rev(44) Spare Toolholder 32x130 Type H 0338-4324 Range of Cross Feeds 0.05 - 0.376 mm/rev(44)

Travelling steady 10 - 165mm 0343-8015 Motor 5.5 kW Fixed steady 15 - 170 mm 0343-8017 Coolant Pump Motor 100 W Max Tool Shank 25 mm Optional Tooling: Dims LxWxH(cm) 230 x 110 x 175 See pages 60 - 80 Weight Kg 1500

Page 48 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 49 Heavy Duty Precision Lathes TZ 4 0343-2240 TZ 4V 0343-2245

Features: l Hardened and ground z-axis guideway l Partly clad with travelling, generously dimensioned chip guard l Travelling guard with integrated position display, coolant hose and additional control panel l Emergency stop push button and lockable main switch l LED machine light for complete elimination of the workspace l Control cabinet with 24-V DC adapter l Optionally available interchangeable gear set for imperial and modular thread · l Safety hand wheels with release function in the X and Z axis l Quick change tool holder SWH 5-B l

Tool holder 25 x 120 type D for square Man. Lathes l Digital position display NEWALL DP 700 TZ 4V: l Motor circuit breaker l Reduction of the main spindle braking time thanks to energy recuperation.

Included as Standard l Fixed steady Ø10 - 130 mm Remember to order l Travelling steady Ø10 - 100mm Lathe Chucks l Reduction sleeve MT 3 and MT 6 l Fixed centre MT 3 Specification TZ 4 TZ 4V l Quick change tool holder SWH 5 - B Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph.50HZ l Square Tool holder 25 x 120 type D Distance Between Centres 800 mm l Interchangeable gear set for metric thread Height of Centres 200 mm Swing Over Bed 400 mm Optional Accessories: Swing Over Cross Slides 245 mm Bison 200mm 3 Jaw Chuck A2 - 5 0345-0210 Width of Bed 260 mm 200mm Back Plate A2 - 5 0345-0212 Hole Through Spindle 52 mm Bison 250mm 4 Jaw Chuck Spindle Nose DIN ISO 702-1 No 5 A2 - 5 centric 0345-0216 No of Spindle Speeds 16 speeds 2 step vario. 250mm Back Plate A2 - 5 0345-0218 Range of Spindle Speeds 45 - 1,800 rpm 50 - 3,000 rpm 320mm FacePlate A2 - 5 0344-2979 Travel of Cross Slides 212 mm Spare Tool Holder 25 x 120 type D 0338-4306 Travel of Compound Slide 112 mm Spare Tool Holder 32 x 130 type H 0338-4324 Tailstock Quill Dia./Travel Ø50 / 110 mm Taper of Tailstock Quill 3MT Interchangeable Gear Set for Imperial Range of Threads: & Modular Thread Pitch Metric in range Metric (26 pitches) 0.2 - 14 mm Range of Longitudinal Feeds 0.0263 - 1.8416 mm/rev(48) 80-1 turn/* (42 turns) Modular Thread Range of Cross Feeds 0.0133 - 0.9321 mm/rev(48) in range 0.1 - 7mm/rev (44 Threads) 0344-4160 Motor (2 Speed) 3 Kw / 3.5 Kw 5.5Kw Coolant Pump Motor 0.125 kW Optional Tooling: Max Tool Shank 25 mm See pages 60 - 80 Dims LxWxH(cm) 196 x 106 x 169 Weight Kg 1250

Page 48 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 49 Heavy Duty Precision Lathes TH 4210D 0346-2055 TH 4215D 0346-2070

Features: l Hardened & ground guideways l Spindle is supported by adjustable precision taper roller bearings l Manufactured to DIN 8606 tool makers precision l Sealed Gearbox l Machine Light l Guaranteed concentricity of spindle nose better than 0.015 mm Specification TH 4210D TH 4215D l DC 24 Volt electric panel. Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph.50HZ l Removable gap bed l Coolant system Distance Between Centres 1,000 mm 1,500 mm l Toolpost guard l Footbrake Height of Centres 210 mm l Emergency foot Brake Swing Over Bed 420 mm l Chucks & Chuck Guards Swing Over Cross Slides 250 mm l Constant lubrication to headstock gears l User friendly DR0 8 digits display, sealed Swing Over Gap 590 mm & dazzle free Length of Gap 260 mm Width of Bed 250 mm Included as Standard Hole Through Spindle 52 mm

l 250mm 3 Jaw Chuck D1 - 6 Spindle Nose Camlock DIN ISO 702-2 No 6 l 250mm 4 Jaw Chuck D1 - 6 No of Spindle Speeds 16 Range of Spindle Speeds 45 - 1,800 rpm l 380mm Face Plate l Foot Brake Travel of Cross Slides 230 mm l Machine Lamp l Fixed Steady 15-130mm Travel of Compound Slide 140 mm l Travelling Steady 10 - 100mm Tailstock Quill Dia./Travel Ø50 mm / 120 mm l Coolant System l Rear Splash Guard Taper of Tailstock Quill 4MT l Toolpost Chip Guard l 2 Axis DRO Range of Threads: Metric (39 pitches) 0.2 - 14 mm Optional Accessories: Inch (45 pitches) 72- 2 TPI Module (18 pitches) 0.3 - 3.5 mm/rev Taper Turning Attachment 0344-0942 DP (21 pitches) 8 - 44 Soft Jaws for 250mm 3 Jaw Chuck 4-241-250 Range of Longitudinal Feeds 0.05 - 1.7 mm/rev(17) XL 2 QCTP 1-190-400 Range of Cross Feeds 0.025 - 0.85 mm/rev(17) 5C Collet Chuck Key Operated D1 - 6 0344-1556 Motor 4.5 kW Coolant Pump Motor 0.1 kW Optional Tooling: Max Tool Shank 20 mm Dims LxWxH(cm) 194 x 92 x 160 244 x 92 x 160 See pages 60 - 80 Weight Kg 1260 1540

Page 50 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 51 Medium Duty Precision Lathe TH 4010D 3ph 0340-2080 Man. Lathes

Features: l Hardened & ground guideways l Spindle is supported by adjustable precision taper roller bearings l Manufactured to DIN 8606 tool makers precision l Sealed Gearbox l Machine Light l Guaranteed concentricity of spindle nose better than 0.015 mm l DC 24 Volt electric panel. Specification TH 4010D l Removable gap bed l Coolant system Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph.50HZ l Toolpost guard l Footbrake Distance Between Centres 1,000 mm l Emergency foot Brake Height of Centres 205 mm l Chucks & Chuck Guards Swing Over Bed 410 mm l Constant lubrication to headstock gears Swing Over Cross Slides 240 mm l User friendly DR0 8 digits display, sealed & dazzle free Swing Over Gap 540 mm Included as Standard Length of Gap 165 mm Width of Bed 206 mm l 200mm 3 Jaw Chuck l Rear Splash Guard Hole Through Spindle 52 mm l 250mm 4 Jaw Chuck l 2 Step Drive Motor Spindle Nose Camlock DIN ISO 702-2 No 5 l 330mm Face Plate l Toolpost Chip Guard No of Spindle Speeds 16 Range of Spindle Speeds 45 - 1,800 rpm l Fixed Steady 15 -100mm l Footbrake Travel of Cross Slides 195 mm l Travelling Steady 5-65mm l Machine Lamp Travel of Compound Slide 100 mm l l 2 Axis DRO Coolant System Tailstock Quill Dia./Travel Ø45 mm / 130 mm Taper of Tailstock Quill 3MT Optional Accessories: Range of Threads: Metric (42 pitches) 0.4 - 7 mm Taper Turning Attachment 0344-0934 Inch (42 pitches) 70 - 4 TPI Soft Jaws for 200mm 3 Jaw Chuck 4-241-200 Range of Longitudinal Feeds 0.043 - 0.653 mm/rev(48) XL 1X QCT 1-190-300 Range of Cross Feeds 0.015 - 0.206 mm/rev(48) 5C Collet Chuck Key opt D1 - 5 0344-1555 Motor 1.5 / 2.4 kW Coolant Pump Motor 0.1 kW Optional Tooling: Max Tool Shank 16 mm Dims LxWxH(cm) 192 x 74 x 156 See pages 60 - 80 Weight Kg 775

Page 50 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 51 Medium Duty Precision Lathe TH 3610D 3ph 0340-2060

Features:

l Hardened & ground guideways l Spindle is supported by adjustable precision taper roller bearings l Manufactured to DIN 8606 tool makers precision l Sealed Gearbox l Machine Light l Guaranteed concentricity of spindle nose better than 0.015 mm l DC 24 Volt electric panel. l Removable gap bed l Coolant system Specification TH 3610D l Toolpost guard l Footbrake Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph.50HZ l Emergency foot Brake Distance Between Centres 980 mm l Chucks & Chuck Guards Height of Centres 180 mm l Constant lubrication to headstock gears Swing Over Bed 356 mm l User friendly DR0 8 digits display, sealed & dazzle free Swing Over Cross Slides 196 mm Swing Over Gap 516 mm Length of Gap 160 mm Included as Standard Width of Bed 187 mm l 200mm 3 Jaw Chuck l 200mm 4 Jaw Chuck Hole Through Spindle 52 mm l 300mm Face Plate l Footbrake Spindle Nose Camlock DIN ISO 702 - 2 No 5 l Machine Lamp l Fixed Steady 15-70mm No of Spindle Speeds 8 Range of Spindle Speeds 70 - 2,000 rpm l Travelling Steady 15-60mm l Coolant System Travel of Cross Slides 170 mm l Rear Splash Guard l Toolpost Chip Guard Travel of Compound Slide 100 mm l 2 Axis DRO Tailstock Quill Dia./Travel Ø42 mm/120 mm Taper of Tailstock Quill 3MT Optional Accessories: Range of Threads: Metric (26 pitches) 0.4 - 7 mm Taper Turning Attachment 0344-0932 Inch (34 pitches) 56 - 4 TPI Soft Jaws for 200mm 3 Jaw Chuck 4-241-200 Range of Longitudinal Feeds 0.052 - 1.392 mm/rev(32) XL 1X QCTP 1-190-300 Range of Cross Feeds 0.014 - 0.38 mm/rev(32) 5C Collet Chuck Key Operated D1 - 5 0344-1555 Motor 1.5 kW Coolant Pump Motor 0.1 kW Optional Tooling: Max Tool Shank 16 mm Dims LxWxH(cm) 193 x 73 x 162 See pages 60 - 80 Weight Kg 610

Page 52 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 53 Medium Duty Precision Lathes TH 3309D 3ph 0340-2040 Man. Lathes

Features:

l Hardened & ground guideways l Spindle is supported by adjustable precision taper roller bearings l Manufactured to DIN 8606 tool makers precision l Sealed Gearbox l Machine Light l Guaranteed concentricity of spindle nose better than 0.015 mm l DC 24 Volt electric panel. l Removable gap bed l Coolant system Specification TH 3309D l Toolpost guard l Footbrake Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph.50HZ l Emergency foot Brake Distance Between Centres 830 mm l Chucks & Chuck Guards Height of Centres 165mm l Constant lubrication to headstock gears Swing Over Bed 330 mm l User friendly DR0 8 digits display, sealed Swing Over Cross Slides 208 mm & dazzle free Swing Over Gap 448 mm Length of Gap 196 mm Included as Standard Width of Bed 180 mm l 160mm 3 Jaw Chuck l 200mm 4 Jaw Chuck Hole Through Spindle 38 mm Spindle Nose Camlock DIN ISO 702-2 No 4 l 300mm Face Plate l Footbrake No of Spindle Speeds 16 l Machine Lamp l Fixed Steady 10-50mm Range of Spindle Speeds 70 - 2,000 rpm l l Travelling Steady 10-30mm Coolant System Travel of Cross Slides 164 mm l Rear Splash Guard Travel of Compound Slide 98 mm l Toolpost Chip Guard l 2 Axis DRO Tailstock Quill Dia./Travel Ø32 mm / 110 mm Taper of Tailstock Quill 3MT Optional Accessories: Range of Threads: Metric (26 pitches) 0.4 - 7 mm Taper Turning Attachment 0344-0932 Inch (34 pitches) 56 - 4 TPI Soft Jaws for 160mm 3 Jaw Chuck 4-241-160 Range of Longitudinal Feeds 0.052 - 1.392 mm/rev(32) XL 1 QCT 1-190-200 Range of Cross Feeds 0.014 - 0.38 mm/rev(32) 5C Collet Chuck Key Operated D1 - 4 0344-1554 Motor 1.5 kW Coolant Pump Motor 0.1 kW Optional Tooling: Max Tool Shank 16 mm Dims LxWxH(cm) 169 x 75 x 159 See pages 60 - 80 Weight Kg 430

Page 52 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 53 Medium Duty Precision Lathes TU 3008G 3ph 0342-7210 TU 3008V 1ph 0342-7205 Vario Speed Features: l Hardened and ground guideways l Spindle is supported by adjustable precision taper roller bearings l Manufactured to DIN 8606 tool makers precision l Guaranteed concentricity of spindle nose better than 0.009 mm l DC 24 Volt electric panel. l Chuck Guard l Toolpost Guard

DRO 5

TU 3008V Shown here with optional MST1 Stand

MST 1 Optional Machine Stand For TU2304 -TU3008 0344-0409

Included as Standard Specification TU 3008G TU 3008V l 160mm 3 Jaw Chuck Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph.50Hz 230V. 1phHz Distance Between Centres 800 mm l Fixed Centres MT3 & MT4 Height of Centres 158 mm l Splash Guard l Chip Tray Swing Over Bed 310 mm l 4 Way Indexable Tool Post Swing Over Cross Slides 190 mm l Set of Interchangeable Gears Width of Bed 180 mm Hole Through Spindle 38 mm Optional Accessories: Spindle Nose Camlock DIN ISO 702-2 No 4 No of Spindle Speeds 6 speeds 5 elec. vario MST 1 Machine Stand 0344-0409 Range of Spindle Speeds 165 - 2,400 rpm 30 - 3,000 rpm Travelling Steady 6 - 60mm 0344-1460 Travel of Cross Slides 150 mm Fixed Steady 6 - 60mm 0344-1461 Travel of Compound Slide 65 mm SWH 1-A QCTP 0338-4301 Tailstock Quill Dia./Travel Ø38 mm / 70 mm 20x90 mm Standard Tool Holder Type D 0338-4302 20x85 mm V Tool Holder Type H 0338-4321 Taper of Tailstock Quill 3MT 160mm 4 Jaw Self Centring Chuck D1 - 4 0344-2840 Range of Threads: 5C Collet Chuck Key opt. D1 - 4 0344-1554 Metric (18 pitches) 0.2 - 3.5 mm/rev DRO 5 with 3 magnetic sensors 0338-3975 Inch (21 pitches) 56 - 8 TPI MB2000 Magnetic tape 2000mm 0338-3979 Range of Longitudinal Feeds 0.085 - 0.832 mm/rev(9) Assembly kit for X, Y & Z 0338-3985 Range of Cross Feeds 0.01 - 0.1 mm/rev(9) Motor 1.5 kW 2.2 kW Optional Tooling: Max Tool Shank 16 mm Dims LxWxH(cm) 153 x 71 x 58 See pages 60 - 80 Weight Kg 260

Page 54 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 55 Medium Duty Precision Lathes 1ph 0342-7001 1ph 0342-7006 Vario Speed TU 2807 3ph 0342-7003 TU 2807V Vario Speed

Features: l Hardened and ground guideways l Spindle is supported by adjustable precision taper roller bearings l Manufactured to DIN 8606 tool makers precision l Guaranteed concentricity of spindle nose better than 0.009 mm l DC 24 Volt electric panel. l Chuck Guard l Toolpost Guard

DRO 5

Man. Lathes TU 2807V Shown here with optional MST1 Stand

MST 1 Optional Machine Stand For TU2304 -TU3008 0344-0409

Included as Standard Specification TU 2807 TU 2807V l 125mm 3 Jaw Chuck Electrical Connection 230V. 1ph.50Hz 230V. 1ph50Hz l Fixed Centres MT2 & MT4 l Splash Guard 400V. 3Ph.50Hz l Chip Tray l 4 Way Indexable Tool Post Distance Between Centres 700 mm Height of Centres 140 mm l Set of Interchangeable Gears Swing Over Bed 266 mm Optional Accessories: Swing Over Cross Slides 170 mm Width of Bed 180mm MST 1 Machine Stand 0344-0409 Hole Through Spindle 26 mm 125mm 4 Jaw Chuck Independent 0344-2874 Spindle Nose Short Taper 125mm Back Plate to suit 4 Jaw Chuck 0344-1312 No of Spindle Speeds 6 speeds 4 elec. vario ER 32 Collet Chuck Ø 52mm Short Taper 0344-1306 Range of Spindle Speeds 150 - 2,000 rpm 30 - 4,000 rpm ER 32 Collet Set 3 - 20mm 18Pcs 0344-1122 Travel of Cross Slides 160 mm Travelling Steady 5 - 55mm 0344-1410 Travel of Compound Slide 60 mm Fixed Steady 5 - 55mm 0344-1415 Tailstock Quill Travel 85 mm SWH 1-A QCTP 0338-4301 Taper of Tailstock Quill 2MT 20x90 mm Standard Tool Holder Type D 0338-4302 Range of Threads: 20x85 mm V Tool Holder Type H 0338-4321 Metric (18 pitches) 0.2 - 3.5 mm/rev DRO 5 with 3 magnetic sensors 0338-3975 Inch (21 pitches) 56 - 8 TPI MB2000 Magnetic tape 2000mm 0338-3979 Range of Longitudinal Feeds 0.07 - 0.4 mm/rev(6) Motor 0.85 kW 1.5 kW Optional Tooling: Max Tool Shank 12 mm Dims LxWxH(cm) 137 x 64 x 54 137 x 66 x 44 See pages 60- 80 Weight Kg 180

Page 54 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 55 Light Duty Small Precision Lathes 0342-5001 1ph TU 2506 V 1ph 0342-5006 TU 2506 3ph 0342-5003 Variable Speed

Features: l Hardened and ground guideways l Spindle is supported by adjustable precision taper roller bearings l Manufactured to DIN 8606 tool makers precision l Guaranteed concentricity of spindle nose better than 0.009 mm l DC 24 Volt electric panel. l Chuck Guard l Toolpost Guard DRO 5

TU 2506V Shown here with optional MST1 Stand

MST 1 Optional Machine Stand For TU2304 -TU3008 0344-0409

Included as Standard l 125mm 3 Jaw Chuck Specification TU 2506 TU 2506V l Steady Centres MT2 & MT4 l Splash board Electrical Connection 230V. 1ph.50Hz 230V. 1ph50Hz l Chip Tray l Drill chuck protection 400V. 3Ph.50Hz l Lathe tool made of high speed steel Distance Between Centres 550 mm l Quadruple toolholder l Change gear kit Height of Centres 125 mm Swing Over Bed 250 mm Optional Accessories: Swing Over Cross Slides 150 mm Width of Bed 135mm MST 1 Machine Stand 0344-0409 Hole Through Spindle 26 mm 125mm 4 Jaw Chuck Independent 0344-2874 Spindle Nose Short Taper 125mm Back Plate to suit 4 Jaw Chuck 0344-1312 No of Spindle Speeds 6 speeds 4 elec. vario 240mm Face Plate 0344-1352 Range of Spindle Speeds 125 - 2,000 rpm 30 - 4,000 rpm Fixed Steady 50mm 0344-1315 Travel of Cross Slides 110 mm Travelling Steady 34mm 0344-1310 Travel of Compound Slide 70 mm SWH 1-A QCTP 0338-4301 Tailstock Quill Dia./ Travel 30 mm / 65 mm 20x90 mm Standard Tool Holder Type D 0338-4302 Taper of Tailstock Quill 2MT 20x85 mm V Tool Holder Type H 0338-4321 Range of Threads: ER 32 Collet Chuck Ø 52mm Short Taper 0344-1306 Metric (21 pitches) 0.2 - 4.0 mm/rev ER 32 Collet Set 3 - 20mm 18Pcs 0344-1122 Inch (21 pitches) 56 - 8 TPI DRO 5 with 3 magnetic sensors 0338-3975 Range of Longitudinal Feeds 0.07 - 0.4mm/rev(6) MB2000 Magnetic tape 2000mm 0338-3979 Motor 0.75 kW 1.5 kW Max Tool Shank 12 mm Optional Tooling: Dims LxWxH(cm) 125 x 59 x 48 See pages 60 - 80 Weight Kg 125

Page 56 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 57 Light Duty Small Precision Lathes TU 2506 V 1ph 0342-0350 1ph 0342-0355 TU 2406 TU 2406V Variable Speed

Features:

l Hardened and ground guideways l Spindle is supported by adjustable precision taper roller bearings l Manufactured to DIN 8606 tool makers precision l Guaranteed concentricity of spindle nose better than 0.009 mm l DC 24 Volt electric panel. l Chuck Guard

l Toolpost Guard Man. Lathes

TU 2406V Shown here with optional MST1 Stand

MST 1 Optional Machine Stand For TU2304 -TU3008 0344-0409

Included as Standard Specification TU 2406 TU 2406V l 125mm 3 Jaw Chuck l Splash Guard Electrical Connection 230V 1Ph 50Hz l Fixed centres MT2 & MT3 l Chip Tray Distance Between Centres 550 mm l Four way Tool Post l Change gear kit Height of Centres 125 mm Swing Over Bed 250 mm Optional Accessories: Swing Over Cross Slides 140 mm Width of Bed 135 mm MST 1 Machine Stand 0344-0409 125mm 4Jaw Chuck Independent 0344-2874 Hole Through Spindle 21 mm 125mm Back Plate to suit 4 Jaw Chuck 0344-0511 Spindle Nose Cylindrical Ø52 mm 220mm Face Plate 0344-0552 No of Spindle Speeds 6 speeds 2 elec. vario Fixed Steady 50mm 0344-1315 Range of Spindle Speeds 125 - 2,000 rpm 150 - 2,500 rpm Travelling Steady 34mm 0344-1310 Travel of Cross Slides 120 mm SWH 1-A QCTP 0338-4301 Travel of Compound Slide 75 mm 20x90 mm Standard Tool Holder Type D 0338-4302 Tailstock Quill Travel 70 mm 20x85 mm V Tool Holder Type H 0338-4321 Taper of Tailstock Quill 2MT ER 25 Collet Chuck Ø52mm 0344-0505 Range of Threads: ER 25 Collet Set 1 - 16mm 15PCs 0344-1109 Metric (14 pitches) 0.4 - 3.5 mm/rev DRO 5 with 3 magnetic sensors 0338-3975 Inch (12 pitches) 44 - 10 TPI MB2000 Magnetic tape 2000mm 0338-3979 Motor 0.75 kW 1.1 kW Max Tool Shank 12 mm Dims LxWxH(cm) 110 x 60 x 49 Optional Tooling: Weight Kg 125 See pages 60 - 80

Page 56 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 57 Light Duty Small Precision Lathes TU 2304 1ph 0342-0320 TU 2304V 1ph 0342-0325 Variable Speed

Features:

l Hardened and ground guideways l Spindle is supported by adjustable precision taper roller bearings l Manufactured to DIN 8606 tool makers precision l Guaranteed concentricity of spindle nose better than 0.009 mm l Chuck Guard l Toolpost Guard

TU 2304V Shown here with optional MST1 Stand

MST 1 Optional Machine Stand For TU2304 -TU3008 0344-0409 Included as Standard

l 100mm 3 Jaw Chuck l Splash Guard Specification TU 2304 TU 2304V l Steady centre MT2 & MT3 l Chip tray Electrical Connection 230V 1Ph 50Hz l Four way tool post l Change gear kit Distance Between Centres 450 mm Height of Centres 115 mm Optional Accessories: Swing Over Bed 230 mm MST 1 Machine Stand 0344-0409 Swing Over Cross Slides 120 mm 125mm 3 Jaw Chuck Self Centring 0344-2712 Width of Bed 135 mm

125mm 4 Jaw Chuck Self Centring 0344-2812 Hole Through Spindle 20 mm 125mm Back Plate for Chucks 0344-0313 Spindle Nose Cylindrical Ø72 mm 170mm Face Plate 0344-0295 No of Spindle Speeds 6 speeds 2 elec. vario Fixed Steady 55mm 0344-0361 Range of Spindle Speeds 125 - 2,000 rpm 150 - 2,200 rpm Travelling Steady 34mm 0344-0360 Travel of Cross Slides 120 mm SWH 1-A QCTP 0338-4301 Travel of Compound Slide 75 mm 20x90mm Standard Tool Holder Type D 0338-4302 Tailstock Quill Travel 70 mm 20x85mm Vee Tool Holder Type H 0338-4321 Taper of Tailstock Quill 2MT ER25 Collet Chuck Ø72mm 0344-0305 ER25 Collet Set 1 - 16mm 15PCs 0344-1109 Range of Threads: DRO 5 with 3 magnetic sensors 0338-3975 Metric (14 pitches) 0.4 - 3.5 mm/rev Inch (14 pitches) 44 - 8 TPI MB2000 Magnetic tape 2000mm 0338-3979 Motor 0.75 kW Max Tool Shank 12 mm Optional Tooling: Dims LxWxH(cm) 97 x 59 x 51 See pages 60 - 80 Weight Kg 114

Page 58 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 59 Light Duty Small Precision Lathes TU 2304V TU 1503V 1ph 0342-0260 TU 2004V 1ph 0342-0310 Variable Speed Variable Speed Variable Speed Man. Lathes

Features:

l Hardened and ground guideways l Spindle is supported by adjustable precision taper roller bearings Specification TU 1503V TU 2004V l Manufactured to DIN 8606 tool makers precision Electrical Connection 230V 1Ph 50Hz l Guaranteed concentricity of spindle Distance Between Centres 265 mm 300mm nose better than 0.009 mm Height of Centres 75mm 100mm l DC 24 Volt electric panel. Swing Over Bed 150mm 200mm l Chuck Guard Swing Over Cross Slides 85mm 110mm l Toolpost Guard Width of Bed 70mm 100mm Optional Accessories: Hole Through Spindle 11mm 21mm Spindle Nose Cylindrical Ø22 mm Ø72 mm TU 1503V No of Spindle Speeds Elec Vario 2 elec. vario Fixed Steady 40 mm 0344-0211 Range of Spindle Speeds 120 - 3,000 rpm 150 - 2,500 rpm Travelling Steady 40mm 0344-0210 Travel of Cross Slides 55mm 75mm ER 16 Collet Chuck Ø 22mm 0344-0281 Travel of Compound Slide 40mm 55mm ER 16 Collet Set 1 - 10mm 12Pcs 0344-0282 Tailstock Quill Travel 30mm 65mm Taper of Tailstock Quill 1MT Short 2MT TU 2004V Range of Threads: 100 mm 4 Jaw Chuck Independent 0344-2872 Metric 0.5 - 1.5 (8) mm/rev 0.25 - 3 (14) mm/rev 100 mm Back Plate 0344-0312 Inch (12 pitches) - 44 - 8 TPI 170 mm Face Plate 0344-0295 Motor 450W 600W Max Tool Shank 12 mm Fixed Steady 50 mm 0344-0231 Dims LxWxH(cm) 57 x 34 x 30 83 x 43 x 36 Travelling Steady 40 mm 0344-0230 Weight Kg 23 61 SWH-AA QCTP 0338-4311 12x50 mm Standard Tool Holder Type D 0338-4312 Included as Standard 12x50 mm Vee Tool Holder Type H 0338-4320 l 80mm 3 Jaw Chuck for TU 1503V ER 25 Collet Chuck Ø 72mm 0344-0305 l 100mm 3 Jaw Chuck for TU 2004V ER 25 Collet Set 1 - 16mm 15Pcs 0344-1109 l MT1 Fixed Centre for TU 1503V l MT2 & MT3 Steady Centre for TU 2004V Optional Tooling: l Splash Guard l Chip Tray l Tool Holder See pages 60 - 80 l Change gear kit

Page 58 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 59 Collet Chucks,Collets & Steadies

Fixed Steady Stock No.

for TU 1503V a = Ø 40mm 0344-0211 5C COLLET for TU 2004V a = Ø 50mm 0344-0231 for TU 2304 a = Ø 55mm 0344-0361 for TU 2406/TU 2506 a = Ø 50mm 0344-1315 CHUCK for TU 2807 a = Ø 55mm 0344-1415 for TU 3008/TU 3008G a = Ø 60mm 0344-1461

Stock No. FIXED STEADY Key Operated Capacity

• Ideal for small parts • For speed and accuracy

A Ø

Collet Chuck Stock No. CONCENTRICITY 0.02 mm 5C Camlock 4, for TH3309, TU3008 TRAVELLING STEADY a = 71mm; Ø=126mm 0344-1554 5C Camlock 5, for TH 3610D & TH 4010D a = 107.4mm; Ø=126mm 0344-1555 5C Camlock 6, for TH 42 & TH 46 a = 160mm; Ø=182mm 0344-1556 Capacity UNIVERSAL COLLET CHUCK DEVICE 5C

Travelling Steady Stock No. For TU 1503V a = Ø 45mm 0344-0210 For TU 2004V a = Ø 40mm 0344-0230 Collet Chuck For TU 2304 a = Ø 34mm 0344-0360 For Lathe TH 3309 0344-1506 For TU 2506/TU 2406 a = Ø 34mm 0344-1310 For Lathe TH 42 (not vario) 0344-1507 For TU 2807 a = Ø56mm 0344-1410 For TU 3008 a = Ø 60mm 0344-1460

5C COLLETS 5C Collet Set Clamping Range 3 - 25mm 17 Pcs 0344-1509 Sizes 3,4,5,6,8,10,12 14,15,16,18,20 21,22,23,24,25mm Individual Sizes 1.15/64" x 20 UNF Drawbar Thread 5C x 1/4” 3-535-100T 5C x 13/16” 3-535-625T 5C x 8mm 3-536-200T 5C x 17mm 3-536-525T 5C x 5/16” 3-535-200T 5C x 7/8” 3-535-650T 5C x 9mm 3-536-250T 5C x 18mm 3-536-550T 5C x 3/8” 3-535-300T 5C x 15/16” 3-535-675T 5C x 10mm 3-536-300T 5C x19mm 3-536-575T

5C x 7/16” 3-535-350T 5C x 1” 3-535-700T 5C x 11mm 3-536-350T 5C x 20mm 3-536-600T 5C x 1/2” 3-535-400T 5C x 3mm 3-536-025T 5C x 12mm 3-536-400T 5C x 21mm 3-536-620T 5C x 9/16” 3-535-450T 5C x 4mm 3-536-050T 5C x 13mm 3-536-425T 5C x 22mm 3-536-640T 5C x 5/8” 3-535-500T 5C x 5mm 3-536-075T 5C x 14mm 3-536-450T 5C x 23mm 3-536-660T 5C x 11/16” 3-535-550T 5C x 6mm 3-536-100T 5C x 15mm 3-536-475T 5C x 24mm 3-536-680T 5C x 3/4” 3-535-600T 5C x 7mm 3-536-150T 5C x 16mm 3-536-500T 5C x 25mm 3-536-700T

Page 60 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 61 Collet Chucks,Collets & Steadies Collet Chucks, Bedstop, Knurling Tools & QCTP

ER COLLET CHUCKS FOR LATHES Stock No. Collet Chuck Collet Sets ER 16 Ø 22mm Cylindrical ER 16 1-10mm Collet Set 12pcs for TU 1503V 0344-0281 0344-0282 ER 25 Ø 72mm Cylindrical ER 25 1-16mm for TU 2004V/TU 2304 0344-0305 Collet Set 15pcs 0344-1109 ER 25 Ø 52mm Cylindrical for TU 2406 0344-0505 ER 32 3-20mm ER 32 Ø 52mm Cylindrical Collet Set 18pcs 0344-1122 for TU 2406 0344-0506 ER 32 Ø 52mm Short Taper for TU 2506/TU 2807 0344-1306

MICRO BEDSTOP Lathe Tools Position Stop Stock No. For Lathe TH 3309 0344-1522 For Lathe TH 3610 0344-1523 For Lathe TH 46 0344-4022 For Lathe TH 56 0344-4023

KNURLING TOOLS Two Wheel for Diamond Knurling 20mm Shank Height 1-194-220

MULTIFIX QUICK CHANGE TOOLPOST FOR LARGE HEAVY LATHES

D2. Q.C.T.P Multifix 4 STD, 1 Vee Holder 1-193-600 V holder Tool Holder Head

70mm Standard holder

90mm

210 210

50mm

Page 60 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 61 Quick Change Tool Posts Spare Keys HIGH PRECISION HARDENED & GROUND Square Key for XL.1/1X 1-190-951 XL.O To suit Lathes up to 114mm centre height 1-190-100 Square Key for XL.2/2T 1-190-952 To suit Lathes of 114 to 127mm centre height XL.1 1-190-200 Square Key for XL.3/3X 1-190-953 To suit Lathes of 114 to 127mm centre height 1-190-300 XL.1X Square Key for XL.4 1-190-954 XL.2 To suit Lathes of 127 to 203mm centre height 1-190-400 XL.2T To suit Lathes of 127 to 203mm centre height 1-190-500 Hex for XL1/1X 1-190-961 XL.3 To suit Lathes of 203 to 292mm centre height 1-190-600 Hex Wrench for XL2/2T 1-190-962 XL.3X To suit Lathes of 203 to 292mm centre height 1-190-700 XL.4 To suit Lathes of 292 to 381mm centre height 1-190-800 Hex Wrench for XL3/3X 1-190-963 Hex Wrench for XL.4 1-190-964

Hex Wrench Main Block

Morse Taper Vee Holder Excel Q.C.T. enables the operator to set up the tool height exactly & quickly. Standard Set One can change the tool in seconds thus increase the productivity. All sets complete with 4 Standard, 1 Vee, 1 Morse Taper Toolholders. Key. Wrench & Washer (Except XL.0 – 2 Square Key Standard Toolholders only, XL4 – 4 Standard, 1 Vee Toolholders Standard only).

Maximum Tool Size in Standard Holders Maximum Tool Size in Vee Holders XL0 16mm XL1 , 1X & 2 22mm XL0,XL1 / 1X 16mm, XL2 19mm XL2T 28.5mm, XL3 / 3X 35mm , XL4 41mm XL2T,XL3 / 3X, XL4 25.5mm Model Stock No. Model Stock No. Standard Toolholders for XL0 1-190-900 Vee Toolholder for XL.1 & 1X 1-190-911 Standard Toolholders for XL.1 & 1X 1-190-901 Vee Toolholder for XL.2 1-190-912 Vee Toolholder for XL.2T 1-190-913 Standard Toolholders for XL.2 1-190-902 Vee Toolholder for XL.3 &.3X 1-190-914 Standard Toolholders for XL.2T 1-190-903 Vee Toolholder for XL.4 1-190-915 Standard Toolholders for XL.3 & 3X 1-190-904 1MT Toolholders for XL.1 & 1X 1-190-921 2MT Toolholders for XL.2 & 2T 1-190-923 Standard Toolholders for XL.4 1-190-905 3MT Toolholders for XL.3 & 3X 1-190-924

Page 62 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 63 ISO Turning Tools Complete with insert FACING,TURNING & ROUGH & HEAVY TURNING CHAMFERING FOR MANUAL FOR MANUAL & CNC SSSCR 45O PCLNR 95O Lathe Tools

Specification Model Dimension Stock No. Specification L b H h Dimension Stock No. Model PCLNR 1616 H09 100 16 16 16 L b H h 7-526-016 PCLNR 2020 K09 125 20 20 20 7-526-020

SSSCR 1616 H09 100 16 16 16 7-525-016 PCLNR 2525 M12 150 25 25 25 7-526-025

SSSCR 2020 K09 125 20 20 20 7-525-020 PCLNR 3225 P12 170 25 32 32 7-526-032 SSSCR 2525 K09 125 25 25 25 7-525-025 Applicable Inserts Stock No. Applicable Inserts Stock No. CNMG 0903 7-526-900 SCMT 09 T3 7-525-900 CNMG 1204 7-526-950 STOCK NUMBER FOR INSERTS ARE FOR A PACK OF 10 FINISHING TURNING TOOL FINISHING TOOL FOR CNC O O PDJNR 93 SVJBR 93

Maximum Tool Size in Vee Holders XL0,XL1 / 1X 16mm, XL2 19mm XL2T,XL3 / 3X, XL4 25.5mm Specification Specification Model Stock No. Model Dimension Stock No. Model Dimension Stock No. L b H h L b H h PDJNR 1616 H11 100 16 16 16 7-527-016 SVJBR 1616 H11 100 16 16 16 7-528-016 PDJNR 2020 K11 125 20 20 20 7-527-020 SVJBR 2020 K16 125 20 20 20 7-528-020

PDJNR 2525 M15 150 25 25 25 7-527-025 SVJBR 2525 M16 150 25 25 25 7-528-025 PDJNRL 3225 P15 170 25 32 32 7-527-032 Applicable Inserts Stock No. Applicable Inserts Stock No. DNMG 1104 7-527-900 VBMT 1102 7-528-900 DNMG 1506 7-527-950 VBMT 1604 7-528-950

Page 62 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 63 ISO Turning Tools Complete with insert PROFILING TOOL GROOVING TOOL FOR FOR CNC MANUAL & CNC O O SVVBN 72.5 SRACR 90

Specification Specification Dimension Stock No. Dimension Stock No. Model L b H h Model L b H h SVVBN 1616 H11 100 16 16 16 7-529-016 SRACR 1616 H08 100 16 16 16 7-530-016

SVVBN 2020 K11 125 20 20 20 7-529-020 SRACR 2020 K08 125 20 20 20 7-530-020 SVVBN 2525 M16 150 25 25 25 7-529-025 SRACR 2525 M08 150 25 25 25 7-530-025

Applicable Inserts Stock No. Applicable Inserts Stock No. VBMT 1102 7-528-900 RCMT 0803 MO 7-530-900 VBMT 1604 7-528-950

STOCK NUMBER FOR INSERTS ARE FOR A PACK OF 10

ROUGHING OUT BORES FINISHING BORES O S-SCLCR 95 S-SDQCR 107.5O

Dia. min Dia. Dia. min min

Specification Dimension Dia. Stock Specification Model L d H h min Number Dimension Dia. Stock Model Number S16P-SCLCR 06 170 16 15 7.5 20 7-531-016 L d H h min S20Q-SCLCR 09 180 20 18 9 25 7-531-020 S16P-SDQCR 07 170 16 15 7.5 20 7-532-016 S25R-SCLCR 09 200 25 23 11.5 32 7-531-025 S20Q-SDQCR 07 180 20 18 9 25 7-532-020

S32S-SCLCR 12 250 32 30 15 40 7-531-032 S25R-SDQCR 11 200 25 23 11.5 32 7-532-025

S32S-SDQCR 11 250 32 30 15 40 7-532-032 Applicable Inserts Stock No. CCMT 0602 7-531-900 Applicable Inserts Stock No. CCMT 09 T3 7-531-925 DCMT 0702 7-532-900 CCMT 1204 7-531-950 DCMT 11T3 7-532-950

Page 64 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 65 ISO Turning Tools Complete with insert ISO Turning Tools Complete with insert GROOVING TOOL FOR EXTERNAL THREADING INTERNAL THREADING FOR MANUAL & CNC FOR MANUAL & CNC MANUAL & CNC SWR SNR

Dia. min Lathe Tools

Specification Dimension Stock No. Specification Dimension Dia. Stock No. Model L H b h Model L H d min. SWR 1616 H16 100 16 16 16 7-533-016 SNR 16 M16 150 15 16 20 7-534-016 SWR 2020 K16 125 20 20 20 7-533-020 SNR 20 M16 150 18 20 25 7-534-020 SWR 2525 M16 150 25 25 25 7-533-025 SNR 25 M16 150 23 25 32 7-534-025 SWR 3225 P16 170 32 25 32 7-533-032 SNR 32 R16 200 30 32 40 7-534-032

Applicable Inserts Stock No. Applicable Inserts Stock No. 16ER 0.75-3.00 ISO 7-533-950 16IR 0.75-3.00 ISO 7-534-900

STOCK NUMBER FOR INSERTS ARE FOR A PACK OF 10 FINISHING BORES PARTING OFF & QZR PARTING OFF & QD UNDER CUTTING UNDER CUTTING

Specification Specification Dimension 1 Dimension dia. h 1 Stock No. Model L H h max B Stock No. Model B h b b H L QZ 1616 R 100 16 16 32 3.125 7-535-016 QD 2525-4 4 25 25 42 52 125 7-536-254 QZ 2020 R 125 20 20 40 4.125 7-535-020 QD 2525-5 5 25 25 42 52 125 7-536-255 QZ 2525 R 150 25 25 50 5.125 7-535-025 QD 2525-6 6 25 25 42 52 125 7-536-256 QZ 3225 R 170 32 32 60 6.400 7-535-032 Applicable Inserts Stock No. Applicable Inserts Stock No. QD 11-04 7-535-925 QD 11-03 7-535-900 QD11-05 7-535-950 QD 11-05 7-535-950 QD 11-04 7-535-925 QD11-06 7-535-975 QD 11-06 7-535-975

Page 64 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 65 9 Piece Turning Tool Sets Threading, Boring & Turning Sets

9 PC MULTIPURPOSE INDEXABLE SET

Each holder complete with Indexable Inserts

Toot Shank Size Spare Inserts INSERTS FOR INDIVIDUAL TOOLS Size Stock No. Stock Num Specification INSERT FOR 10mm-12mm-16mm 10mm Shank 7-520-410 7-520-410I Stock No. 12mm Shank 7-520-412 7-520-412I Insert No. Suitable for tools 16mm Shank 7-520-416 7-520-416I (Pack of 10) 20mm Shank 7-520-420 7-520-420I 41005V PSSNR/ PSBNR Stock No. 25mm Shank 7-520-425 7-520-425I 1012/1215/1616 H09 7-520-450 32mm Shank 7-520-432 7-520-432I T31005A PWGNR 1012/1215/1616 H06 7-520-452 41005FZ PSSNR (Boring Tool) 1012/1412 J06/K06 7-520-453 T31005AZ PWUNR/ PWKNR 1012/1412 J06/K06 7-520-454 JCL15-120 LN 1012/1215/1616 R04/R06 7-520-456 M606 LW 1012/1215/1616 R06 7-520-457 J200 QA 1020/1222/1622 R03 7-520-458

Specification INSERT FOR 20mm Stock No. Insert No. Suitable for tools (Pack of 10) 41310V PSSNR/PSRNR 2020K12 7-520-460 T31305AZ PWGNR2020K08 7-520-462 41305V PSSNR1518M12 (Boring Tool) 7-520-463 T31305AZ PWUNR/PWKNR 1518M08 7-520-464 JCL25-120 LN 2020R-06 7-520-466 M606 LW 2020R-08 7-520-467 J201 QA2027A-04 7-520-468

Specification INSERT FOR 25mm Stock No. Insert No. Suitable for tools (Pack of 10) 41610V PSSNR/PSRNR 2525-15 7-520-470 T31605A PWGNR2525-10 7-520-472 41610V PSSNR 2020R-10 (Boring Tool) 7-520-473 T31605AZ PWUNR/ PWKNR 2020R10 7-520-474 M606 LW2520R-08 7-520-476 JCL25-120 LN2520R-06 7-520-477 J203 QA2527R-05 7-520-478

Specification INSERT FOR 32mm Stock No. Insert No. Suitable for tools (Pack of 10) 41910V PSSNR/PSRNR 3225-19 7-520-480 T31910A PWGNR3225-10 7-520-482 41610V PPSSNR 2525-15 (Boring Tool) 7-520-483 T3190AZ PWUNR/PWKNR 2525510 7-520-484 M608 LW3225R-08 7-520-486 JCL25-120 LN3225R-08 7-520-487 J203 QA3234R-05 7-520-488

Page 66 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 67 9 Piece Turning Tool Sets Threading, Boring & Turning Sets 8-20mm 5 Piece Inside Threading Tool Set Inside thread turning tool set 5 part (8/10/12/16/20mm) 0344-1650 With HM Turning plates Tin coated Aluminium box

No. ISO d

1 S10K SIR 0008 H08 8 mm 2 S10K SIR 0010 11grain 10mm 3 S10K SIR 0012 M11 12mm 4 S10K SIR 0016 P16 16mm 5 S10K SIR 0020 S16 20mm

STOCK NUMBER FOR INSERTS ARE FOR A PACK OF 5 ISO L S d d1 max* StockNo.

O Lathe Tools 1 08IR A60 60 IR 8 2,22 4,76 2,5 M10 0344-1725 2 & 3 11IR A60 60 OIR 11 3,22 6,35 3,0 M12 0344-1726 4 & 5 16IR A60 60 OIR 16 3,65 9,5 3,95 M16 0344-1727 8-20mm 5 Piece Boring Bar Set 5 PC BORING BAR SET 7-521-100 One of each of 8mm 10mm 12mm 16mm 20mm. SPARE INSERTS 7-521-100I One for each bar STOCK NO FOR INSERTS ARE FOR A PACK OF 10

8-20mm 11 PC BRAZED TURNING TOOL SETS DIN4971R, DIN4972R, DIN4973R, DIN4974R, DIN4975, DIN4976, DIN4977R, DIN4978R,

DIN4980R, DIN4980L, DIN4981R

Shank Stock No Grade P Grade K

8 x 8mm 7-522-008P 7-522-008K

10 x 10mm 7-522-010P 7-522-010K

12 x 12mm 7-522-012P 7-522-012K

16 x 16mm 7-522-016P 7-522-016K 20 x 20mm 7-522-020P 7-522-020K Page 66 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 67 Carbide Tipped Brazed Tools BAR TURNING TOOLS BORING TOOLS

• ISO 1 • ISO 8 • DIN 4971. • DIN 4973.

Specification Specification Shank Right Hand Tool Left Hand Tool Shank Right Hand Boring Tool mm Grade P Grade K Grade P Grade K mm Grade P Grade K 12 x 12 7-520-001 7-520-002 7-520-003 7-520-004 12 x 12 7-520-200 7-520-201 16 x 16 7-520-005 7-520-006 7-520-007 7-520-008 16 x 16 7-520-205 7-520-206 20 x 20 7-520-010 7-520-011 7-520-012 7-520-013 20 x 20 7-520-210 7-520-211 25 x 25 7-520-015 7-520-016 7-520-017 7-520-018 25 x 25 7-520-215 7-520-216

CRANKED TURNING EXTERNAL THREADING & FACING TOOLS • ISO 2 TOOLS • For Metric & Unified Threads. • DIN 4972. • 60° DIN 282

Specification Shank Right Hand Tool Left Hand Tool mm Grade P Grade K Grade P Grade K 12 x 12 7-520-050 7-520-051 7-520-052 7-520-053 16 x 16 7-520-055 7-520-056 7-520-057 7-520-058 20 x 20 7-520-060 7-520-061 7-520-062 7-520-063 Specification 25 x 25 7-520-065 7-520-066 7-520-067 7-520-068 Shank Right Hand Tool mm Grade P 12 x 12 7-520-250 CRANKED KNIFE TOOLS 16 x 16 7-520-255 20 x 20 7-520-260 25 x 25 7-520-265 • ISO 3 • DIN 4978. Shank Width may vary INTERNAL THREADING Specification TOOLS • For Metric & Unified Threads. Shank Right Hand Tool Left Hand Tool • 60° DIN 283 mm Grade P Grade K Grade P Grade K 12 x 12 7-520-100 7-520-101 7-520-102 7-520-103 16 x 16 7-520-105 7-520-106 7-520-107 7-520-108 20 x 20 7-520-110 7-520-111 7-520-112 7-520-113 25 x 25 7-520-115 7-520-116 7-520-117 7-520-118 Specification Shank Right Hand Tool • ISO 7 Grade P PARTING OFF TOOLS mm • DIN 4981. 12 x 12 7-520-300 16 x 16 7-520-305 20 x 20 7-520-310 25 x 25 7-520-315

Specification P GRADE Shank Right Hand Tool mm Grade P Grade K • For Machining Steel & other ferrous Metals (blue). 12 x 8 7-520-150 7-520-151 K GRADE 16 x 10 7-520-155 7-520-156 20 x 12 7-520-160 7-520-161 • For Machining Cast Iron & other 25 x 16 7-520-165 7-520-166 non-ferrous Metals (red).

Page 68 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 69 Carbide Tipped Brazed Tools Dial Indicators - Clock Stand & Micrometers

• ISO 8 • DIN 4973. DIAL TEST INDICATORS OUTSIDE MICROMETERS • For measuring internal & external with data presetting function • Calibration 0.025 • Range 0.05mm • Carbide measuring faces • Chrome plated frame.

Specification Imperial Graduation Stock No. Specification DTI I 0.0001” 7-004-200 Model Size Graduation Stock No Metric OM 1 0-1” 0.001” 7-100-100 DTI M 0.01mm 7-004-201 OM 2 1-2” 0.001” 7-100-200 Imperial/Metric Dual OM 3 2-3 0.001” 7-100-300 OM 4 3-4” 0.001” 7-100-400 DTI D 0.01mm/0.0005” 7-004-100 Lathe Tools OM 25 0-25mm 0.01mm 7-101-100

OM 50 25-50mm 0.01mm 7-101-200 DIAL INDICATOR OM 75 50-75mm 0.01mm 7-101-300

OM 100 75-100mm 0.01mm 7-101-400

• Plunger type OM 125 100-125 0.01mm 7-101-500 • Metric calibration • Graduation 0.01mm 4 PC O/S MICROMETERS

Specification Stock No

DI 10 0-10mm Range 7-002-100 DI 30 0-30mm Range 7-003-100

ELECTRONIC DIAL INDICATORS

EDI 12 7-001-100

• 60° DIN 283 OM 100/4 0-100mm 0.01mm 7-102-004 • Imperial/Metric • Zero at any position DIGITAL O/S MICROMETERS • Graduation 0.01mm/0.0005” • Range 12.50mm - 0.5”

MAGNETIC Graduation: CLOCK 0.001mm/0.00005 STAND • Carbide measuring faces, auto power off, zero setting at any position • Metric/Inch conversion at any position • Data hold function, absolute measurement & comparison MCS 7-040-100 measurement at any position. Specification Model Size Stock No

DOM 25 0-25mm / 0-1” 7-105-100 • Powerful DOM 50 25-50mm / 1-2” 7-105-200 magnetic base DOM 75 50-75mm / 2-3” 7-105-300 • Easy to turn on/off DOM 100 75-100mm / 3-4” 7-105-400

Page 68 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 69 Verniers, Depth and Bore Gauges

DIGI. KNIFE EDGE VERNIERS DEPTH MICROMETERS

l For measuring internal external & depth l Thumbwheel for easy movement l Manual power on/off l Zero setting at any position,Metric / Inch conversion at any position.

Graduation: 0.01mm/0.0005”

Specification Model Size Stock No. Model DKEV 6 0-150mm / 6” 7-125-100 DHDV 8 0-200mm / 8” 7-125-200 DMI 4 Graduation Stock No. DHDV 12 0-300mm / 12” 7-125-300 0-4” 0.001” 7-110-400

DMM 100 Graduation Stock No. DIGI.HEAVY DUTY VERNIERS 0-100mm 0.01mm 7-111-400 l For measuring internal & external with data presetting function. l Absolute measurement & comparison measurement conversation at any position. l Metric/inch TELESCOPIC GAUGES conversion at any position. TSG 6 7-050-100 • 6 piece set Graduation: 0.01mm/0.0005” • Range 8-150mm.

Specification Model Size Stock No. DHDV 20 0-500mm / 20” 7-126-100 DHDV 24 0-600mm / 24” 7-126-200 DHDV 32 0-800mm / 32” 7-126-300 DHDV 40 0-1000mm / 40” 7-126-400 DIAL BORE GAUGES l Precision Made l Wide range is covered by 7 models. DEPTH & DIGITAL VERNIERS

Graduation: 0.01mm

Specification No. Model Range Depth Stock No. Specification DBG 6-10 6-10mm 9 Anvils, Depth 40mm 7-020-100

Model Size Stock No DBG 10-18 10-18mm 9 Anvils, Depth 100mm 7-020-200

DV 150 0-150mm Depth Verniers 7-108-150 DBG 18-35 18-35mm 7 Anvils, Depth 125mm 7-020-300

DV 200 0-200mm Depth Verniers 7-108-200 DBG 35-50 35-50mm 3 Anvils, Depth 150mm 7-020-400 DV 300 0-300mm Depth Verniers 7-108-300 DBG 50-160 50-160mm 5 Anvils, Depth 150mm 7-020-500 DDV 150 0-150mm Digital Depth Ver. 7-109-150 DBG 160-250 160-250mm 5 Anvils, Depth 400mm 7-020-600 DDV 200 0-200mm Digi.Depth Ver. 7-109-200 DDV 300 0-300mm Digi. Depth Ver. 7-109-300 DBG 240-450 240-450mm 5 Anvils, Depth 400mm 7-020-700

Page 70 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 71 Lathe Centres, Drill Sleeves, Chuck Arbors REVOLVING CENTRES REVOLVING CENTRES HEAVY DUTY - EU

ROHM Model Stock No WSL 2 MT Rohm 0344-1003 Model Stock No. 2 MT 3-700-200 SOLID CENTRES 6 MT 3-700-600 WSL • Ideal for accuracy & repeatability • Most suitable for External Grinding. REVOLVING CENTRES Carbide Tipped Fullpoint Carbide Tipped Halfpoint

GENERAL PURPOSE- OPTI Lathe Tools

Carbon Steel Fullpoint Carbon Steel Halfpoint

RANGE DETAILS max. radial run-out FULL POINT HALF POINT 0.006 mm Shank Carbide Carbon Carbide Carbon Size Tipped Steel Tipped Steel

Model Max Speed Max Radial Load Stock No. 1 MT 3-740-100 3-760-100 3-741-100 3-761-100 2 MT 1 MT 5,000 rpm; 320 N 0344-0701 3-740-200 3-760-200 3-741-200 3-761-200 2 MT 5,000 rpm; 400 N 0344-0702 3 MT 3-740-300 3-760-300 3-741-300 3-761-300 3 MT 4,500 rpm; 800 N 0344-0703 4 MT 3-740-400 3-760-400 3-741-400 3-761-400 4 MT 3,500 rpm; 1250 N 0344-0704 5 MT 3-740-500 3-760-500 3-741-500 3-761-500 5 MT 3,000 rpm; 1500 N 0344-0705 6 MT 3-740-600 3-760-600 3-741-600 3-761-600 6 MT 2,500 rpm; 1800 N 0344-0706

PIPE / TUBE CENTRES DRILL SLEEVES MORSE TAPER Hardened & Precision • Most suitable for Large Ground Int/Ext Bore Jobs D 2-1 MT 3-800-100 • Extra Heavy Duty. 3-1 MT 3-800-150 3-2 MT 3-800-250

4-1 MT 3-800-200 d 4-2 MT 3-800-300 4-3 MT 3-800-350

5-1 MT 3-800-360 5-2 MT 3-800-370 5-3 MT 3-800-400 5-4 MT 3-800-450 Model D d Stock No (approx) 6-1 MT 3-800-470 2 MT 3” 0.812 3-720-100 6-2 MT 3-800-480 3 MT 5” 1.375 3-720-200 6-3 MT 3-800-490 4 MT 6” 1.375 3-720-300 6-4 MT 3-800-500 5 MT 8” 2.375 3-720-400 6-5 MT 3-800-550

Page 70 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 71 Lathe Chucks 3 Jaw Self Centring Plain Back Chuck

High quality Chuck made of high quality material to close tolerances for long working life. Complete with two sets of hard Jaws.One set of three internal & one set of three external. K11 (SGI BODY) Standard precision are for general purpose, suitable for most needs. K11G (STEEL BODY) high precision are suitable for higher speed.

Specification Standard Precision Super Precision SGI Body (K11) Steel Body (K11G) Max Max Size Stock No. Speed Size Stock No. Speed 80mm 4-205-080 4000 Rpm 80mm 4-215-080 6600 Rpm 100mm 4-205-100 3500 Rpm 100mm 4-215-100 6600 Rpm 125mm 4-205-125 3000 Rpm 125mm 4-215-125 4900 Rpm 160mm 4-205-160 2500 Rpm 160mm 4-215-160 3800 Rpm 200mm 4-205-200 2000 Rpm 200mm 4-215-200 3000 Rpm 250mm 4-205-250 1600 Rpm 250mm 4-215-250 2400 Rpm 315mm 4-205-315 1200 Rpm 315mm 4-215-315 1900 Rpm 400mm 4-205-400 1000 Rpm 400mm 4-215-400 1500 Rpm

500mm 4-205-500 800 Rpm 500mm 4-215-500 1200 Rpm

1 D = Outside Diameter D = Recess Diameter 2 3 D = P.C.D of Fixing Holes D = Inside Bore

Size Dimension Characteristic Parameters 1 2 3 1 D D D D H H h S z-d

80 55 66 16 66 50 3.5 8 3 -M6 100 72 84 22 74.5 55 3.5 8 3-M8 125 95 108 30 84 58 4 10 3-M8 160 130 142 40 95 65 5 10 3-M8 200 165 180 65 109 75 5 12 3-M10

250 206 226 80 120 80 5 12 3-M12

315 260 285 100 147 90 6 14 3-M16

400 340 368 138 158 100 6 17 3-M16

500 440 465 210 184 115 6 17 6-M16

CLAMPING RANGES CLAMPING RANGES Size A-A1 B-B1 C-C1 80 2-22 25-70 22-63 100 2-30 30-90 30-80 125 2.5-40 38-125 38-110 160 3-55 50-160 55-145 200 4-85 65-200 65-200 250 6-110 80-250 90-250 315 10-140 95-315 100-315 400 15-210 120-400 120-400 3 JAW LATHE CHUCK KEYS 500 25-280 150-500 150-500

8x8mm Key for 80mm 3 Jaw Chuck 4-205 - 080K

8x8mm Key for 100mm 3 Jaw Chuck 4-205 - 100K 10x10mm Key for 125mm 3 Jaw Chuck 4-205 - 125K 10x10mm Key for 160mm 3 Jaw Chuck 4-205 - 160K 3 JAW LATHE 12x12mm Key for 200mm 3 Jaw Chuck 4-205 - 200K CHUCK KEYS 12x12mm Key for 250mm 3 Jaw Chuck 4-205 - 250K 14x14mm Key for 315mm 3 Jaw Chuck 4-205 - 315K 17x17mm Key for 400mm 3 Jaw Chuck 4-205 - 400K 17x17mm Key for 500mm 3 Jaw Chuck 4-205 - 500K

Page 72 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 73 Lathe Chucks Lathe Chucks - Steel Body Super Precision 3 Jaw Self Centring - Camlock & C - Type 3 JAW SELF CENTRING Super Precision Steel Body Chuck D1 CAMLOCK (DIN 55029) D = Outside Diameter D1 = Recess Diameter D2 = P.C.D of Fixing Studs 3 D TYPE D = Inside Bore

Size Dimension Characteristic Parameters

D 1 2 3 Model D D D H 1 h h 1 z-d WT. Stock No.

160mm D1-4 63.513 82.6 40 70 13 10 3-M10X1 10 4-216-164

200mm D1-6 106.375 133.4 50 86 16 13 6-M16X1.5 17 4-216-206

250mm D1-6 106.375 133.4 70 98 16 13 6-M16X1.5 32 4-216-256

315mm D1-8 139.719 171.4 105 103.5 18 14 6-M20X1.5 51 4-216-318

400mm D1-11 196.869 235 135 118 20 16 6-M22X1.5 81 4-216-411 Lathe Tools

500mm D1-15 285.775 330.2 210 135 21 17 6-M24X1.5 159 4-216-515

3 JAW SELF CENTRING Super Precision Steel Body C TYPE ( DIN 55027) D = Outside Diameter D1 = Recess Diameter D2 = P.C.D of Fixing Studs Size 3 D = Inside Bore D C TYPE D 1 1 2 Dimension Characteristic Parameters

1 2 3 Model D D D H h h h d z-d WT. Stock No.

250mm C8 139.719 171.4 80 95 18 14 8 24.2 4-M16 30 4-217-258

315mm C8 139.719 171.4 105 106 18 14 8 24.2 4-M16 53 4-217-318

315mm C11 196.869 235 105 106 20 16 10 29.4 6-M20 53 4-217-311

400mm C11 196.869 235 135 118 20 16 10 29.4 6-M20 79 4-217-411

500mm C15 285.775 330.2 210 135 21 17 10 35.7 6-M24 159 4-217-515

SOLID ONE PIECE SET OF SOFT JAWS FOR CAST IRON & OPTIMUM CHUCKS (K11 SERIES) MODEL RZ11 SERIES

Specification 1 Piece Soft Jaws for 3 Jaw Self Centring Chucks FOR CAST IRON CHUCKS Size Stock No. Size Stock No. Size Stock No.

80mm 4-241-080 160mm 4-241-160 315/400mm 4-241-315 100mm 4-241-100 200mm 4-241-200 500mm 4-241-500 125mm 4-241-125 250mm 4-241-250

FOR STEEL BODY CHUCKS

Specification 1 Piece Soft Jaws for 3 Jaw Self Centring Chucks Size Stock No. Size Stock No. Size Stock No. FOR STEEL 80mm 4-242-080 160mm 4-242-160 315mm 4-242-315 100mm 4-242-100 200mm 4-242-200 400mm 4-242-400 BODYCHUCKS 125mm 4-242-125 500mm 250mm 4-242-250 4-242-500 MODEL RZM11 (DG) Page 72 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 73 Lathe Chucks 4 Jaw Independent Plain Back

Plain back 4 Jaw Chucks (K72) are made of gray Cast Iron to high engineering standards.

Size Stock No. Size Stock No. 160mm Plain back 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-160 400mm Plain back 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-400 200mm Plain back 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-200 500mm Plain back 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-500 250mm Plain back 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-250 630mm Plain back 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-630 315mm Plain back 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-315 800mm Plain back 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-800 LARGER SIZE AVAILABLE TO ORDER 1000, 1250, 1400, 1600 & 2000 mm

D = Outside Diameter D1 = Recess Diameter D 2 = P.C.D of Fixing Holes D3 = Inside Bore

Size Dimension Characteristic Parameters

1 2 3 1 Max. WT D D D D H H h z-d Torque Kg 160 65 95 45 93 65 5 4-M10 70 9 200 80 112 56 107 75 6 4-M10 100 15

250 110 130 75 120 80 6 4-M12 150 23

320 140 165 95 134 90 6 4-M16 200 40

400 160 185 125 143 95 8 4-M16 280 55

500 200 236 160 161 106 8 4-M-20 350 102 630 220 258 180 180 118 10 4-M20 400 159 800 250 300 210 202 132 12 8-M20 500 255

CLAMPING RANGES Chuck Clamping Range

1 Dia. Internal Jaws External Jaws A-A = With internal Jaws 1 1 Size D A-A 1 B-B C-C 1 B-B1 = With internal Jaws 1 80mm 3-27 22-69 25-71 C-C = With External Jaws 100mm 3-33 25-87 32-93 125mm 3-50 34-115 39-125 160mm 3-64 42-154 50-160 200mm 4-90 52-202 60-200 250mm 5-118 62-256 77-250 315mm 10-131 78-299 90-315 400mm 10-180 85-380 103-400 500mm 20-235 120-476 140-500

Page 74 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 75 Lathe Chucks Lathe Chucks 4 Jaw Independent Camlock & C Type

SGI Chuck Body D1 CAMLOCK (DIN 55029)

D = Outside Diameter 1 D = Recess Diameter 2 D = P.C.D of Fixing Studs 3 D = Inside Bore 2

Size Dimension Characteristic Parameters 2 1 3 1 D Model D D D H H h h z-d Weight Stock No.

200mm D1-4 63.513 82.6 56 107 75 13 10 3-M10X1 15 4-262-204

250mm D1-6 106.375 133.4 75 120 80 16 13 6-M16x1.5 23 4-262-256

315mm D1-6 106.375 133.4 95 134 90 16 13 6-M16x1.5 40 4-262-316 400mm D1-8 139.719 171.4 125 143 95 18 14 6-M20x1.5 40 4-262-408 Lathe Tools

500mm D1-11 196.869 235.0 160 161 106 20 16 6-M22x1.5 102 4-262-511

630mm D1-11 196.869 235.0 180 180 118 20 16 6-M22x1.5 159 4-262-631

800mm D1-15 285.775 330.2 210 202 132 21 17 6-M24x1.5 255 4-262-815

4 JAW INDEPENDENT

D1 = Outside Diameter D 2 = Recess Diameter D 3 = P.C.D of Fixing Studs D = Inside Bore D SGI Chuck Body C TYPE. (DIN 55027) D D D D H H h z-d Size Dimension Characteristic Parameters 1 2 3 1 1 2 1 D Model D D D H H h h h d z-d Weight Stock No. 400mm C8 139.719 171.4 125 143 95 18 14 8.0 24.2 4-M16 55 4-263-408 400mm C11 196.869 235.0 160 161 106 20 16 10.0 29.4 6-M20 102 4-263-411

500mm C8 139.719 171.4 160 161 106 18 14 8.0 24.2 6-M20 102 4-263-508 500mm C11 196.869 235.0 160 161 106 20 16 10.0 29.4 6-M20 102 4-263-511 630mm C11 196.869 235.0 180 180 118 20 16 10.0 29.4 6-M20 159 4-263-631 630mm C15 285.775 235.0 180 180 118 20 16 10.0 29.4 6-M20 159 4-263-635 800mm C15 285.775 330.2 210 202 132 21 17 10.0 35.7 6-M24 255 4-263-815

4 JAW CHUCK KEYS 4 JAW LATHE CHUCK KEYS 10x10mm Key for 160mm 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-160k 10x10mm Key for 200mm 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-200k 12x12mm Key for 250mm 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-250k 14x14mm Key for 315mm 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-315k 14x14mm Key for 400mm 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-400k PLAIN BACK 14x14mm Key for 500mm 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-500k CHUCK KEY 17x17mm Key for 630mm 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-630k 19x19mm Key for 800mm 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-800k

Page 74 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 75 Drill Chucks & Arbors

• Made from High Quality Material • Toughened Body and Hardened Jaws are Precision Ground for Accuracy. LLAMBRICH KEY TYPE PRECISION CHUCKS

Specification

Model Size Stock No.

CY 13 1-13mm Capacity with J6 Taper 4-105-100 CY 16 1-16mm Capacity with J3 Taper 4-105-200 CY 16 1-16mm Capacity with B16 Taper 4-105-300

LLAMBRICH KEY TYPE WITH BALL BEARING Specification

Model Size Stock No. CBB 13 1-13mm Capacity with J6 Taper 4-106-100 CBB 16 1-16mm Capacity with J3 Taper 4-106-200

LLAMBRICH KEYLESS CHUCK Specification

Model Size Stock No. CKS 13 1-13mm Capacity with J6 Taper 4-126-100

CKS 16 3-16mm Capacity with J6 Taper 4-126-200

OPTIMUM KEYLESS CHUCK Specification

Model Size Stock No.

DKC13 1-13mm Capacity with B16 Taper 0305-0632 DKC16 1-16mm Capacity with B16 Taper 0305-0633

DRILL CHUCK ARBORS Specification MORSE TAPER – JACOB TAPER Model Stock No. Model Stock No. 1 MT x J1 3-840-100 3 MT x B16 3-840-601 MORSE TAPER – B16 1 MT x J2 3-840-200 3 MT x J3 3-840-700 Hardened & Precision Ground 2 MT x J2 3-840-300 4 MT x J6 3-840-750 2 MT x J6 3-840-400 4 MT x J3 3-840-800 2 MT x B16 3-840-401 4 MT x B16 3-840-801

2 MT x J3 3-840-500 5 MT x J3 3-840-900

3 MT x J6 3-840-600 6 MT x J3 3-840-950

Page 76 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 77 Centre Drills, Drill Sets Taper Shank Drills CENTRE DRILL SETS DRILLS M2 HSS

Specification Model Size Stock No. 7-500-000 CD 5 DSM 13 13 Pc Drill Set 1.5-6.5mm x 0.5mm 7-500-100 Lathe Tools Set of Centre Drills - DSM 19 19 Pc Drill Set 1-10mm x 0.5mm 7-500-200 1 of each DSM 25 25 Pc Drill Set 1-13mm x 0.5mm 7-500-300 DSI 21 21 Pc Drill Set 1/16 - 3/8 x 1/64 7-500-400 no. 1, 2, 3 ,4 5 DSI 29 29 Pc Drill Set 1/16 -1/2 x 1/64 7-500-500

TAPER SHANK DRILL SETS MT 2 0305-1002 MT 3 0305-1003 9 Piece

Sizes 14.5, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28 & 30mm

Long Service Life Good Chip Removal Right Handed

TAPER SHANK DRILLS M2 HSS No 4 MT Shank Diameter Stock No. 32.0mm 7-504-320 33.0mm 7-504-330 34.0mm 7-504-340 35.0mm 7-504-350 No 1 MT Shank No 2 MT Shank No 3 MT Shank 36.0mm 7-504-360 Diameter Stock No. Diameter Stock No. Diameter Stock No. 37.0mm 7-504-370 38.0mm 7-504-380 17.0mm 7-502-170 12.5mm 7-501-125 23.5mm 7-503-235 39.0mm 7-504-390 17.5mm 7-502-175 DRILL CHUCK ARBORS 13.0mm 7-501-130 24.0mm 7-503-240 40.0mm 18.0mm 7-502-180 7-504-400 13.5mm 7-501-135 24.5mm 7-503-245 41.0mm 7-504-410 Model Stock No. Model Stock No. 18.5mm 7-502-185 MORSE TAPER – JACOB TAPER 14.0mm 7-501-140 25.0mm 7-503-250 19.0mm 7-502-190 42.0mm 7-504-420 25.5mm 7-503-255 19.5mm 7-502-195 43.0mm 7-504-430 No 2 MT Shank 26.0mm MORSE TAPER – B16 20.0mm 7-502-200 7-503-260 44.0mm 7-504-440 Diameter Stock No. 20.5mm 7-502-205 26.5mm 7-503-265 45.0mm 7-504-450 14.5mm 7-502-145 21.0mm 7-502-210 27.0mm 7-503-270 46.0mm 7-504-460 15.0mm 7-502-150 21.5mm 7-502-215 28.0mm 7-503-280 47.0mm 7-504-470 15.5mm 7-502-155 22.0mm 7-502-220 29.0mm 7-503-290 48.0mm 7-504-480 16.0mm 7-502-160 22.5mm 7-502-225 30.0mm 7-503-300 49.0mm 7-504-490 16.5mm 7-502-165 23.0mm 7-502-230 31.0mm 7-503-310 50.0mm 7-504-500

Page 76 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 77 Miscellaneous Accessories for Lathes, Mills, Drills & Grinders EXCEL TOOL TROLLEY TT 777 1-299-100 ROLL WAGON, HEAVY DUTY CABINETS & MINI CABINETS Specification Width Depth Height Overall without Casters 670mm 460mm 654mm Overall with Casters 670mm 460mm 777mm 2 Drawers 576mm 380mm 75mm 1 Drawer 576mm 380mm 154mm Panel Area 603mm 404mm 234mm Net Weight 43.4kgs Gross Weight 50.4kgs UNIVERSAL MACHINE & TOOL TROLLEY MSU 3 0335-2990 0335-2991 MSU 4 Features l All three ball bearing mounted drawers can be operated with full extension and are equipped with a stop at the end to prevent accidental operating when shunting or transporting l Stable design l Lockable with cylinder lock

Specification MSU 3 MSU 4

Load bearing capacity Max 500 Kg Max 500 Kg Load cap. per drawer Max 45 Kg Max 45 Kg NEW Dims LxWxH cm 65 x 66 x 62 65 x 66 x 80 Net Weight 47 Kg 56 Kg

HIGH QUALITY SUDS (COOLANT) PUMPS

Long Heavy S p e c i fi c a t i o n Standard Reach Duty Features a (a) Flange to Top of Motor 150mm 150mm 170mm (b) Flange to Base 130mm 180mm 120mm l High Quality Outlet Thread Outlet 3/8 BSP (c) Base Diameter 90mm 90mm 112mm Suds Pumps PCD of Fixing Holes (4) 128mm 128mm 128mm l 1/8 HP Motor l 400 Gallons S p e c i fi c a t i o n per hour at 6ft lift Stock No. l POSSIBLY 1 Phase 110v Standard 5-600-000 CHEAPER b 1 Phase 240v Standard 5-600-100 3 Phase 415v Standard 5-600-200 THAN 3 Phase 415v Long Reach 5-600-300 REWOUND.

3 Phase 1/4HP Heavy Duty 5-600-400 c

Page 78 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 79 Miscellaneous Accessories for Lathes, Mills, Drills & Grinders Lathes, Mills, Drills & Grinders

COOLANT EQUIPMENT NEW

KME1 230 V / 1PH 0335-1999 400 V / 3PH 0335-2001

Features

l Delivery height max. 2.5ma l Delivery Volume 3.5 liters per minute l Tank Capacity 11 Litres l Dims LxWxH: 375x250x260mm l Complete inc. tank, flexible tube, hose l With switch-plug combination l Magnetic anchoring l For self-assembly Lathe Tools COOLANT COOLANT HOSE LUBRICANT KMS 2 SPRAYER 0335-6660 MMC 1 Features 0335-6663

l Two variable coolant hoses made of individual plastic elements Features l Not electroconductive l Magnetic stand holding l Magnetic stand force up to 50kg l Foot size LxWxH 62 x 50 x 55 mm l Length of the coolant l Connecting coupling for external hoses 335 mm compressed air supply l Magnetic stand holding l Flexible and stable Coolant Lubricant Sprayer MMC1 force 75 kg l Resistant against most solvents &chemicals l Flexible & rigid hose l Universally applicable on all machine tools l Length of coolant hose 500mm

VIBRATION DAMPER Specification SE 1 SE 2 SE3 Milling Machines 340kg 460kg 1’600 kg MACHINE MOUNT Sawing/genSpecification machine 570kg 1,460kg 3,500kg Threading M12 M16 M20 l Some Machines & Base Ø mm 120 160 185 devices can be installed Base Height mm 32 35 39 without anchoring exactly level by means of height adjustment. l Machine capability is Stock Numbers improved by effective

impact & vibration SE 1 0338-1012

damping. SE 2 0338-1016 SE 3 0338-1018

Page 78 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 79 LED Work Lamps For Lathes, Mills, Drills & Grinders WorkLED Lamps WORK LAMP

CANTILEVER TYPE JWL-55 NTL 1-560-500 Built in driver 240/24v 1-560-600 Features: JWL-55L l Robust Aluminium Arm Without driver l Sealed to IP65 l Accepts 2w x6 bulbs (24v) l Suitable for temperature JWL-55 NTL range -30 +50 l Supplied with 1.8M cable l For clamps without transformer 400 connect to 24v in panel JWL-55L

JWL-55NTL

Spare Bulbs

2w x 24v x 6 Pc Unit 1-560-950 JWL-55L

LED WORK LAMP

FLEXIBLE TYPE JHL-35FT JHL-35 FT 1-560-700 Built in driver 240/24v JHL-20FT 1-560-800 Without driver

Features: 120 l Robust Aluminium Arm l Sealed to IP65 l Accepts 1w x 3 bulbs (24v) l Suitable for temperature range -30 +50 l Supplied with 1.8m cable l For clamps without transformer connect to 24v in panel JHL-20F Spare Bulbs 1w x 24v x 3 Pc Unit 1-560-975

Page 80 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 81 Large Bed Mills NEW

BM 500 1-270-500

Features

l Meehanite cast-iron construction. Lathe Tools l Rectangular guideways Y/Z with high rigidity. l Hardened and ground table surface. l Headstock swivels ± 30° l Heavy-duty, heavy cutting l Spindle is driven by gears, 12 steps speed

Ideal for Heavy loads Manual Mills

Specification BM 500 Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph.50HZ Spindle Speeds (steps) 12 Table Size LxW 2000 x 400 mm Spindle Speed Range 66-1440 RPM Table T Slot Size/Dist/No. 18mm/100 mm/3 Swivel Angle of Mill Head ± 30° Table 'X' Axis Travel 1500 mm Dist.from Spindle to Table 100 - 650 mm Table 'Y' Axis (Ram Move.) 500 mm Dist. from Spindle to Column 600 mm Table 'Z' Axis (Head Move. 550 mm Main Motor Power 6.5 kW Table Feed Rate 'X' & 'Y' Axis 20-2000 (mm/min) Feed Motor AC Servo 2.8 kW Rapid Table Feed 3500 mm/min Coolant Pump Motor 0.9 kW Spindle Taper ISO 50 Dims LxWxH 300 x 229 x 234 cm Spindle Travel 105 mm Weight Kg 5000

Included as standard: Opt.Tooling/Acc l Power Feed X Y Z l Complete Coolant System l Low Volt Machine Light l Three axis DRO See pages 106 - 132

Page 80 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 81 Excel Opti. Toolroom Mills MZ 2S 0334-6235 MZ 4S 0334-6245

Features l Excellent damping characteristics and stability of machine chassis l All guides tempered, precision ground, and adjustable using cleats l X and Y axis with adjustable dovetail guide l Automatic feed on X, Y and Z axis, continuously adjustable l All axis with ball screws l Central and clearly arranged control panel with integrated digital position and speed display l Solid cross table, generously dimensioned with precision surface finish l Coolant system l Control panel swivels centrally for a clear-cut overview l Generously dimensioned hand wheels with scales l Machine lamp

NEW

Cross table housing l Supplied pre-assembled on the machine l Protection against chips and coolant l Folds away to allow optimal access to the workspace

Included as standard:

l 4 x arbour ISO 40 with counter-bearing l 16 mm external diameter l 22 mm external diameter l 27 mm external diameter l 32 mm external diameter l Adapter ISO40 - MK3 l MT 2 collet l MT 1 collet l Operating tool

Page 82 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 83 Excel Opti. Toolroom Mills MZ 2S 0334-6235 MZ 4S 0334-6245 Specification MZ 2S MZ 4S Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph. 50 HZ Total Connected Load 4.0 kW 5.4 kW Spindle Drive Motor 2.2 kW 3.75 kW Rapid Feed Motor 0.375 kW 0.75 kW Coolant Pump Motor 95 W Drilling Capacity in Steel Ø 30 mm Ø 32 mm Max.Face Mill head Size Ø 100 mm Max. End Mill cutter size Ø 25 mm Vertical Spindle Speeds (RPM) 50 - 1890 30 - 2250 No. of Speeds 12 18 Spindle Speed opt.Vario (RPM) 20 - 2500 20 - 3045 No. of Speeds 2 x 6 2 x 6 Spindle Taper ISO 40 DIN 2080 Spindle Sleeve stroke 120 mm Draw - in rod M16 Throat (Max) 100 mm 185 mm Vertical Head Rotation ± 90° Distance Vertical Spindle to table 75 - 410 mm 70 - 440 Vertical Table Length x Width 830 x 250 mm 1200 x 250 mm Max.Load bearing capacity 385 Kg 360 Kg T-Slot size/spacing/count 14 mm / 63 mm / 2 14 mm / 63 mm / 3 Distance Horiz.Spindle to cross table 70 - 400 mm 130 - 390 mm

Horizontal Table Length x Width 750 x 320 mm 900 x 500 mm Manual Mills Max. Load bearing capacity 285 Kg 360 Kg T-slot size/ Spacing / count 14 mm / 63 mm / 5 14 mm / 63 mm / 7 X Axis Travel (Cross table) Man 400 mm / Auto. 310 mm Man. 600 mm / Auto 510 mm Y Axis Travel (milling head) Man 200 mm / Auto. 160 mm Man. 480 mm / Auto. 440 mm Z Axis Travel (cross table) Man. 335 mm / Auto. 295 mm Man. 390 mm / Auto. 345 mm Feed Rate 50 - 450 RPM 50 - 450 RPM Rapid Feed 50 - 700 RPM 50 - 780 RPM Feed Speed 10 / 600 mm / min Dims L x W x H 124 x 117 x 190 cm 161 x 183 x 189 cm Weight Kgs 1400 Kg 1890 Kg

Optional Accessories Angle Table

l MVSP 150 x 200 M/C Vice 0353-0104 l Table Length x Width 375 x 660 mm l MVSP 150 x 300 M/C Vice 0353-0108 l Max load bearing capacity 150 kg l Collet chuck ISO 40/ER32 0335-2056 l T-Slot Size/No/Distance 12 mm / 8 / 45 mm l Hyd. clamping device DIN69871 l Dims 895 x 433 x 354 mm

l (factory fitting only) 0334-6226 Weight 140 kg 0334-6221 l Compressed air tool changer (factory fitting only) 0334-6225 l Adaptor set for connection of compressed air tool changer 0334-6224 l Vario conversion with Siemens G 110M inverter 0349-1120

Optional Tooling

See pages 106 - 132

Page 82 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 83 ETM 2VS Excel Turret Mill 1-199-200

Milling head Integrated pivoting ± 45° switch panel& DRO Depth stop adjustable

Y and Z axis servo type table X axis feed.Continuously servo type variable & rapid table feed . traverse. Continuously variable & rapid traverse.

Large base tray

Features 2VS & 3VS

l Versatile Machine for drilling - milling & boring operations. l Heavy duty & sturdy machine made with a generous size meehanite casting. l Rated for continuous use & long life expectancy. l Made to accurate engineering tolerances by highly skilled engineers during manufacture. l 3 HP Motor allows larger cuts to be taken during production runs. l R8 spindle allows a large selection of standard tooling to be used. l Automatic stop to up/down feed at the end of the preset travel. l Angular positioning to left/right through worm & gear for ease. l Reversible switch allows the spindle to run clockwise & anti-clockwise. l Centralised one shot lubrication ensures lubrication to all parts that are otherwise inaccessible. l DRO allows you to work in either imperial or metric calibrations. l Hardened slide ways give the machine a much longer production life. l Quill feed at 3 rates of Feed give you the option to select the correct feed to quill to suit your individual production requirements. l Servo type variable & rapid feeds are available for both longitudinal & cross feeds. l Electrically Interlocked spindle guard conforms to the latest CE regulations & health & safety standards. l 3 Axis DRO

Page 84 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 85 ETM 2VS ETM 3VS 1-199-200 1-199-300 Excel Turret Mill

Milling head pivoting ± 45°

Depth stop adjustable

Integrated switch panel & DRO

X axis servo type table feed . Continuously variable & rapid traverse. Manual Mills Y axis servo type table feed. Z axis Continuously variable & Motorised rapid traverse. up and down

Power Feed & DRO reduces travels Large (X by 100mm) base tray (Y by 40mm)

Included as standard: Specification ETM 2VS ETM 3VS l Power Feed to Quill – 3 Rates Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph.50HZ l Servo Type Longitudinal, Cross Table Size LxW (mm) 1246 x 230 1370 x 254 & Vertical Feed & Rapid Table Slot Size 16mm / 3 l One Shot Lubrication Table Travel (Long) (mm) 790 (690) 900 (800) l Coolant System Saddle Travel (Cross) (mm) 310 (270) 380 (340) l Electrically Interlocked Spindle Guard Travel (Vertical) (mm) 390 350 l Low Volt Machine Light. l 3 Axis DRO. Quill Travel (mm) 127 Ram Travel (mm) 312 470 Optional Attachments: Spindle Motor 2.2 kW (3hp) HMA-R8 Hori. Mill Att. R8 2VS/3VS Spindle Taper R8 1-200-908 Quill Power Feeds (3) 0.04, 0.08, 0.15 mm/rev RAA-R8 Right Angle Att. R8 2VS/3VS Spindle Speeds (Rpm) 65 - 4500 1-200-909 Spindle to Table (mm) 0 - 405 PD150 Power Draw Bar 2VS/3VS Spindle to Column (mm) 90 - 450 100 - 455 1-200-986 Head Tilts L/R ± 90° Head Tilts F/B ± 45° Optional Tooling/Accessories: Dims (LxWxH) cm 164 x 145 x 201 182 x 169 x 223 See pages 106 - 132 Weight Kg 1160 1420

Page 84 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 85 ETM 4VS Excel Turet Mill 1-199-400

Milling head pivoting ± 45°

Depth stop adjustable

Integrated switch panel & DRO

. X axis servo type table feed . Z axis Continuously Motorised variable & up and rapid down traverse. Y axis servo type table feed. Continuously variable & rapid traverse

Large base tray

Features 4VS & 5VS

l Versatile Machine for drilling - milling & boring operations. l Heavy duty & sturdy machine made with a generous size meehanite casting. l Rated for continuous use & long life expectancy. l Made to accurate engineering tolerances by highly skilled engineers during manufacture. l 5 HP Motor allows larger cuts to be taken during production runs. l ISO 40 spindle allows a large selection of standard tooling to be used. l Automatic stop to up/down feed at the end of the preset travel. l Angular positioning to left/right through worm & gear for ease. l Reversible switch allows the spindle to run clockwise & anti-clockwise. l Centralised one shot lubrication ensures lubrication to all parts that are otherwise inaccessible. l DRO allows you to work in either imperial or metric calibrations. l Hardened slide ways give the machine a much longer production life. l Quill feed at 3 rates of Feed give you the option to select the correct feed to quill to suit your individual production requirements. l Servo type variable & rapid feeds are available for both longitudinal & cross feeds. l Electrically Interlocked spindle guard conforms to the latest CE regulations & health & safety standards. l 3 Axis DRO

Page 86 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 87 Excel Turet Mill Excel Turet Mill ETM 5VS 1-199-500

Milling head pivoting ± 45°

Depth stop adjustable

Integrated switch panel & DRO

Y axis servo type table feed. Continuous- ly variable & rapid Manual Mills traverse. X axis servo type table feed . Continuously variable & rapid traverse. Z axis Motorised up and Large base tray down Power Feed & DRO reduces travels (X by 100mm) (Y by 40mm)

Included as standard: Specification ETM 4VS ETM 5VS l Power Feed to Quill-3 rate Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph.50HZ l Servo Type Feed & Rapid for Longitudinal & Cross. Table Size LxW (mm) 1370 x 254 1500 x 305 l Motorised Up & Down Movement Table Slot Size (mm) 16mm / 3 l One Shot Lubrication Table Travel (Long) (mm) 920 (820) 1000 (900) l Coolant System Saddle Travel (Cross) (mm) 410 (370) 360 (320) l Electrically Interlocked Spindle Guard Knee Travel (Vertical) (mm) 400 380 l Large Size Base Tray Quill Travel (mm) 127 l Low Volt Machine Light l 3 Axis DRO Ram Travel (mm) 470 500 Spindle Motor 3.75 kW (5 Hp) Optional Attachments: Spindle Taper ISO 40 Quill Power Feeds (3) 0.04, 0.08, 0.15 mm/rev HMA-ISO 40 Hor. Mill. Att. 4VS/5VS 1-200-940 Spindle Speeds (Rpm) 65 - 3750 RAA-ISO 40 Right Angle Att. 4VS/5VS 1-200-941 Spindle to Table (mm) 0 - 400 0 - 350 PD 200 Power Draw Bar 4VS/5VS 1-200-987 Spindle to Column (mm) 110 - 455 130 - 760 Head Tilts L/R ± 90°

Optional Tooling/Accessories: Head Tilts F/B ± 45° Dims (LxWxH) cm 182 x 169 x 223 280 x 216 x 230 See pages 106 - 132 Weight Kg 1590 1700

Page 86 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 87 Opti Turret Mill MF 2V 0333-6030 MF 4V 0333-6050 NEW Features MF 2V : l Heavy, solid design using premium cast meehanite l Y axis with adjustable dovetail guide l Excellent concentricity thanks to tapered roller bearings, better than 0.01mm measured in the spindle sleeve MF 4V : l Automatic spindle sleeve feed l Y axis with flat guide l Right and left hand rotation for thread tapping l Large Y axis stroke of 400 mm l X and Z axis with adjustable dovetail guide l Motorised table height adjustment with rapid l Coolant System motion (Z axis).

Specification MF 2V MF 4V Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph. 50 HZ Total Connected Load 2.2 kW 4 kW Spindle Drive Motor 1.5 kW 3.0 kW Coolant Pump 100 W Drilling Capacity in Steel Ø 24 mm Ø 32 mm Continuous Drilling in Steel Ø 20 mm Ø 28 mm Face Mill Capacity Ø 76 mm Ø 100 mm End Mill Capacity Ø 18 mm Ø 20 mm Spindle Sleeve Travel 127 mm Spindle Taper ISO 40 Din 2080 Spindle to Column 213 - 533 mm 200 - 680 mm Spindle Speeds RPM 10 - 5,100 9 - 6,750 Gears 6 speed electronic control 8 speed electronic control Head Swivel ± 45° Automatic Spindle Feeds 3 steps 0.04 / 0.08 / 0.15mm/rev Spindle to Table 57 - 463 mm 40 - 446 mm Table Size LxW 1,244 x 230 mm 1,370 x 254 mm Cross Table Max Load 230 Kg 275 Kg Table T-Slots (size/amount/spacing) 16mm / 3 / 63 X axis Travel (Manual/Automatic) Man. 800 mm /Auto. 730 mm Man. 930 mm / Auto. 850 mm Y axis Travel (Manual) Manual 305 mm Manual 400 mm Z axis Travel Manual 406 mm Manual 406 mm/Auto 350 mm Dims LxWxH (cm) 140 x 145 x 215 150 x 145 x 220 Weight Kgs 950 1150

Included as standard: l Power Feed to Quill-3 rate l Electrically Interlocked Spindle Guard l Servo Type Feed & Rapid for Longitudinal l Large Size Base Tray l Up & down Motorised for MF4V l Low Volt Machine Light l One Shot Lubrication l 3 Axis DRO l Coolant System l Frequency inverter Siemens

Optional Attachments: Optional Tooling/Accessories:

Power Draw Bar 0335-2394 See pages 106 - 132

Page 88 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 89 Opti Turret Mill Variable Speed with Siemens Sinamics G110 M Frequency inverter

Drilling/milling head Pivoting ± 45° Opti Control Panel Throat Integrated switch panel 215 - 533 mm - Integrated digital position display MF 2V 200 - 680 mm - Frequency inverter Sie- DPA 21 with speed display MF 4V mens Sinamics G110 M Quality made in EU

Optional Power Draw Bar

Drilling depth stop Manual Mills Adjustable with millimetre scale Can be read off on front

X axis Motorised table feed Continuously variable speed control Rapid traverse Right & left handed rotation

Page 88 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 89 Large Universal Mills Auto Feed XL 500S 1-262-100 Servo Drives

Features l Ball screws in all three axis for ease & accuracy. Specification XL 500S l Servo motors in all three axis for smooth running. Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph.50HZ l Table with extra support for heavy loads. Table Size LxW 2000 x 500 mm l Mechanical speed change gives extra power Table T Slot Size/Dist/No. 18/80/5 mm for heavy cuts. l Machine with three axis DRO. l Control panel is on a pendulum. Table 'X' Axis Travel 1500 mm l Milling head rotates through various Table 'Y' Axis (Ram Move.) 700 mm angles for cutting Table 'Z' Axis (Knee Move.) 500 mm Table Feed Rate 'X' & 'Y' Axis 10 - 10000 (mm/min) Included as standard: Table Feed 'Z' Axis 5 - 500 (mm/min) Max. Table Load 1800 Kg l Power Feed & Rapid in All Directions (X,Y,Z) Spindle Taper ISO 50 l Complete Coolant System Spindle Speeds (steps) 27 l Vertical Head & Arbor Spindle Speed Range 30 - 2050 rpm

l Horizontal Arbor & Supports Swivel Angle of Mill Head 360 l Cutter Guards for Horizontal & Vertical Milling Dist.from Spindle to Table 25-525 l Low Volt Machine Light. Dist. from Spindle to Column 55 - 755 Main Motor Power 7.5 kW Optional Tooling/Acc Feed Motor AC Servo (Nm) X/Y 15 Dims LxWxH 299 x 226 x 218 cm See pages 106 - 132 Weight Kg 5000

Page 90 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 91 Large Universal Mills Large Universal Mills Servo Drives MT 230S 0334-4125 Manual Mills

Features

l A versatile machine suitable for many applications. l Robust construction of high quality Meehanite cast iron. l Hardened moving surfaces l Centralised lubrication system l Main switch, left-right rotation Specification MT 230S and E stop switch Electrical Connection 400V 3Ph 50Hz Vert. Motor Spindle 4 kW l Machine light l Coolant System Table Size LxW (mm) 1650 x 360 Hori. Motor Spindle 5.5 kW l Simple system to change speed Feed Motor X,Y,Z 1.8 kW Coolant Pump 90 W l Controls & digital display SpecificationLoad Capacity (Max) 400 Kg MT230SSpindle Taper ISO 50 Din 2080 movable for better viewing T-Slot Size/Dist./No 18 mm / 80 mm / 3 Draw-in rod M24 l DRO with 5 microns accuracy Table Swivel Angle ± 35° Speed RPM 60 - 1,750 l Ground gears run very quiet in oil bath. Auto mode in X,Y & Z X axis Travel(mm) Man. 1300/Auto 1220 Gear Stages 12 Steps Table Feed (mm/min) 30-750 Vert. Spindle to Table (mm) 190 - 590 Included as standard: Rapid Feed(mm/min) 1,200 Spindle to Column (mm) 260 - 910 l Powerfeed in X,Y & Z Y axis Travel(mm) Man.300/Auto 220 Rot.Range 360° l Complete Coolant System Table Feed (mm/min) 20 - 500 Draw Bar M24 l Universal Head Feed Stages inf. Variable Mill Face Cutter Max. Ø100 mm l Arbor Support for Horizontal Milling Rapid Feed (mm/min) 800 End Mill Max Ø 25 mm l Machine Light Z axis Travel (mm) Man.400/Auto 320 Hori. Spindle Speed 58-1,900 rpm Auto Feed (mm/min) 15 - 375 Dist. Spindle to Table 20 - 420 mm Optional Tooling/Acc Table Feed Stages inf.Variable Dims LxWxH (cm) 255 x 216 x 210 Rapid Feed (mm/min) 600 Weight (Kg) 2800 See pages 106 - 132 Total Connection Motor 12 kW

Page 90 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 91 Large Universal Mill Large Universal Mills MT 200 0333-6120

Features

l A versatile machine suitable for many applications. l Robust construction of high quality Meehanite cast iron. l Hardened moving surfaces l Centralised lubrication system l Main switch, left-right rotation Specification MT 200 and E stop switch l Machine light l Coolant System Electrical Connection 400V 3Ph 50Hz Total Connection Motor 9.2 kW l Simple system to change speed Table Size LxW (mm) 1650 x 360 Vert/Hor Spindle Motor 4 kW l Controls & digital display Feed Motor X,Y,Z 1.1 kW Coolant Pump 90 W movable for better viewing SpecificationLoad Capacity (Max) 400 Kg MT230SSpindle Taper ISO 50 Din 2080 l DRO with 5 microns accuracy T-Slot Size/Dist./No 14 mm / 95 mm / 3 Vert. Draw-in rod M24 l Ground gears run very quiet in Table Swivel Angle ± 35° Speed RPM 60 - 1,750 oil bath. Auto mode in X,Y & Z X axis Travel(mm) Man. 1200/Auto 1210 Gear Stages 12 Steps Included as standard: Table Feed (mm/min) 22-380 Vert. Spindle to Table (mm) 250 - 670 l Powerfeed in X,Y & Z Rapid Feed(mm/min) 1290 Spindle to Column (mm) 250 - 750 l Complete Coolant System Y axis Travel(mm) Man.280/Auto 200 Vertical Head Rotation 360° l Universal Head Table Feed (mm/min) 20 - 380 Face Mill Cutter Max. Ø100 mm l Arbor Support for Horizontal Milling Feed Stages 8 Speeds End Mill Max Ø 25 mm l Machine Light Rapid Feed (mm/min) 200 Hori. Spindle Speed 58-1800 rpm Z axis Travel (mm) Man.400/Auto 320 Hori. Spindle to Table 0 - 420 mm Optional Tooling/Acc Auto Feed (mm/min) 7 - 127 Hor. Draw-in rod M24 Table Feed Stages 8 Speeds Dims LxWxH (cm) 216 x 216 x 210 See pages 106 - 132 Rapid Feed (mm/min) 342 Weight (Kg) 2220

Page 92 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 93 1-250-300 Large Universal Mills HVM 320 Universal Mills HVM 360 1-250-400

Image shown is HVM 360 Manual Mills

Features Specification HV 320 HVM 360 l Versatile mill, suitable for Milling horizontal Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph.50HZ & vertical Table Size LxW (mm) 1320 x 320 1600 x 360 l Rigid construction T Slot No/Width/Distance. 5 /14 mm / 63 mm 5 / 14 mm / 95 mm l Rectangular table Table Swivel Angle - ± 35° guideways Vertical Spindle to Column 320 mm l Automatic feed on Vertical Spindle to Table 0 - 341 mm X & Y Axis Hor. Spindle to Table 0 - 400 mm l Motorised up/down travel of Z Axis Hor. Spindle to Ram 175 mm l Hardened & ground Ram Travel 500 mm table surface Table Travel Long. Man/Auto(mm) 800 / 750 1000 / 950 l Centralised Lubrication Table Cross Travel Man/Auto (mm) 300 / 290 290 / 280 Table Vert. Travel Man/Auto (mm) 400 / 390 Included as standard: Hor. Spindle Taper ISO 50 Vert. Spindle Taper ISO 40 l Vertical Head Main Spindle Motor 4 Kw l Machine Light X Y Z Feed Motor 0.55 kW 1.1 kW l Table Guard Coolant Motor 0.09 Kw l 3 Axis DRO Longitudinal Feeds mm/min 20 - 360 / 8 22 - 420 / 8 l Centralised Lubrication Cross Feeds mm/min 20 - 360 / 8 22 - 393 / 8 l Coolant System Vert. mm/min 10 - 168 / 8 Long/Cross./Rapid Feed mm/min 1200 1290 / 1205 Vert. Rapid Feed mm/min 400 513 Optional Tooling/Acc Max. Load on Table 300 Kg 400 Kg Dims LxWxH (cm) 207 x 170 x 225 202 x 207 x 195 See pages 106 - 132 Weight (Kg) 2100 2200

Page 92 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 93 Large Universal Mill Servo Drives MT 130S 0334-4110

Features l A versatile machine suitable for many applications. l Robust construction of high quality Meehanite cast iron. l Hardened moving surfaces l Centralised lubrication system l Main switch, left-right rotation and E stop switch l Machine light l Coolant System Specification MT 130S l Simple system to change speed Electrical Connection 400V 3Ph 50Hz Motor Horizontal Spindle 3 kW l Controls & digital display Table Size LxW (mm) 1270 x 300 Coolant Pump 60 W moveable for better viewing Feed Motor X,Y,Z 3 kW Spindle Taper ISO 40 Din 2080 l DRO with 5 microns accuracy SpecificationLoad Capacity (Max) 200 Kg MT230SDraw-in rod 16 mm l Ground gears run very quiet in T-Slot Size/Dist./No 14 mm / 80 mm / 3 Speed RPM 45 - 1,660 oil bath. Auto mode in X,Y & Z X axis Travel(mm) Man. 720/Auto 650 Gear Stages 11 Steps Included as standard: Table Feed (mm/min) 30 - 830 Spindle to Table (mm) 196 - 646 l Powerfeed in X,Y & Z Rapid Feed(mm/min) 1,335 Spindle to Column (mm) 150 - 550 l Complete Coolant System Y axisTravel(mm) Man.300/Auto 220 Rotation Range 360° l Universal Head Table Feed (mm/min) 30 - 830 Mill Face Cutter Max. Ø100 mm l 32mm Arbor & Arbor Support Rapid Feed (mm/min) 1335 End Mill Max Ø 20 mm l Machine Light Z axis Travel (mm) Man.400/Auto 320 Hori.Spindle Speed 45 - 1,660 RPM Auto Feed (mm/min) 22-625 Dist. Spindle to Table 0 - 420 mm Optional Tooling/Acc Rapid Feed (mm/min) 1,335 Dims LxWxH (cm) 176 x 155 x 170 Total Connection Motor 6 kW Weight (Kg) 1450 See pages 106 - 132 Motor Vertical Spindle 3 kW

Page 94 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 95 Large Universal Mill Servo Drives Medium Size Universal Mill MT 60 0333-6090 Manual Mills

Features

l Heavy duty compact mills made of High grade cast Iron. l Spindle feed via star grip for drilling or fine feed with hand wheel for milling. l Power feed for table in X & Y. l 3 axis digital readout. l Milling head tilts ± 90° l Automatic quill feed

Included as standard: Specification MT 60 Electrical Connection 400V 3Ph 50Hz Quill Travel 120 mm l Coolant System l Cutter Arbor Table Size LxW 1,270 x 280 mm Spindle Taper ISO - 40 DIN 2080 l Machine Lamp l 3 Axis DRO l Power Feed to Table X & Y T-Slot Size/Dist/Number 14mm/ 50 mm/ 4 Throat (Vert) 200 - 550 mm l Draw Bars l Cutter Guards Load Capacity (Max) 150 Kg Throat (Hor) 35 -370 mm l 1 - 16mm Drill Chuck X axis Travel Man/Auto 750 / 680 mm Spindle Speed (Vert) 90 - 2000 RPM l ISO 40 / B16 Chuck Arbor Y axis Travel Man 230 mm Gear Stages (Vert) 8 Steps l ISO 40 / 3MT Adaptor Z axis Travel Man 360 mm Spindle Speed (Hor.) 40 - 1300 rpm l ISO 40 / 2MT Adaptor Motor Hor. Spindle 2.2 kW Gear Stages(Hor.) 9 Steps l 22mm & 27mm Milling Arbors Motor Vert. Spindle 2.2 kW Spindle Head Swivel L/R ± 90° Optional Tooling/Acc Cooling Pump 40 W Dims LxWxH (cm) 158 x 145 x 210 End Mill Cap. 25 mm Weight Kg 1,300 See pages 106 - 132 Face Cutter Cap. 100 mm

Page 94 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 95 Medium Size Universal Mill MT 50 0333-6005

Features l Heavy duty compact mills made of High grade cast Iron. l Spindle feed via star grip for drilling or fine feed with hand wheel for milling. l Power feed for table in X & Y. l 3 axis digital readout. l Drilling All Capacities Specification MT 50 Included as standard: Electrical Connection 400V 3Ph 50Hz Quill Travel 120 mm Table Size LxW 1000 x 240 mm Spindle Taper ISO - 40 l Coolant System T-Slot Size/Number 14mm/4 Throat (Vert) 240-650 mm l Cutter Arbor Load Capacity (Max) 160 Kg Throat (Hor) 0-185 mm l Machine Lamp l Power Feed to Table X & Y X axis Travel Man Auto 580 / 500 mm Spindle Speed (Vert) 115 - 1750 rpm l Draw Bars Table Feed 8 steps 24 - 720 mm/min Gear Stages (Vert) 8 Steps l Cutter Guards Y axis Travel Man 200 mm Spindle Speed (Hor.) 60 - 1350 rpm l 3 Axis DRO Z axis Travel Man. 340 mm Gear Stages(Hor.) 9 Steps Motor Hor. Spindle 1,5 Kw Spindle Head Swivel L/R ± 90° Optional Tooling/Acc Motor Vert. Spindle 1.1/2.2 kW Dims LxWxH (cm) 227 x 150 x 210 Cooling Pump 40 W Weight Kg 820 See pages 106 - 132 End Mill Cap. 20 mm Face Cutter Cap. 100mm

Page 96 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 97 Medium Size Universal Mill Drill - Mill Tilting Head MB 4P 3ph 0333-8460 MB 4PV 3ph 0333-8466

Features

l Facts that impress in terms of quality performance and price. l Heavy, solid cast design. Smooth action due to polished gearwheels running in an oil sump. Right/left rotation l Auto Quill feed with manual fine feed. l Motorised positioning of the Z axis. l Gear head pivots through ± 60° l Adjustable wedge rails l Drilling depth stop l Drilling/Thread tapping function

MB 4P l Two-stage quality electric motor l Large speed range from 95-3,2000 rpm thanks to 12 switchable speeds l Speed display in DRO 5

MB 4PV l Large speed range from 60-2,760 rpm

l Variable speeds Manual Mills l Speed display in DRO 5

ER32 x 4MT Collet Chuck with 18 collets 3-20mm 0335-2094

Specification MB 4P MB 4PV Electrical Connection 400V. 3Ph-50Hz Table Size LxW 800 x 240 mm Table Slot Size/No/Dist. 14mm / 3 / 80mm Spindle to Table 420 mm Travel X axis Man/Auto 560 mm / 480 mm Travel Y axis 195 mm Travel Z axis 350 mm Machine base as standard Spindle Motor 1.1/1.5 kW 1.5 kW Coolant Motor - 100 W Drilling Capacity in Steel 32 mm 24 mm Included as standard: Cont. Drilling in Steel 28 mm 20 mm l Spindle Taper MT4 Drill Chuck 3-16mm l Solid cast stand Quill Travel 120 mm l Drill Chuck Arbor MT 4/B16 Throat Depth 258 mm l Chip Channel Head Swivel ± 45° l Operating Tool Gear Positions 2 x 6 steps 2 step Vario Spindle Speeds 95-3,200 rpm 60-2,760 rpm Optional Tooling/Acc Dims LxWxH (cm) 160 x 93 x 211 Weight Kg 495 See pages 106 - 132

Page 96 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 97 Drill - Mill Tilting Head MH 50G 3ph 0333-8180 MH 50V 3ph 0333-8185

Features l Heavy, sturdy & solid columns made of premium cast material with ground and shaven dovetail guide for excellent stability and precision l Clockwise/Anti-clockwise rotation l Excellent concentricity thanks to tapered roller bearings, better than 0.015mm measured in the spindle sleeve l Gear head pivots through 60° l Manual fine feed l Drilling depth stop l Thread tapping mode l Two-stage industrial quality electric motor

Optional Accessories BT Spindle Taper MSM 4 Machine Stand 0335-3015 Can change tool BT40 x 27 mm Face Mill Holder 0335-3336 in seconds! BT40 Drill Chuck 1.5 - 16mm 0353-6333 BT40 x 3 MT Adapter 0335-3335 BT40 ER32 Collet Chuck 0335-3334 Specification MH 50G MH 50V ER32 Collet Chuck Spanner 0335-3307 Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph.50HZ ER32 Collet Set 18 Pcs 3-20mm 0344-1122 Table Size LxW 850 x 240 mm BT40 Taper Cleaning Tool 0335-3331 Spindle to Table 545 mm BT40 Pull Stud 0335-3332 Tool Height Adjuster 0353-6290 T Slot size/No./Dist. 18mm / 3 / 80mm Uni. Table Feed V99S with E stop 0335-2021 Travel X axis 520 mm Assembly Kit V99S X axis 0335-2036 Travel Y axis 260 mm DRO 5 with 3 magnetic sensors 0338-3975 Travel Z axis Man/auto 460 mm / 465 mm MB2000 Magnetic tape 2000mm 0338-3979 Motor 1.5 / 2.2 kW 2.2 kW Starter Kit BT40 0335-3284 Drilling Capacity 38 mm Cont. Drilling Capacity 32 mm BT40 Keyless Drill chuck 1-13 mm Spindle Taper BT40 BT40 x 27mm Face Mill holder BT40 ER 32 spring collet chucks 3 pcs. Face Mill Capacity 80 mm ER 32 Spring collet set 18 pcs 3-20mm End Mill Capacity 32 mm ER 32 collet chuck Spanner Quill Travel 115 mm BT 40 x 3MT adapter Throat Depth 260 mm BT40 Pull studs 15 pcs Head Swivel ± 30° BT40 Taper cleaning tool Gear Positions 2 x 6 speeds 6 speed Vari. Tool Height adjuster BT40 Assembly & tool adjustment gauge Spindle Speeds RPM 225 - 3,260 50 - 3,260 2 pcs. each Weldon 6 & 20 mm Dims LxWxH(cm) 121 x 102 x 165 1 pc. each Weldon 8 , 10 , 12 & 16 mm Weight 525 Kg

Page 98 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 99 Drill - Mill Tilting Head Drill - Mill Tilting Head MH 35G 3ph 0333-8165 MH 35V 3ph 0333-8170

Features l Heavy, sturdy & solid columns made of premium cast material with ground and shaven dovetail guide for excellent stability and precision l Clockwise/Anti-clockwise rotation l Excellent concentricity thanks to tapered roller bearings, better than 0.015mm measured in the spindle sleeve l Gear head pivots through 60° l Manual fine feed l Drilling depth stop l Thread tapping mode l Two-stage industrial quality electric motor Manual Mills

BT Spindle Taper Can change tool in seconds!

Optional Accessories Specification MH 35G MH 35V MSM 3 Machine Stand 0335-3014 Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph.50HZ BT30 x 22mm Face Mill Holder 0335-3306 Table Size LxW 750 x 210 mm BT30 Drill Chuck 1.5 - 16mm 0353-6303 Spindle to Table 440 mm BT30 x 2 MT Adapter 0335-3305 BT30 ER32 Collet Chuck 0335-3304 T Slot 12mm / 3 / 63mm Travel X axis 450 mm BT30 ER32 Collet Chuck Spanner 0335-3307 ER32 Collet Set 18 Pcs 3 - 20mm 0344-1122 Travel Y axis 200 mm Taper Cleaning Tool 0335-3301 Travel Z axis 460 mm BT30 Pull Stud 0335-3302 Motor (2 Speed) 1.1/1.5 kW 1.5 kW Uni. Table Feed V99S with E stop 0335-2021 Drilling Capacity 32 mm Assembly Kit V99S X axis 0335-2035 Cont. Drilling Capacity 28 mm DRO 5 with 3 magnetic sensors 0338-3975 Spindle Taper BT30 MB2000 Magnetic tape 2000mm 0338-3979 Face Mill Capacity 80 mm End Mill Capacity 28 mm Starter Kit BT30 0335-3282 Quill Travel 90 mm Throat Depth 215 mm BT30 x 22 mm Face Mill holder, BT30 1-13 mm chuck, Head Swivel ± - 30% 2 pieces each Weldon Ø 6 mm & 20 mm, 1 Weldon Gear Positions 2 x 6 steps 6 speed elec. each Ø 8,10,12 &16 mm, BT30 x 2 MT adaptor , BT30 ER32 collet chucks 3 Pcs, BT30 ER 32 collet Spindle Speeds RPM 220 - 3,100 50-3,260 chuck spanner ER32 spring collet set 18 Pcs 3-20mm, Pivot Range ± / - 60% tool height adjuster, BT30 assembly & tool adjustment Dims LxWxH(cm) 85 x 103 x 134 gauge, BT30 pull studs 14 Pcs, BT30 taper cleaning tool Weight 316 Kg

Page 98 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 99 Drill - Mill Tilting Head MB 4 3ph 0333-8450

Features l Heavy solid casting type l Adjustable v-ledges l Very wide speed range from 95 - 3'200 rpm l 12 switchable speesd by two-stage l Right-left handed rotation l Dovetail guide l Gear head swivel ± 45° l Emergency-stop push button l Drilling depth stop l Height adjustable protective screen with micro switch providing maximum protection of the user against chips and parts flying off at high speed

Specification MB 4 Electrical Connection 400V 3ph.50Hz Table Size LxW 800 x 240 mm T-Slot Size / No / Distance 14 mm / 3 / 63 mm Travel X axis 450 mm Travel Y axis 195 mm Travel Z 430 mm Included as Std. Motor Power 1.1 / 1.5 kW Drilling Capacity (S235JR) Ø 32 mm l Morse Taper MT3 l Draw Bar M16 Continous Drilling Cap Ø 28 mm l Adaptor MT3 - MT4 Face Mill Capacity Ø 63 mm End Mill Capacity Ø 28 mm Optional Accessories Spindle Taper MT 4 Spindle Stroke 120 mm MSM 3 Machine Stand 0335-3014 Spindle Sleeve Diameter 75 mm MT 4 ER32 Collet Chuck with 18 Collets 2-20mm 0335-2094 Throat Depth 275 mm DRO 5 with 3 magnetic sensors 0338-3975 Spindle Speed RPM 95-3200 MB2000 Magnetic tape 2000mm 0338-3979 Gear Positions 2 x 6 steps Head Swivel ± 45° Optional Tooling Dims L x W x H (cm) 116 x 78 x 142 Weight Kg 320 See pages 106 - 132

Page 100 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 101 Drill - Mill Tilting Head Drill - Mill Tilting Head MH 25V 1ph 0333-8155 MH 25SV 1ph 0333-8160

MH 25V MH 25SV Features l Easily l Continuously variable feed l Counterweight facilitates readable on all axes Z axis adjustment speed display l Rapid motion X/Y axis l Variable speed control with milling for fast positioning. l Easy tool change with quick head l Digital 3-axis position clamping system display DRO 5 l Wide guide rails on Z axis l Feed cut-off limit position l prepared for easy l Transportable control panel retroactive mounting of l The feed also switches off magnetic strips when the spindle is stationary l Inverter motor l Feed spindles can be adjustable spindle nuts l All guides are ground and finish shaved (oil pockets for lubrication) l Precision workmanship l Particularly smooth action l Angular ball bearings on the axes l Head pivots through ± 45° l Right-hand/left-hand rotation l Height-adjustable protective screen with microswitch l Sturdy dovetail guide, precision ground and shaved with adjustable Manual Mills wedge rails

Can change tool in seconds!

BT30 Starter Kit 0335-32820335-3282 Specification MH25 V MH25 SV Electrical Connection 230V 1ph.50Hz Comprising: Table Size LxW 620 x 180 mm BT30 x 22mm Face Mill holder BT30 Drill Chuck 1-13 mm T-Slot Size/No./Distance 12 mm / 3 / 50 mm 2 pcs. each Weldon Ø 6 mm & 20 mm Travel X axis Man/Auto for sv only 400 mm / 380 mm 1 pc. each Weldon Ø 8 ,10 ,12 & 16 mm Travel Y axis Man/Auto for sv only 210 mm / 130 mm BT30 x 2MT Adapter Travel Z axis Man / Auto for sv only 270 mm / 190 mm BT30 ER32 collet chucks 3 Pcs Motor 1.5 kW ER 32 Spring collet chuck Spanner Face Mill Capacity Ø 50 mm ER32 spring collet set 18 Pcs 3-20mm End Mill Capacity Ø 25 mm Tool Height adjuster Sensor Head Size Ø 52 mm Assembly & tool adjustment gauge BT30 Pull studs 14 Pcs Spindle Taper BT30 BT30 Taper cleaning tool Throat Depth 185 mm Spindle Speeds RPM 200 - 4,000 Gear Positions electronic speed control Optional Accessories Head Swivel 45° MSM 2 Machine Stand 0335-3009 X Feed Torque/Speed 2.2 Nm / 150 - 930 mm/min Y Feed Torque/Speed 2.2 Nm / 100 - 580 mm/min Z Feed Torque/Speed 4,2 Nm / 80 - 450 mm/min Optional Tooling/Acc Dims LxWxH (cm) 97 x 98 x 103 Weight Kg 192 200 See pages 106 - 132

Page 100 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 101 Drill - Mill Tilting Head 1ph 0333-8135 1ph 0333-8136 MH 22V MH 22VD Features Robust drilling/milling machine l Feed spindles can be adjusted without with electronic, continuously play thanks to adjustable spindle nuts. controllable drive, MH 22VD l Sturdy dovetail guide, precision ground with digital position display and shaved with adjustable wedge rails DRO 5 l EMC filter class B (for domestic use) l All guides are ground and finish shaved (oil pockets for lubrication) l Precision workmanship l Two-row angular contact ball bearings in the axes, adjustable without play. l Safety electrical system 24-volt version l Gaiter as guide protection l Clockwise/Anti-clockwise rotation. l Drilling/milling head pivots through ±90° for milling and drilling work in any angled position. l Machine lamp l Height-adjustable protective screen with microswitch for best possible user l Protection against chips and parts being flung out l Easily readable speed & depth display,

toggles between mm/inch Manual Mills l Fine feed

New MH22VD Includes digital position display DRO 5 & magnetic strips on all axis

Accessories Specification MH22 V MH22 VD Electrical Connection 230V 1ph.50Hz MSM 1 Machine Stand 0335-3000 Table Size LxW 700 x 180 mm MSM 1T Swarf Tray 0335-2999 BT20 x 16 mm Face Mill holder 0335-2728 T-Slot Size/No./Distance 12mm / 3 / 63 BT20 x B16 Drill Chuck Arbor 0335-2727 Travel X axis 480 mm Drill Chuck 1-13mm B16 0305-0623 Travel Y axis 175 mm BT20 Weldon holder Ø 6 mm 0335-2732 Travel Z axis 270 mm BT20 Weldon holder Ø 8 mm 0335-2734 Drilling Capacity 20 mm BT20 Weldon holder Ø 10 mm 0335-2736 Face Mill Capacity 52 mm BT20 Weldon holder Ø 12 mm 0335-2738 End Mill Capacity 20 mm BT20 ER16 Collet chuck 0335-2741 Throat Depth 170 mm BT20 ER16 Collet chuck spanner 0335-2742 ER16 Spring collet set, 12Pcs 1-10 mm 0344-0282 Spindle Taper BT20 BT20 Pull stud 0335-2726 Gears 2 Stages Variable End Mill set HSS Tin coated 7-510-100 Speed Range 90-3,000 min Head Swivel ± 90° Spindle Travel 50 mm Optional Tooling/Acc Motor 950W 1Ph 230V Dims LxWxH (cm) 95 x 65 x 95 See pages 106 - 132 Weight 120 Kgs

Page 102 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 103 Drill - Mill Tilting Head Drill - Mill Tilting Head MH 20V 0333-8131 MH 20VL 0333-8132 MH 20VLD 0333-8133 MH 22V MH 22VD Features l Feed spindles can be adjusted without play thanks to adjustable spindle nuts. l Sturdy dovetail guide, precision ground and shaved with adjustable wedge rails l EMC filter class B (for domestic use) l All guides are ground & finish shaved (oil pockets for lubrication) l Precision workmanship l Two-row angular contact ball bearings in the axes, adjustable without play. l Safety electrical system 24-volt version l Gaiter as guide protection l Clockwise/Anti-clockwise rotation. l Drilling/milling head pivots through ±90° for milling and drilling work in any angled position. l Machine lamp Manual Mills l Height-adjustable protective screen with microswitch for best possible user l Protection against chips and parts being flung out l Easily readable speed & depth display,toggles between mm/inch l Fine feed

Specification MH20V MH20 VL/VLD Specification MH22 V MH22 VD Electrical Connection 230V 1ph.50Hz Table Size LxW 510 x 180 mm 700 x 180 mm New MH 20 VLD T-Slot Size/No./Dist. 12mm / 3 / 63 Includes digital Travel 280 mm 480 mm position display X axis DRO 5 & magnetic Y axis Travel 175 mm strips on all axis Z axis Travel 210 mm Drilling Capacity 16 mm Face Mill Capacity 52 mm End Mill Capacity 20 mm Throat Depth 170 mm Spindle Taper 2MT Optional Accessories Gears 2 Stages Variable

MSM 1 Machine Stand 0335-3000 Speed Range 100-3,000 min MSM 1T Swarf Tray 0335-2999 Pivot Range ± 90° Head Swivel ± 60° Spindle Travel 50 mm Optional Tooling/Acc Motor 750 W 1Ph 230V Dims LxWxH (cm) 75 x 65 x 82 77 x 72 x 92 See pages 106 - 132 Weight 94 Kgs 99 Kgs

Page 102 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 103 Drill - Mill Tilting Head BF 16 Vario 1ph 0333-8116

Features l Digital Quill travel indicator, precision of reading 0.01mm l mm/inch conversion l Sturdy & precision dovetail slideway with adjustable tapered gibs l Infinitely variable drive with electronic regulation. l Dynamic regulation of revolutions from100 to 3,000 rpm l Positive clamping of the spindle sleeve in the drill head l Integrated work light l High concentricity precision <0.01 measured in the spindle sleeve l D.C Motor with permanent speed monitoring

Specification BF 16 Vario Electrical Connection 230V 1ph.50Hz Table Size LxW 400 x 120 mm T-Slot Size 10mm Travel X axis 220 mm Travel Y axis 160 mm Travel Z axis 210 mm Drilling Capacity 16 mm Face Mill Capacity 63 mm End Mill Capacity 20 mm Throat Depth 175 mm Spindle Taper MT2 Optional 170 mm Spindle Speed (RPM) 100 - 3,000 Head Swivel ± 90° Spindle Travel 50 mm Motor 500 W (230V. 50Hz 1 Ph) Dims LxWxH (cm) 51 x 47 x 80 Weight 62 Kgs

Optional Accessories

MSM 1 Machine Stand 0335-3000 MSM 1T Swarf Tray 0335-2999 DRO 5 with 3 magnetic sensors 0338-3975 MB2000 Magnetic tape 2000mm 0338-3979

Optional Tooling

See pages 106 - 132

Page 104 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 105 Drill - Mill Tilting Head Drill - Mill Machine Stands BF 16 Vario 1ph 0333-8116 MSM 1, MSM 2, MSM 3, MSM 4

MSM 1 l Digital Quill travel indicator, precision of reading 0.01mm l mm/inch conversion l Sturdy & precision Machine Stand dovetail slideway with adjustable tapered gibs l Infinitely variable drive with electronic regulation. 0335-3000 l Dynamic regulation of revolutions from100 to 3,000 rpm l Positive clamping of the spindle sleeve in the MSM 1T drill head l Integrated work light l High concentricity precision <0.01 measured in the spindle sleeve l D.C Motor with permanent speed monitoring MSM 1T Tray for Stand 0335-2999 To suit BF16, MH20, MH22 Dims Depth x Width x Height Stand 42 x 34 x 80 cm Tray 47 x 72 x 3 cm MSM 1 Weight 29 Kgs

MSM 2 Machine Stand 0335-3009 To suit MH25V, MH25SV

Dims Depth x Width x Height Manual Mills Stand 70 x 50 x 75 cm

Weight 51 Kgs

MSM 3 Machine Stand 0335-3014 To suit MH35G, MH35V, MB4 Dims Depth x Width x Height Stand 65 x 55 x 75 cm

Weight 87 Kgs

MSM 4 Machine Stand 0335-3015 To suit MH50G, MH50V Dims Depth x Width x Height Stand 75 x 75 x 73 cm

Weight 134 Kgs

Page 104 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 105 Deburring & Chamfering Machines KE 100 0399-2000

Features l For creating clean visible edges and preparing welds l Device for stationary or mobile use l Easy and quick change-over from stationary to mobile use with wing nuts and removable foot l Tool-free setting of the depth l Standard angle settings at 15°, 30° and 45° l Manual feed l Patented technology l Handy and powerful device l For machining construction steel, non-ferrous metals and plastics l Functional arrangement of the handles allows for safe guiding of the device in mobile operation l Guide plate equipped with adjustable ball heads for smooth running of the workpiece l Automatic safety shutoff in case of overheating

NEW

PACK OF 5 MILLING CUTTERS

Cutting inserts

Specification KE 100 Included as standard: Chamfer angle 15° / 30° / 45° l Edge deburring device KE 100 Chamfer width at 15° approx. 5 mm l Milling head with cutting plates Chamfer width at 30° approx. 6 mm l 3 rubber feet Chamfer width at 45° approx. 7 mm l Workpiece slide Electrical connection 230 V Services 750 W Speed (cont. variable) 2000 - 5000 rpm Optional Accessories Dims (L x W x H max.) 360 x 230 x 280 mm 1.Milling Head 0399-2005 Weight 10.5 Kg 2.Cutting Insert 10 Pcs 0399-2006

Page 106 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 107 Deburring & Chamfering Machines Deburring & Chamfering Machines KE 100 0399-2000

Stationary Use Mill Tooling

Acrylic Glass Aluminum Steel Stainless Steel Brass Plastic

CDM 3 1-298-100

CHAMFERING & DEBURRING MACHINE

Specification CDM 3

Chamfering Cap. 0 - 3mm Chamfering Angle 15 - 45o Length of Guide Rails 500 mm Power 1HP (1ph) Uses Indexable Space Required LxW 500 x 250 mm Side Milling Cutter Weight 30 Kgs

Page 106 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 107 Milling Attachments / Accessories

MOTORISED SLOTTING HEAD HORIZONTAL MILLING MSH 125 1-200-990 ATTACHMENT Features HORIZONTAL MILLING ARBOR SUPPORT • Special design makes it suitable to mount it on any type of milling machine • Vice type clamping flange for mounting and removing • Built in lubrication system for smooth running • Ram adaptors to suit any type of milling machine • Stroke length can be changed very easily • Easy adjusting this head to make any type of key or groove • Quick stroke speed. Spindle Quill To Suit Stock Taper B Type Fitting Diameter Machine Number

Fitting for HMA-R8 86mm 2VS & 3VS 1-200-908 Universal Mills HMA-ISO 40 100mm 4VS & 5VS A Type flange 1-200-940

Specification MSH 125 Slotting head stroke 125 mm Number of strokes 5 Strokes per minute RIGHT ANGLE MILLING 50 Hz 30,47,69,98 & 140 60 Hz 35,54,79,112 & 160 ATTACHMENT Motor 3/4 HP 6 Pole RIGHT ANGLE HEAD

ALIGN POWER FEEDS

INFINITELY VARIABLE FEED & RAPID

Spindle Quill To Suit Stock Specification Taper Diameter Machine Number APF-X Longitudinal Power feed unit 1-200-980 RAA-R8 86mm 2VS & 3VS 1-200-909 APF-Y Cross Power feed unit 1-200-981 RAA-ISO 40 100mm 4VS & 5VS 1-200-941 APF-Z Vertical Power feed unit 1-200-982

Page 108 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 109

Dividing Heads - Semi Universal BS ‘0’ 2-100-100 BS ‘1’ 2-100-200 100mm Centre Height 128mm Centre Height MODEL BS ‘O’ & MODEL BS ‘1’ Features l Hardened & ground Spindle is rigidly held in a tapered seat by a draw-in nut l Hardened & ground worm is adjustable to mesh correctly with helically cut phosphor-bronze worm Gear and it can be disengaged for the direct indexing l The ratio between the worm and the worm Gear is 40:1 l The Swivel Head can be locked at any angle from 10° below horizontal to 90° vertical (calibration is for guidance only). l It can divide in any angle by direct, indirect or differential method l Both models have 24 hole dividing Plates for fast direct indexing on no. 2,3,4,6,8,12 & 24 l Both models have Threaded Spindle Nose for Chuck Back Plate, Spindle is 11/2” diameter x 8TPI. l Easy indexing of all numbers from 2 to 50 & many numbers from 52 to 380 l Complete with head, adjustable Tailstock, 3 Indexing Plates, Centre, 24 Hole Dividing Plate & Threaded Back Plate fitted to Chuck. Mill Tooling

Dia of Specification A B H h a b g Weight Centre Spindle HEADSTOCK mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Taper Kgs hole BS ‘0’ 177 188 173 100 160 91 16 MT2 18 25

BS ‘1’ 245 230 220 128 205 114 16 MT3 20 45

Specification A1 B1 H1 h1 I1 a 1 b 1 g 1 TAILSTOCK mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm BS ‘0’ 155-180 64 107 80-108 11 134 94 16 BS ‘1’ 170-195 64 150 150-115 11 155 110 16

Included as standard: Showing: 3 Jaw Chuck fitted onto Back Plate, also a standard Accessory. l 5” Dia for BS ‘0’• 6” Dia for BS ‘1’ and other Accessories as shown in picture.

Page 108 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 109 Dividing Heads - Universal BS ‘2’133mm Centre Height 2-100-300

Features l Hardened & ground Spindle is rigidly held in a tapered seat by a draw-in nut l Hardened & ground worm is adjustable to mesh correctly with helically cut phosphor-bronze worm Gear & it can be disengaged for direct indexing l The ratio between the worm & the worm Gear is 40:1 l The Swivel Head can be locked at any angle from l 1 10° below horizontal to 90° vertical (calibration is for guidance only) It has a Threaded Spindle 2 /4 “ diameter x 8TPI for Chuck Back Plate l Easy indexing of all numbers from 2 to 50 & many numbers from 52 to 380. It is also equipped for differential indexing of all numbers from 2 to 380 & spiral cutting. l It is complete with Dividing Head, adjustable Tailstock, 3 Indexing Plates, Centre for driving assembly, Gear Arbour, 12 Gears with 2 Arms for differential Indexing or Transmitting Machine Table Feed to worm shaft for spiral cutting & Chuck Back Plate with Chuck fitted.

Specification Spindle A B H h a b g Centre hole Weight HEADSTOCK mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Taper mm Kgs

BS ‘2’ 359 340 235 134 212 135 16 MT4 25 95

Specification A1 B1 H1 h1 I1 a 1 b 1 g 1 TAILSTOCK mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

BS ‘2’ 135-175 75 130 120-145 15 175 125 16

Included as standard: 8" 3 Jaw chuck, indexing plates, tailstock, set of gears and other accessories shown in the picture above

Page 110 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 111 Horizontal & Vertical Rotary Tables HV 6, HV 8, HV 10, HV 12, HV 14, HV 16

l Low height of Table means more working capacity of Machine l Totally ground finish provides high precision & smooth rotation

l The centre of Table is fitted to an inner conical tapered part. It ensures deflection free operation

l The worm Gear ratio is 90:1

l The circumference of the Table is scaled 360° direct reading on dial 1 (1 minute of a degree) & on Vernier scale 10 seconds (1/360th of a degree) except HV6 20 seconds.

Specification CENTRE TABLE T-SLOT TABLE FROM CENTRE NO OF WEIGHT STOCK MODEL DIA HEIGHT WIDTH SLEEVE SLOTS KGS NUMBERS FACE

HV 6 150mm 80mm 102mm 11mm 2MT 3 12 2-200-100 HV 8 205mm 102mm 135mm 14mm 3MT 3 25 2-200-200 HV 10 254mm 110mm 165mm 14mm 3MT 6 36 2-200-300 Mill Tooling HV 12 305mm 125mm 195mm 16mm 4MT 6 59 2-200-400 HV 14 353mm 125mm 225mm 16mm 4MT 6 77 2-200-500 HV 16 406mm 130mm 260mm 16mm 4MT 6 106 2-200-600 LARGER SIZE HORIZONTAL ROTARY TABLES AVAILABLE TO ORDER 500, 630, 800, 1000 1250mm

TAILSTOCK (ADJUSTABLE) Specification Model To Suit Highest Lowest Stock No. TS 1 HV6 110 75 2-230-100 TS 2 HV8,10 145 115 2-230-200 TS 3 HV12 200 130 2-230-300 TS 4 HV14,16 260 190 2-230-400

DIVIDING PLATES Specification Number of holes of Dividing Plates (DP1) Model To Suit Stock No. A-PLATE: 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 DP 1 HV6 2-220-000 B-PLATE: 21, 23, 27, 29, 31, 33 DP 2 HV8 2-220-100 DP 3 HV10,12,14,16 2-220-200 C-PLATE: 37, 39, 41, 43, 47, 49 DP 4 SIS-8 2-220-300

Number of holes of Dividing Plates (DP2,3,4)

A-PLATE : 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 37, 38, 39, 41, 43, 44, 46, 47, 49, 51, 53, 57, 59

B-PLATE: 61, 63, 67, 69, 71, 73, 77, 79,

81, 83, 87, 89, 91, 97, 93, 99

Page 110 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 111

Super Indexing Spacer SIS 8 8" SS 6 6" SS 8 8" 2-300-100 2-300-200 2-300-300

SIS 8 8"

l A complete answer to indexing requirements l Suitable to use on Drilling, Milling & Jig Boring Machines l 24 position Index Plate is hardened & dial is in Satin Chromed l 360° graduation ring & vernier calibration to 10 seconds l Worm Gear ratio of 90:1 for easy count l Complete with 8” Chuck, 10” Face Plate, 6 Masking Plates, Indexing Plates & Tailstock.

Specification Chucking Capacity 8” Through Hole 63 mm Maximum Individual Spacing Error 30 sec Vernier Reading 10 sec Concentricity of Chuck 0.0016” T.I.R. Weight 90 Kgs

SUPER SPACER SS 6 6" & SS 8 8"

• Suitable for use on Drilling, Milling & Jig Boring Machines • 24 position Index Plates is hardened for longer life • 6 Masking Plates for 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 and 12 divisions • Clamping shoes lock Spindle without affecting Spindle alignment.

Page 112 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 113

Super Indexing Spacer Clamping Kits & Angle Plates SIS 8 8" SS 6 6" SS 8 8" CK, AP CLAMPING KITS Features l A most essential accessory – a complete answer to clamping l Saves setting up time l Covers a wide range l Choice of models. 58 Pc. Steel clamping kit includes; l 24 Pcs Studs 4 of each length 3”,4”,5”,6”,7” and 8” l 6 Pcs T nuts, 6 Pcs Flanged Nuts l 4 Pcs Coupling Nuts, 6 Pcs Step Clamp l 12 Pcs (6 Pairs) Step Blocks.

Specification Stud T SLOT Weight MODEL Size SIZE Kgs Stock No.

PK 103 ³/8” 16NC ¹/2” 8 3-100-100 PK 104 ¹/2” 13NC ⁵/8” 12 3-100-200

PK 105 ⁵/8” 11NC ³/4” 16 3-100-300 PK 103M 10mm 12mm 8 3-100-100M PK 104M 12mm 14mm 12 3-100-200M PK 104M2 12mm 16mm 12 3-100-200M2 PK 105M 16mm 18mm 16 3-100-300M

*PK 106M 18mm 20mm 31 3-100-400M

*PK 107M 20mm 22mm 33 3-100-500M *May be packed differently due to weight Mill Tooling Plastic Carry Case Mill Tooling

PK106M, PK107M MAYBE PACKED DIFFERENTLY DUE TO WEIGHT

SOME PK105 & PK104M2 MAY STILL BE PACKED LIKE THIS

ANGLE PLATES

l Excel Angle Plates are Specification made of high quality SpecificationWeight Stock casting Model Size Kgs No. l Stress relieved & 1 1 AP 3 3 x 2 /2 x 2” /2 2-400-100 ground finished 1 1 AP 4 4 /2 x 3 /2 x 3” 2 2-400-200 l These are webbed 1 AP 6 6 x 5 x 4 /2” 4 2-400-300 for rigidity AP 8 8 x 6 x 5” 7 2-400-400 l Workshop grade AP 10 10 x 8 x 6” 12 2-400-500 accuracy. AP 12 12 x 9 x 8” 20 2-400-600

Page 112 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 113

Tilting Plates, Angle Lock Vices CA, ALV

SWIVEL ANGLE PLATES CA 1 2-500-100 CA 2 2-500-200 CA 3 2-500-300 CA 4 2-500-400

l Excel Swivel Angle Plates are made of high quality casting l Stress relieved & ground finish l These are extremely useful for multipurpose angle setting l Workshop grade accuracy.

S p e c i fi c a t i o n T-Slot Weight Model A B C D H mm Kgs CA 1 200 150 45 14 120 3 12

CA 2 254 202 68 16 150 3 23

CA 3 300 250 70 16 165 3 35

CA 4 380 300 70 16 180 3 46

ANGLE LOCK ALV 4 ALV 6 ALV6 X

VICES 3-106-100 3-106-200 3-106-200X

l Made of high quality Ductile Iron 8000 PSI for minimum distortion l The enclosed Lead Screw & sliding surface are hardened & ground l Highest clamping power l It’s very accurate & durable l This Vice is so designed that the horizontal force generated by tightening the handle pushes the semi-sphere within the movable Jaw & thus thrusts the movable Jaw downwards. Therefore the workpiece does not move up, even if it is held at the top of the Jaw Specification Plates. Jaw Jaw Swivel Overall l Swivel Base is Weight Jaw Open Height Base Height graduated through 360° MODEL Width Kgs l Precision ground face mm mm Height mm for accuracy. ALV 4 mm102 102 32 35 125 25 ALV 6 152 153 44 42 160 42 ALV 6X 152 190 44 42 160 45

Page 114 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 115

Super Opening & K Type Vices P 400, P 600 K 4, K 5, K 6, K 8

P 400 3-110-100 P 600 3-110-200

l Enclosed Screw l Distortion free gripping l Extra large capacity l Swivel Base is graduated through 360°. Mill Tooling

Specification mm Weight Model A B C D E F G H I J K L Kgs P400 8” Opening on 4” Vice 110 37 180 522 440 133 168 94 58 80 97 150 25 P600 12” Opening on 6” Vice 154 54 300 695 540 186 200 131 78 116 90 182 55

ALV6 X K TYPE SWIVEL BASE MILLING VICE K4 4" 3-115-100 K5 5" 3-115-200 K6 6" 3-115-300 K8 8" 3-115-400

l Excel K Type Vices are made of FC25, the Jaw Plates made of Steel l Precision ground body construction l Bronze nuts for long life.

Specification Specification Weight Model E A B H R S a b h h2 g g2 Kgs K4 4” 100 267 106 75 65 295 160 114 30 25 13 13 12 K5 5” 125 345 128 98 87 370 210 50 36 30 14 14 20

K6 6” 150 421 160 105 114 462 245 175 40 40 16 16 30

K8 8” 200 576 215 144 150 620 340 230 58 45 18 18 60

Page 114 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 115

Hydraulic & 2 Piece Vice HMS, 206, 208

OPTIMUM HYDRAULIC MACHINE VICES l Robust design for milling, drilling and grinding lVice body made of premium cast material lGuide surfaces tempered and polished

l Booster system requires little force, high pressure build-up during clamping l Large clamping range due to lock bolts with various hole spacings l With turntable, rotating through 360°. Protected spindle HMS 100 0335-5100 HMS 125 0335-5127 HMS 150 0335-5150 HMS 200 0335-5200

Jaw Jaw Slot Overall Clamp Specification Length Height Weight Clamp Depth Width Size Width Force Force Model A D E L B H Kg Kg kN HMS 100 mm 36 100 15 525 Ø270 122 27 2500 24.5 HMS 125 mm 46 127 16 670 Ø290 151 46 4000 39.25 HMS 150 mm 51 150 17 710 Ø328 158 64 4500 44.1

HMS 200 mm 65 200 19 800 Ø358 169 100 7500 73.6 'C' Clamping Range

Position 1 Position 2 Position 3 Prism Jaws For HMS 100 0 - 60mm, 57 - 115mm, 110 - 170mm, HMS 100 0335-5102 HMS 125 0 - 75mm, 72 - 150mm, 146- 224mm, HMS 125 0335-5129 HMS 150 0 - 100mm, 98 - 200mm, 195- 300mm, HMS 150 0335-5152 HMS 200 0 - 100mm, 98 - 200mm, 195- 300mm, HMS 200 0335-5202 2-PIECE MILLING MACHINE VICES For extra long work, utilise full length of Machine Bed. Work piece is located directly on bed for rigidity. Soft Jaws locate on bed & can be keyed to table slots for accuracy. These are much lighter to handle than one piece vice of same capacity. Quarter turn of detachable handle clamp works firm enough for heaviest cuts.

Specification Jaw Jaw Depth Weight Stock Model Width mm Kgs Number

206 150 75 14 3-125-100 208 200 83 20 3-125-200

Page 116 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 117

Universal Swivel & Tilting Vice UV, ZAS 50, STV,

UNIVERSAL 3 WAY ANGLE VICE UV 4 3-185-200

UV 5 3-185-300

l Angles can be set in 3 dimensions. Swivels 360° around base. The Vice can be elevated through 90° from the horizontal to vertical. And also can be tilted on its lower Angle Base up to 45° in both right and left.

l Tilting of any angle all keep the work piece steady, smooth

l Particularly the clamping part of Screw is strengthened by a bush made of gunmetal.

Specification Height Jaw Jaws Jaw at Verti. Weight Model Width Open Depth H L Position Kg

UV 4 106 105 38 172 460 470 32 UV 5 132 140 40 205 625 590 50 Mill Tooling

SWIVEL & TILTING VICES

ZAS 50 0335-4170 l Ideally suited for Angle Milling l Totally enclosed Screw STV 100 3-120-100 l Swivel Base graduated through 360° 3-120-200 l Vice tilts through 45° STV 125 l Heavy duty construction. STV 160 3-120-300 Prism Jaws For HMS 100 0335-5102 HMS 125 0335-5129 HMS 150 0335-5152 HMS 200 0335-5202 ZAS 50

STV

Specification Jaw Jaw Jaw Total Total Total Width Hgt. Open Length Width Height Weight Model mm mm mm mm mm mm Kgs

ZAS 50 50 22 46 205 100 87 3.4 STV 100 100 32 80 372 144 145 13.2

STV 125 125 40 100 437 168 169 19.0 STV 160 160 50 125 492 212 195 34.2

Page 116 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 117

Vee Blocks, Parallels CI, 308, OKV, PP

CAST IRON “V” BLOCKS B l Accurately machined l Matched pairs D l Made from seasoned casting.

Specification C Model A B C D Weight Stock No. 2U 50 25 32 33 0.5 3-200-100 3U 75 45 60 33 2 3-200-200 A 4U 100 57 66 41 2.5 3-200-300 5U 125 63 80 50 4 3-200-400 6U 150 80 89 63 6.5 3-200-500 HI-PRECISION 308 “V” BLOCKS B WITH CLAMPS Features: C l Matched pairs, hardened & ground l Each set contains 2 V-Blocks & 2 clamps l Made of medium Stock Carbon Steel. No. Specification OKV Dimensions mm Weight A Model A B C Cap. Kgs

308A 50mm 40mm 30mm 30mm 1 3-210-100 308B 60mm 50mm 40mm 40mm 1.5 3-210-200 C 308C 70mm 60mm 50mm 50mm 2.2 3-210-300 OKV312 40mm 45mm 35mm 25mm 1.1 3-220-100

OKV313 44mm 70mm 40mm 38mm 1.7 3-220-200 OKV314 65mm 70mm 45mm 38mm 2.4 3-220-300 OKV315 90mm 124mm 70mm 54mm 10.5 3-220-400 B A

METRIC PARALLEL SETS

l 10 Pairs 3mm wide, 150mm long l Height 8mm, 13mm, 16mm, 19mm, 22,mm 25mm, 31mm, 35mm, 38mm, 41mm 0335-4001

l 9 Pairs 8.5mm wide, 150mm long l Height 14mm, 16mm, 20mm, 24mm, 30mm, 32mm, 36mm, 40mm, 44mm 0353-6191

Page 118 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 119

ER Collet Chucks

ER COLLET CHUCKS & COLLETS ER Collets cover better range than others due to extra flexibility. Their sizes increase in 1mm increments. Imperial sizes are also covered by the Metric Collets e.g. 10mm hold all sizes ER 25 with 7 Collets: 4,6,8,10,12,14,16mm 3 over 9mm and upto 10mm. Therefore /8” size is covered by this. ER 32 with 7 Collets: 4,6,8,10,12,16,20mm Specification Draw Bar No of Stock ER 40 with 7 Collets: 6,8,10,12,16,20,25mm. Model Shank Tapping Collets No.

ER 25 2MT 10mm 7 3-583-001 ER 25 3MT 10mm 7 3-583-051 ER 25 3MT 12mm 7 3-583-052

ER 25 30INT 12mm 7 3-583-101

ER 25 40INT 16mm 7 3-583-201

ER 32 R8 7/16” UNF 7 3-582-101 ER 32 40INT 16mm 7 3-582-201 ER 32 50INT 24mm 7 3-582-301

ER 40 R8 7/16” UNF 7 3-581-101 ER 40 40INT 16mm 7 3-581-201 ER 40 50INT 24mm 7 3-581-301 Mill Tooling

Individual Collets ER25

3-2mm 3-583-903 10-9mm 3-583-910 4-3mm 3-583-904 11-10mm 3-583-911 5-4mm 3-583-905 12-11mm 3-583-912 6-5mm 3-583-906 13-12mm 3-583-913 7-6mm 3-583-907 14-13mm 3-583-914 8-7mm 3-583-908 15-14mm 3-583-915 9-8mm 3-583-909 16-15mm 3-583-916 Individual Collets ER32

3-2mm 3-582-903 12-11mm 3-582-912 4-3mm 3-582-904 13-12mm 3-582-913 5-4mm 3-582-905 14-13mm 3-582-914 6-5mm 3-582-906 15-14mm 3-582-915 It is complete in a box with a Wrench & Collets. 7-6mm 3-582-907 16-15mm 3-582-916 8-7mm 3-582-908 17-16mm 3-582-917 9-8mm 3-582-909 18-17mm 3-582-918 10-9mm 3-582-910 19-18mm 3-582-919 11-10mm 3-582-911 20-19mm 3-582-920

Individual Collets ER40 4-3mm 3-625-904 16-15mm 3-625-916 5-4mm 3-625-905 17-16mm 3-625-917 6-5mm 3-625-906 18-17mm 3-625-918 7-6mm 3-625-907 19-18mm 3-625-919 8-7mm 3-625-908 20-19mm 3-625-920 9-8mm 3-625-909 21-20mm 3-625-921 10-9mm 3-625-910 22-21mm 3-625-922 11-10mm 3-625-911 23-22mm 3-625-923 12-11mm 3-625-912 24-23mm 3-625-924 13-12mm 3-625-913 25-24mm 3-625-925 14-13mm 3-625-914 26-25mm 3-625-926 15-14mm 3-625-915

Page 118 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 119 R8 Collets, Tapping Heads & Boring Bars Set

7 Specification 16 ” x 20 UNF EXCEL R8 R8 x ¹/4" 3-520-100E R8 x 6mm 3-530-100E COLLETS Drawbar Tapping R8 x ³/8" 3-520-200E R8 x 10mm 3-530-200E R8 x ¹/2" 3-520-300E R8 x 12mm 3-530-300E R8 x ⁵/8" 3-520-400E R8 x 16mm 3-530-400E R8 x ³/4" 3-520-500E R8 x 20mm 3-530-500E

R8 x ¹/4" 3-520-100T R8 x 6mm 3-530-100T R8 x ⁵/16" 3-520-150T R8 x 8mm 3-530-150T R8 x ³/8" 3-520-200T R8 x 10mm 3-530-200T R8 x ¹/2" 3-520-300T R8 x 12mm 3-530-300T R8 x ⁵/8" 3-520-400T R8 x 16mm 3-530-400T R8 x ³/4" 3-520-500T R8 x 20mm 3-530-500T

Specification NT40 THQC 115 3-660-200 BORING Shank No of Stock Dia PCs No. BAR SETS 3/8" 9 3-620-000 ¹/2" 9 3-620-100 CARBIDE ⁵/8" 12 3-620-150 TIPPED 3/4" 12 3-620-200 10mm 9 3-620-001 12mm 9 3-620-101 Quick change tap holder for above Tapping 16mm 12 3-620-151 Heads, with built in overload safety clutch. 18mm 12 3-620-201 Type TCS1B

Specification Stock No.

3mm Q.C. Tap Holder 3-660-903 4mm Q.C. Tap Holder 3-660-904 5mm Q.C. Tap Holder 3-660-905 6mm Q.C. Tap Holder 3-660-906 8mm Q.C. Tap Holder 3-660-908 10mm Q.C. Tap Holder 3-660-910 12mm Q.C. Tap Holder 3-660-912

Page 120 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 121

Universal Boring & Facing Heads & Boring Bars Set UBFH 250 3-615-100 (Without Shank)

Shank l It is made of high precision optional parts for smooth running l Three rates of Feed, very easily adjustable l Boring & Facing Head is supplied with comprehensive range of accessories - Boring Bars, Extension Bars, Boring Tools, Allen Keys, Stop Rod, Boring Bar Holder. l Boring Head accepts 18mm diameter tools l Offset of head is 15mm l Clutch safeguard from damage in the event of over travel l Mechanism of the Boring Head has a lubrication circuit which provides oil from two lubricators to all friction surfaces l

Dial is calibrated to read Mill Tooling 0.01mm l Weight: 5Kgs.

Specification

Body Diameter 84mm Height Without Shank 80mm Graduated Dial Calibration 0.01mm Per Rev Movement 0.2mm Auto Feed (Facing) Rates 3

Auto Feed (Facing) Ranges 0.02-0.12mm

Vertical Tool Positions 3 Hole Size 18mm Min. Capacity 5mm Max. Capacity 250mm

SHANKS ONLY SHANKS for UBFH 250 & BH 300 Shank Inch Metric Taper Tapping Tapping 3MT M12 3-615-941

30 INT 1/2" 3-615-900 M12 3-615-901 40 INT 5/8 3-615-910 M16 3-615-911 BT 40 M16 3-615-912 50 INT 1" 3-615-920 M24 3-615-921 R8 7/16" UNF 3-615-930

Page 120 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 121

Boring Heads BH 120, BH 250, BH 300

BORING HEADS BH 120 (Without Shank) Imperial 3-590-100

BH 120 (Without Shank) Metric 3-590-101

l  Extremely rigid l Precision reading to 0.001”/0.01mm l Capacity ³/ 8 " to 4 ³/ 4 " , 10 - 120mm l Holes for Boring bars are ¹/ 2" or 12mm. SHANKS ONLY

Shank Inch Stock Metric Stock Taper Tapping No. Tapping No. " 3 MT 3/8 3-590-900 1/2 3-590-905 M12 3-590-902 " R8 7/16 UNF 3-590-910

30 INT 1/2 " 3-590-920 M12 3-590-921 40 INT 5/8" 3-590-930 M16 3-590-931 2 MT 3/8" 3-590-940 M10 3-590-941 Shank optional

BORING HEADS Model Stock No. BH 250 (Without Shank) 3-600-100 BH 300 (Without Shank) 3-600-200

l BH250 (Head Only) 10” Capacity l BH300 (Head Only) 12” Cap. l Weight: BH250 6Kgs BH300 8Kgs l Boring Heads are complete with Shank Extension Bars, Boring Bars & optional l Holes for Boring Bars are 16mm in BH250, 18mmin BH300.

SHANKS ONLY

SHANKS FOR BH250 SHANKS FOR BH 300 & UBFH 250

Shank Inch Stock Metric Stock Shank Inch Stock Metric Stock Taper Tapping No. Tapping No. Taper Tapping No. Tapping No. " 3 MT ¹/ 2 3-600-900 M12 3-600-901 3 MT M12 3-615-941 30 INT ¹/ 2 " 3-600-910 M12 3-600-911 30 INT ¹/ 2 " 3-615-900 M12 3-615-901 40 INT ⁵/ 8 " 3-600-920 M16 3-600-921 40 INT ⁵/ 8 " 3-615-910 M16 3-615-911 BT 40 M16 3-615-912 50 INT 1 " 3-600-930 M24 3-600-931 50 INT 1 3-615-920 M24 3-615-921 R8 7/16" UNF 3-600-940 R8 7/16" UNF 3-615-930

Page 122 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 123

Shell End Mill Arbors & Milling Machine Adapters

SHELL END MILL ARBORS MILLING MACHINE ADAPTORS For changing larger to smaller International Tapers

Specification Stock Number 40 INT External 30 INT Internal 4-160-100 50 INT External 30 INT Internal 4-160-200 50 INT External 40 INT Internal 4-160-300

Changing from R8 to Morse Taper Mill Tooling Mill Tooling

Specification Stock Number

R8 External 1MT Internal 4-140-000 R8 External 2MT Internal 4-140-100 R8 External 3MT Internal 4-140-200

Changing from International Tapers to Morse Tapers Specification Shank Spigot Stock Spigot Dia Stock Dia No. (Cutter Bore) No.

30 INT ³/4" 3-890-300 16mm 3-890-350 30 INT 1" 3-890-310 22mm 3-890-360 30 INT 1¹/4" 3-890-320 27mm 3-890-370 40 INT ³/4" 3-890-400 16mm 3-890-450 40 INT 1" 3-890-410 22mm 3-890-460 Specification Stock Number 40 INT 1¹/4" 3-890-420 27mm 3-890-470 40 INT 1¹/2" 3-890-430 32mm 3-890-480 Model Imperial Metric 40 INT 2" 3-890-440 40mm 3-890-490 30 INT External 2MT Internal 4-150-000 4-150-001 Inch Metric 50 INT " 3-890-500 22mm 3-890-550 ³/4 30 INT External 3MT Internal 4-150-050 4-150-051 Tapping Tapping 50 INT 1" 3-890-510 27mm 3-890-560 40 INT External 2MT Internal 4-150-100 4-150-101 50 INT 1 " 3-890-520 32mm 3-890-570 ¹/4 40 INT External 3MT Internal 4-150-200 4-150-201 50 INT 1 " 3-890-530 40mm 3-890-580 ¹/2 40 INT External 4MT Internal 4-150-300 4-150-301 50 INT 2" 3-890-540 50mm 3-890-590 50 INT External 3MT Internal 4-150-400 4-150-401 R8 " 3-890-800 22mm 3-890-850 ³/4 50 INT External 4MT Internal 4-150-500 4-150-501 R8 1" 3-890-810 27mm 3-890-860 50 INT External 5MT Internal 4-150-600 4-150-601 R8 1¹/4" 3-890-820 32mm 3-890-870

Page 122 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 123 Drill Chucks & Arbors

l Made from High Quality Material • Toughened Body and Hardened Jaws are Precision Ground for Accuracy. LLAMBRICH PRECISION CHUCK KEY TYPE STANDARD Specification

Model Size Stock No.

CY 13 1 - 13mm Capacity with J6 Taper 4-105-100 CY 16 1 - 16mm Capacity with J3 Taper 4-105-200

CY 16 1-16mm Capacity with B16 Taper 4-105-300 LLAMBRICH KEY TYPE WITH BALL BEARING Specification

Model Size Stock No. CBB 13 1 - 13mm Capacity with J6 Taper 4-106-100 CBB 16 1 - 16mm Capacity with J3 Taper 4-106-200

LLAMBRICH KEYLESS CHUCK Specification

Model Size Stock No. CKS 13 1 - 13mm Capacity with J6 Taper 4-126-100

CKS 16 3 - 16mm Capacity with J6 Taper 4-126-200

OPTIMUM KEYLESS CHUCK Specification

Model Size Stock No.

DKC13 1-13mm Capacity with B16 Taper 0305-0632 DKC16 1-16mm Capacity with B16 Taper 0305-0633

DRILL CHUCK ARBORS FOR MILLING MACHINES Specification R8 TAPER - JACOBS & B16 Model Taper Tapping Stock No R8 x J2 7/16" UNF 3-860-100 R8 x J6 7/16" UNF 3-860-200 R8 x J3 7/16" UNF 3-860-300 R8 x J4 7/16" UNF 3-860-400 R8 x B16 7/16" UNF 3-860-500 ISO 30 & 40 - 30 INT x J6 ³/8" Whit 3-880-100 30 INT x J6 ¹/2" Whit 3-880-200 JACOBS 6 & B16 30 INT x J6 12mm 3-880-300 30 INT x J6 ¹/2" UNC 3-880-400 40 INT x J6 ⁵/8" Whit 3-880-500 40 INT x J6 16mm 3-880-600 40 INT x B16 16mm 3-880-700

Page 124 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 125 Drill Chucks & Arbors Dial Indicators - Clock Stand & Micrometers DIAL TEST INDICATORS OUTSIDE MICROMETERS • For measuring internal & external with data presetting function • Calibration 0.025 • Range 0.05mm • Carbide measuring faces • Chrome plated frame.

Specification Imperial Graduation Stock No. Specification DTI I 0.0001” 7-004-200 Model Size Graduation Stock No Metric OM 1 0-1” 0.001” 7-100-100 DTI M 0.01mm 7-004-201 OM 2 1-2” 0.001” 7-100-200 Imperial/Metric Dual OM 3 2-3 0.001” 7-100-300 OM 4 3-4” 0.001” 7-100-400 DTI D 0.01mm/0.0005” 7-004-100

OM 25 0-25mm 0.01mm 7-101-100

OM 50 25-50mm 0.01mm 7-101-200 DIAL INDICATOR OM 75 50-75mm 0.01mm 7-101-300

OM 100 75-100mm 0.01mm 7-101-400

• Plunger type OM 125 100-125 0.01mm 7-101-500 • Metric calibration • Graduation 0.01mm Mill Tooling 4 PC O/S MICROMETERS

Specification Stock No

DI 10 0-10mm Range 7-002-100 DI 30 0-30mm Range 7-003-100

ELECTRONIC DIAL INDICATORS

EDI 12 7-001-100

OM 100/4 0-100mm 0.01mm 7-102-004 • Imperial/Metric • Zero at any position DIGITAL O/S MICROMETERS • Graduation 0.01mm/0.0005” • Range 12.50mm - 0.5”

MAGNETIC Graduation: CLOCK 0.001mm/0.00005 STAND • Carbide measuring faces, auto power off, zero setting at any position • Metric/Inch conversion at any position • Data hold function, absolute measurement & comparison MCS 7-040-100 measurement at any position. Specification Model Size Stock No

DOM 25 0-25mm / 0-1” 7-105-100 • Powerful DOM 50 25-50mm / 1-2” 7-105-200 magnetic base DOM 75 50-75mm / 2-3” 7-105-300 • Easy to turn on/off DOM 100 75-100mm / 3-4” 7-105-400

Page 124 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 125 Depth Micrometers, Height Gauges & Verniers DEPTH MICROMETERS DIGITAL HEAVY DUTY VERNIERS

For measuring internal & external with data presetting function. Absolute measurement and comparison measurement conversation at any position, metric/inch conversion at any position.

Specification Model DMI 4 Graduation Stock No. Graduation: 0.01mm/0.0005” 0-4" 0.001” 7-110-400 Model Specification DMM 100 Graduation Stock No. Model Size Stock No. 0-100mm 0.01mm 7-111-400 DHDV 20 0 - 500mm / 20” 7-126-100 DHDV 24 0 - 600mm / 24” 7-126-200 DHDV 32 0 - 800mm / 32” 7-126-300 VERNIER HEIGHT GAUGES DHDV 40 0 - 1000mm / 40” 7-126-400 l Carbide tipped with fine adjustment l  made of stainless Steel. DIGITAL HEIGHT Graduation: 0.01mm/0.0005” GAUGES Specification l Carbide tipped scriber with fine Model Size Stock No. adjustment l Manual power on/off VHG 20 0 - 500mm / 20” 7-130-100 l Zero setting at any position VHG 24 0 - 600mm / 24” 7-130-200 l Metric/Inch conversion at any VHG 40 0 - 1000mm / 40” 7-130-300 position l Absolute measurement & DIGITAL KNIFE EDGE comparison presetting function. VERNIERS l For measuring internal external & depth l Thumb wheel for easy movement l Manual power on/off l Zero setting at any position, Metric / Inch conversion at any position.

Graduation: 0.01mm/0.0005”

Graduation: 0.01mm/0.0005” Specification Model Size Stock No Specification DKEV 6 0 - 150mm / 6” 7-125-100 Model Size Stock No DKEV 8 0 - 200mm / 8” 7-125-200 DHG 24 0 - 600mm / 24” 7-131-100 DKEV 12 0 - 300mm / 12” 7-125-300 DHG 40 0 - 1000mm / 40” 7-131-200

Page 126 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 127 Depth Micrometers, Depth Gauges, Protractors Height Gauges & Verniers Metric Gauge Blocks DEPTH & DIGITAL UNIVERSAL BEVEL VERNIERS PROTRACTOR With magnifier, 200 & 300mm Spare Blades 7-025-100 Range 0 – 360° UBP12 Accuracy ± 5’ Reading 5’

Specification Model Size Stock No DV 150 0 - 150mm Depth Verniers 7-108-150 DV 200 0 - 200mm Depth Verniers 7-108-200 DV 300 0 - 300mm Depth Verniers 7-108-300

DDV 150 0 - 150mm Digital Depth Verniers 7-109-150 DDV 200 0 - 200mm Digital Depth Verniers 7-109-200 DDV 300 0 - 300mm Digital Depth Verniers 7-109-300 METRIC GAUGE BLOCKS

UNIVERSAL BEVEL MGB 87/1 MGB 87/0 Mill Tooling MGB 87/1 87 Piece set Grade 1 7-010-087, PROTRACTOR MGB 87/0 87 Piece set Grade 0 7-010-088

l Made to Din 861 l Factory calibrated at 68°F (20°C) l Inspection Grade (Grade 1) l Calibration Certificate from Factory. UBP 320 l ‘O’ Inspection ‘1’ Workshop 7-025-150

COMBINATION SET SQUARE PROTRACTOR WITH 300MM BLADE

0 – 180° measuring CSSP12 range 7-025-200

Specification Unit Range in Steps 9 Pieces 1.001 - 1.009mm in 0.001mm steps 49 Pieces 1.01 - 1.49mm in 0.01mm steps 19 Pieces 0.5 - 9.5mm in 0.5mm steps 10 Pieces 10 - 100mm in 10mm steps

Page 126 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 127 Centre Drills, Drill Sets Taper Shank Drills CENTRE DRILL SETS DRILLS M2 HSS

Specification Model Size Stock No. 7-500-000 CD 5 DSM 13 13 Pc Drill Set 1.5-6.5mm x 0.5mm 7-500-100 Set of Centre Drills - DSM 19 19 Pc Drill Set 1-10mm x 0.5mm 7-500-200 1 of each DSM 25 25 Pc Drill Set 1-13mm x 0.5mm 7-500-300 DSI 21 21 Pc Drill Set 1/16 - 3/8 x 1/64 7-500-400 no. 1, 2, 3 ,4 5 DSI 29 29 Pc Drill Set 1/16 -1/2 x 1/64 7-500-500 EDGE SENSOR TAPER SHANK DRILL SETS MT 2 0305-1002 MT 3 0305-1003 WORKPIECE SUPPORT 9 Piece

Sizes 14.5, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28 & 30mm

Long Service Life Good Chip Removal Right Handed

TAPER SHANK DRILLS M2 HSS No 4 MT Shank Diameter Stock No. 32.0mm 7-504-320 33.0mm 7-504-330 34.0mm 7-504-340 35.0mm 7-504-350 No 1 MT Shank No 2 MT Shank No 3 MT Shank 36.0mm 7-504-360 Diameter Stock No. Diameter Stock No. Diameter Stock No. 37.0mm 7-504-370 38.0mm 7-504-380 17.0mm 7-502-170 12.5mm 7-501-125 23.5mm 7-503-235 39.0mm 7-504-390 13.0mm 7-501-130 17.5mm 7-502-175 24.0mm 7-503-240 18.0mm 40.0mm 7-504-400 13.5mm 7-501-135 7-502-180 24.5mm 7-503-245 18.5mm 7-502-185 41.0mm 7-504-410 14.0mm 7-501-140 25.0mm 7-503-250 19.0mm 7-502-190 42.0mm 7-504-420 25.5mm 7-503-255 19.5mm 7-502-195 43.0mm 7-504-430 No 2 MT Shank 26.0mm 20.0mm 7-502-200 7-503-260 44.0mm 7-504-440 Diameter Stock No. 20.5mm 7-502-205 26.5mm 7-503-265 45.0mm 7-504-450 14.5mm 7-502-145 21.0mm 7-502-210 27.0mm 7-503-270 46.0mm 7-504-460 15.0mm 7-502-150 21.5mm 7-502-215 28.0mm 7-503-280 47.0mm 7-504-470 15.5mm 7-502-155 22.0mm 7-502-220 29.0mm 7-503-290 48.0mm 7-504-480 16.0mm 7-502-160 22.5mm 7-502-225 30.0mm 7-503-300 49.0mm 7-504-490 16.5mm 7-502-165 23.0mm 7-502-230 31.0mm 7-503-310 50.0mm 7-504-500

Page 128 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 129 Milling Accessories NEW

CARBIDE END MILL SET M2 HSS 0335-2118 l 18-part; 3 each in the sizes 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12 mm 3 pc. each l 4-cutting edge version l Coated solid carbide end mill (TiALN) l Centre cut for plunging l Rake angle 35°

RADIUS END MILL SET 0335-2116 3 pc. each

l 9 - part; 3 each in the sizes 4 mm, 6 mm, 8 mm l 2 - cutting edge version l Coated solid carbide end mill (TiALN) l Face cutting geometry for plunging l Rake angle 30°

EDGE SENSOR

0335-1171 Mill Tooling

l Rotating spindle l Probe Ø 10 mm

WORKPIECE SUPPORT Min Max Height Height ØC ØD Load Weight Material S 45C (A)mm (B)mm mm mm Kn Kg WPS-1 adjust.height 40 - 50 mm 0335-4261 40 50 30 40 50 0.3 WPS-2 adjust.height 65 - 90 mm 0335-4262 65 90 28 38 50 0.4 WPS-3 adjust.height 90 - 140 mm 0335-4263 90 140 40 50 50 1.1

WPS-4 adjust.height 140 - 230 mm 0335-4264 140 230 45 55 50 2.3

ANTI VIBRATION LEVELLING MOUNT l Effectively reduce vibration and insulate against noise l Fast and technically uncomplicated Diameter Stock No. levelling l Eliminates floor unevenness up to 5º l Precision levelling by means of a regular threaded screw SE 55 0335-2981 l Jackscrew M12 x 150 l Maximum load: 600 kg SE 85 0335-2982 l Jackscrew M16 x 150 l Maximum load: 1500 kg

Page 128 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 129 Milling Cutters Deadlock Holders MILLING CUTTERS 20 PC SET IN BOX 7-510-100 l HSS Tin coated

l 10 pcs of 2 Flute Slot Drills l 10 pcs of 4 Flute End Mills

l Size 3, 4, 5, 8, 10, 12, 16 & 20mm.

FACE CUTTERS MT 2, MT 3 & MT 4 l Universal insert to treat all Steel and NE metals l For surface & copy Milling l Base body & Clamping Shank are a unit, l 5 Cutters thus short projection length & stable clamping l Outside diameter 52mm l Special geometry for Milling at high speed l Indexable inserts Ø10mm l ISO designation RDX. l Including 5 Cutting Inserts RDET 1003 MOSN 8026 1003 D52/R5 l Including Torx TX15.

BT FACE CUTTERS 52mm Dia. BT20 Picture with Pull Stud BT30 BT40 ISO 30 / ISO 40

Specification Shank Drawbar Stock Taper Tapping Number MT 2 M10 0335-0212 MT 3 M12 0335-0213 MT 4 M16 0335-0214 ISO 30 M12 0335-0215 ISO 40 M16 0335-0216 0335-0202 0335-0203 0335-0204

HM REVERSIBLE CARBIDE TIPS PACK OF 5 RDET 0335-0220 RDHT 0335-0221 l RDET 1003 MOSN8026 RDET RDHT l RDHT 1003 MO-FA HF7 l Positive cutting geometry l Very positive cutting geometry l PVD coated 2 l Polished l To machine steel of up to 900 N/mm l stainless steel, aluminium, To machine AL alloy, non-ferrous heavy metal, cast iron. copper base alloy, plastic material

ISO 40 & 50 Specification DEADLOCK Model d L 1 D L 2 L 3 L 4 M Stock No. Spigot Dia, Main Dia. Length ISO 40 X20 20 156 52 63 49 25 - M16 3-628-020 CUTTER Stock Number ISO d 40 X25 D 25 173 A 65 80 B54 24 25 M18 3-628-025 HOLDERS ISO 40 X32 32 173 72 80 58 24 28 M20 3-628-032

ISO 50X20 20 190 48 63 47 24 - M16 3-629-020 ISO 50X25 25 207 65 80 54 24 25 M18 3-629-025 ISO 50X32 32 207 72 80 58 24 28 M20 3-629-032 ISO 50X40 40 217 90 90 68 30 32 M20 3-629-040

Page 130 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 131 End Mill & Face Cutters INDEXABLE END MILL/ INDEXABLE HELICAL SLOT DRILL PARALLEL END MILLS Complete with inserts SHANK

With flats for Dead Lock Chuck Complete with inserts

l 5 Cutters l Outside diameter 52mm l Indexable inserts Ø10mm l ISO designation RDX. Long Cutting Edge Type 1003 D52/R5 Dimension Specification Model D 1 L1 L D Stock No. Model Dimension Stock KLXX 32 2 32 43 65 125 32 7-512-032 D L L 1 d Number Stock Number KLXX 40 4 Teeth 40 50 75 145 40 7-512-040 ZXY 2007-120 2 20 120 30 20 7-511-020 ZXY 2509-115 2 Teeth 25 115 35 25 7-511-025 End Inserts (A) Stock No. No.of Inserts ADHW 150308 7-512-900 1 Inserts Stock No. Inserts Stock No. ADMT 150308 7-512-950 2 ISO 30 / ISO 40 Mill Tooling CCMT 060204 7-511-900 CPMT 090204Z 7-511-901 Circle Inserts (B) CPMT 090308 7-511-950 CPMT 120308Z 7-511-951 SDHW 090308 7-512-901 5 Specification SDMT 090308 7-512-951 12 STOCK NUMBER FOR INSERTS ARE FOR A PACK OF 10 45° FACE 90° FACE CUTTERS CUTTERS Complete with inserts

HM REVERSIBLE CARBIDE TIPS

Complete with inserts

Specification Specification Dimension Stock No Dimension Stock No Model D d L c L Model D L d b SGMB 50 R 4 50 22 40 6 7-514-050 Teeth LXT 50 4 50 50 22 10.4 7-515-050

SGMB 63 R 4 63 22 40 6 7-514-063 Teeth LXT 63 4 63 50 22 10.4 7-515-063 SGMB 80 R 5 80 27 50 6 7-514-080 LXT 80 5 80 50 27 12.4 7-515-080 SGMB 100R 5 100 32 50 6 7-514-100 LXT 100 6 100 63 32 14.4 7-515-100 Inserts Stock No. Inserts Stock No.

SECW 1204AFN 7-514-900 APMT1604PDER 7-515-900

Page 130 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 131 BT 20, BT 30, BT 40 BT 20 Face Cutter Weldon Holders

Dia. BT 30 BT 40 0335-0202 6 mm 0335-3310 0335-3340

8mm 0335-3311 0335-3341 10 mm 0335-3312 0335-3342 12 mm 0335-3313 0335-3343 BT 20 Weldon Tool Holder 16 mm 0335-3314 0335-3344 20 mm 0335-3315 0335-3345 Ø 6 mm 0335-2732 Ø 8mm 0335-2734 Ø 10 mm 0335-2736 Morse Taper Adapters Ø 12 mm 0335-2738 BT 30 x MT2 0335-3305 BT 20 ER 16 Collet Chuck BT 40 x MT3 0335-2741 0335-3335

ER 32 Collet Chuck ER 16 Collet Chuck Spanner BT 30 ER 32 0335-3304 0335-2742 BT 40 ER 32 0335-3334 Collet Set ER 16 ER 32 Collet Chuck Spanner 12 Pieces 1-10mm 0335-3307 0334-0282

ER 32 Collet Set BT 20 - B16 Drill Chuck Arbor 18 part Collet Set 0335-2727 Ø 3-20mm 0344-1122

Pull Stud BT 20 Pull Studs 0335-2726 BT 30 0335-3302 BT 40 0335-3332

Taper Cleaning Tool

BT 30/ISO 30, R8 0335-3301 BT 30 & BT 40 BT 40 0335-3331 Face Mill Holder Assembly & Tool Adjustment Gauge For easy & precise BT30x22mm adjustment of tools. 0335-3306 Vertical & horizontal collet for tools with a steep-angle taper BT40x27mm 0335-3336 BT 30 0353-6193 BT 40 0353-6194

BT Drill Chuck Tool Height Adjuster Analogue version. For fast & BT30 1.5-16mm easy determination of the 0353-6303 reference point on the Z axis and/or for adjusting tools "to BT40 zero" (e.g for milling or drilling) 1.5-16mm without damaging the workpiece. 0353-6333 Housing height 50mm 0353-6290

Page 132 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 133 Heavy Duty Drills Geared Head TCA 50 TCE 70 Premier Range 1-340-500 1-340-705 Auto Quill Feed

Features: l Excel’s range of TCA series are heavy industrial precision built drills. l Main construction is of heavy grade castings. l Gears, Spindle & quill are made of high quality steel. l Heat treated & precision ground to close tolerances for accuracy & long life. l Splines are precision ground for smooth travel. l There is automatic lubrication to all essential moving parts. l Machines are designed for the ease & safety of the operator. l TCA 50 with mechanical clutch l TCE 70 Electromagnetic clutch

Specification TCA50 TCE70 Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph.50HZ

Drilling Cap Cast Iron 50mm 75mm

Drilling Cap Steel 50mm 70mm

Tapping Cap Cast Iron 40mm 55mm Tapping Cap Steel 36mm 50mm Spindle Taper 4MT 5MT Max Drilling Depth 230mm 260mm T-Slot Size 18mm 18mm Table incline/rotate ± 90° ± 90° Table Load Max. 350 Kg 400 Kg Table Size 550 x 550mm 600 x 600mm Base Size 600 x 1060mm 600 x 1060mm

Spindle to Column 400mm 420mm Drills Spindle to Table Min. 50mm 25mm Max. 850mm 825mm Spindle to Base 1290mm 1270mm Column Diameter 200mm 220mm Drilling Feed mm/rev 0.10, 0.20 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.30, 0.40 0.4, 0.5, 0.6 Main Motor 4HP 7.5HP Spindle Speeds RPM (9) 54 - 1032 (12) 51 - 966 Coolant Pump 0.10 HP 0.20 HP Dims WxDxH cm 60x120x260 70x120x270 Net Weight Kg 710 840 Packed Weight Kg 795 940

Included as Standard

l Geared Drive l Emergency l Auto. Drill Ejector Push-button Stop l Auto. Powerfeed to Quill l Electrically Interlocked l Depth Stop Chuck Guard l Lo Volt Machine Light l Sensitive l Fwd/Rev Switch Drilling Hand Wheel l Coolant System l Rotating &Tilting Table. l Spindle Protection Nut l Table & Base are “T”Slotted

Optional Tooling:

See pages 156 - 164

Page 132 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 133 Geared Head Heavy Duty Drills DH 55G 0303-4265

Features: Auto Quill Feed Thread l Heavy, solid cast design Tapping l Dirt/water-resistant, easy-to-clean membrane keyboard l 24 V DC electronics l Electrical spindle sleeve feed l Drilling depth stop l Automatic gearwheel lubrication via oil pump l Thread tapping device. l Machine lamp integrated in drilling head l Generously dimensioned, height adjustable protective screen with safety switch for greatest possible user protection l Generously dimensioned drilling table, solid, precision workmanship,with parallel T-slots and recirculating coolant duct, reinforcing ribs on rear, rotates through ± 90° about the column, laterally tilting l Motorised drilling table height adjustment l Cooling unit and external coolant tank, can be removed for easier and complete emptying l Chip filter in line with Machinery Directive l Extremely stable, thick-walled cast-iron column for excellent force absorption l Solid base plate with parallel T-slots, precision surface finish NEW l Optional footswitch available for toggling between clockwise and anticlockwise run and for thread tapping

Specification DH55 G Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph.50HZ Drilling Cap Cast Iron 60 mm Drilling Cap Steel 50 mm Tapping Cap Cast Iron M50

Tapping Cap Steel M42 Spindle Taper MT4 Max Drilling Depth 200 mm T-Slot Size / Space / No. 18mm / 150mm /2 Table incline / rotate ± 90° / 360° Table Load Max 350 Kg Table Size 600 x 600 mm Base Size 515 x 570 mm Spindle to Column 400 mm Spindle to Table 130 - 750 mm Spindle to Base Max 1300 mm Column Diameter 200 mm Drilling Feeds 3 Steps 0.1 / 0.15 / 0.2 mm/rev Main Motor 2.2 / 2.8 Kw Spindle Speeds RPM (16) 45 - 2000 Included as Standard Optional Tooling: Coolant Pump 100 W l l Drill Chuck Arbor Dims LxWxH cm 85 x 105 x 250 Drill Chuck See pages Weight Kg 850 l Machine Light l Coolant 156 - 164

Page 134 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 135 Geared Head Heavy Duty Drill B50 GSM 0303-4500 Auto Quill Feed Thread Thread Features: Tapping Tapping l Heavy-duty solid cast Iron construction l Heavy-duty thick walled cast Iron upright provides for smooth running & stability l Automatic gearwheel lubrication via oil pump l High concentricity precision due to stable main spindle hardened & ground l 9 Selectable speeds via gear shifting Lever at the front of the drill head & two stage driving motor provides for 18 speeds l Heavy duty solid drilling table, precision ground with intersecting T-slots, heavily ribbed at the underside, height adjustable via rack l Integrated coolant system & coolant tank l Smooth running due to ground gearwheels l Trapping facility l Lockable main switch with protective motor switch l Machine lighting integrated in drill head l Spindle locking with integrated Drill drift for easy tool change l Vertical adjustable chuck guard l Adjustable drill depth stop with millimetre scale

l Solid mounting base with “T” slots, precision ground. Drills l Motorised rise & fall of table for B50 GSM.

Specification B50 GSM Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph.50HZ Drilling Cap Cast Iron 60 mm Drilling Cap Steel 50 mm Tapping Cap Cast Iron M42

Tapping Cap Steel M35 Spindle Taper MT4 Max Drilling Depth 230 mm T-Slot Size 18 mm Table incline/rotate ± 90° Table Load Max 300 Kg Table Size 600 x 600 mm Base Size 860 x 600 mm Spindle to Column 375 mm Spindle to Table 800 mm Spindle to Base Max 1300 mm Column Diameter 200 mm Drilling Feeds 6 Steps 0.05 - 0.3 mm/rev Main Motor 2.4 / 3.0 Kw Spindle Speeds RPM (18) 54 - 2090 Coolant Pump 40 W Included as Standard Optional Tooling: Dims LxWxH cm 99 x 78 x 246 l Drill Chuck l Drill Chuck Arbor See pages Weight Kg 950 l Machine Light l Coolant 156 - 164

Page 134 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 135 Geared Head Heavy Duty Drills DH 35G 0303-4250 DH 45G 0303-4255 Thread Features: Auto Tapping NEW Quill l Heavy, solid cast design l Automatic gearwheel lubrication Feed via oil pump l Excellent concentricity thanks to hardened and polished main spindle l Thread tapping device. l Main switch and motor circuit breaker l Generously dimensioned, height adjustable protective screen with safety switch for greatest possible user protection l Drilling depth stop l 24 V DC electronics l Mechanical spindle sleeve feed l Dirt- and water-resistant, easy-to-clean membrane keyboard l Optional footswitch available for toggling between clockwise/ DH35G anticlockwise run and for DH 45G thread tapping

Specification DH 35G DH 45G Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph.50HZ Drilling Cap Cast Iron 40mm 45 mm Drilling Cap Steel 35mm 40 mm Tapping Cap Cast Iron M30 M40 Tapping Cap Steel M25 M35 Spindle Taper 4MT Max Drilling Depth 125mm 180 mm T-Slot Size 14mm 16 mm Table incline / rotate ± 90° / 360° Table Load Max. 200 Kg 250 Kg Table Size 400 x 420mm 530 x 530 mm Base Size 450 x 660mm 480 x 880 mm Spindle to Column 285 mm 350 mm Spindle to Table Min. 65 mm 130 mm Max. 800 mm 725 mm Spindle to Base 1217 mm 1210 mm Included as Standard Column Diameter 115 mm 150 mm l Quick action Drill Chuck 1-16mm B16 Drilling Feed mm/rev (3) 0.005, 0.15 (3) 0.1, 0.2 l MT4 B16 Drill Chuck Arbor Main Motor 1.5 / 2.2 kW 2.2 kW Spindle Speeds RPM (8) 75 - 2000 (8) 90 - 1520 Optional Tooling: Coolant Pump 40W 40W Dims LxWxH cm 73 x 45 x 218 88 x 60 x 245 See pages 156 - 164 Weight Kg 400 550

Page 136 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 137 Heavy Duty Drills Geared Head B 40GSM 0303-4400 Thread Tapping Features: Electrical Thread l Facts that impress in terms of quality, Auto Quill Feed Tapping performance and price l Heavy, solid cast design l Automatic gearwheel lubrication via oil pump l Excellent concentricity thanks to hardened and polished main spindle l Thread tapping device. l Main switch and motor circuit breaker l Adjustable drilling depth stop with millimetre scale l Machine lamp integrated in drilling head l Precision, generously dimensioned drilling table, solid workmanship, with diagonal T-slots and recirculating coolant duct, reinforcing ribs on rear l Integrated push-out tool for easy tool changes l Coolant system and chip filter in line with Machinery Directive l Thick walled cast column for high force absorption and stability l Solid baseplate, large dimensions, extremely stable Drills

Specification B 40GSM Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph.50HZ Drilling Cap Cast Iron 40 mm Drilling Cap Steel 35 mm Tapping Cap Cast Iron M30

Tapping Cap Steel M24 Spindle Taper MT4 Max Drilling Depth 180 mm T-Slot Size / Dist / No. 18 mm / 150 mm / 2 Table rotation ±90° Table Load Max 250 Kg Table Size 560 x 560 mm Base Size 510 x 510 mm Spindle to Column 350 mm Spindle to Table 780 mm Spindle to Base 1320 mm Column Diameter 150 mm Drilling Feeds 2 Steps 0.1 / 0.2 mm/rev Main Motor 0.85 / 1.5 kW Spindle Speeds RPM (18) 50 - 1450 Included as Standard Optional Tooling: Coolant Pump 40 W l l Drill Chuck Arbor Dims LxWxH cm 94 x 53 x 228 Drill Chuck See pages Weight Kg 500 l Machine Light l Coolant 156 - 164

Page 136 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 137 Geared Head Drill With Milling Table DH 40CT 0303-4350 DH 40CTP 0303-4351

Features: Head moves l Heavy, solid cast design up and l Smooth action due to polished gearwheels NEW down running in an oil sump l Large speed range of 95 - 3200 rpm l Two stage industrial quality electric motor l Generously dimensioned, solid cross table with Head precision surface finish, adjustable via 3 hand swivel wheels, includes integrated length scale l Adjustable end stops on the cross table ±45° l Gear head and table are height adjustable l Table guideways precisely adjustable via V-ledges l Solid baseplate with precision surface finish can be used as a workspace for particular high workpieces by swivelling out the cross table l Right-handed/left handed rotation l Gear head pivots through ± 45° l Drilling depth stop l Thread tapping function Specification DH 40CT DH 40CTP

Electrical Connection 400V. 3ph.50HZ Drilling Cap Cast Iron 35 mm Drilling Cap Steel 32 mm Face Mill Cap. 75mm End Mill Cap. 25mm Tapping Cap. M16 Spindle Taper MT4 Spindle Stroke Depth 120 mm Throat Depth 280mm Spindle Sleeve Dia. 75mm Drawbar M16 Head Swivel ±45° Spindle Speeds 95-3200 RPM No. of speeds 2x6 speeds Quill Feed Manual Auto mm/Rev - 0.10,0.18,0.26 Cross Table LxW 730 x 210mm T-Slot Size / Dist / No. 14 mm / 63 mm / 3 Spindle to Cross Table Max 600 mm X Axis Travel/Manual. 480mm Y Axis Travel/Manual. 180 Z Axis Travel Manual 560 Table Load Max 50 Kg Machine Base Work Area 495 x 375 mm Spindle to Base 920-1180 mm Column Diameter 115 mm Included as Standard Optional Tooling: Main Motor 1.1 / 1.5 kW Dims LxWxH cm 106 x 75 x 209 l Machine Light l Drill Chuck See pages 156 - 164 Weight Kg 370 l Drill Chuck Arbor

Page 138 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 139 Geared Head Drill With Milling Table Heavy Duty Drills Variable Speed

DH 28GSV 3ph 0303-4235 DH 32GSV 3ph 0303-4245

Auto Features: Quill Feed

l Heavy, solid cast iron construction l High true running accuracy due Head to hardened and ground work spindle l Adjustable drill depth stop with swivel millimetre scale ±45° l Low maintenance gearbox with grease lubrication

DH 28GSV

Additional functions DH 32 GSV:

l Tapping function Drills l Optional foot pedal for tapping l Automatic Spindle feed l Coolant System

Specification DH 28GSV DH 32GSV Electrical Connection 400 V. 3 ph.50 HZ Drilling Cap Cast Iron 28 mm 32 mm Drilling Cap Steel 26 mm 30 mm DH 32GSV Spindle Taper 3 MT 4 MT Max Drilling Depth 127 mm 125 mm T-Slot Size 14 mm 14 mm Table Size 376 x 394 mm 400 x 420 mm Base Work Area 350 x 356 mm 420 x 644 mm Spindle to Column 260 mm 285 mm Quill Feed 2 Steps-0.05/0.1 mm Spindle to Table Max. 875 mm 820 mm Spindle to Base 1285 mm 1270 mm Column Diameter 92 mm 115 mm Main Motor 1.5 kW 2.2 kW Coolant Pump - 40 W Spindle Speeds RPM 45 - 3,200 40 - 3,000 Included as Standard Optional Tooling: (4 Step Vario, electronically controlled) Dims LxWxH cm 69 x 38 x 208 82 x 45 x 223 l Machine Light l Drill Chuck See pages 156 - 164 Weight Kg 175 312 l Drill Chuck Arbor

Page 138 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 139 Heavy Duty Drills Geared Head DH 26GT0303-4220 DH 28GS 0303-4230 DH 32GS 0303-4240

Thread Tapping Features: Additional functions DH 32GS: l l Heavy, solid cast iron construction Tapping function l High true running accuracy due l Optional foot pedal for tapping to hardened and ground work spindle l Electromagnetic clutch for the feed l Adjustable drill depth stop with l Coolant System millimetre scale l Low maintenance gearbox with grease lubrication

Specification DH 26GT DH 28GS DH 32GS Electrical Connection 400 V. 3 ph.50 HZ Drilling Cap Cast Iron 26 mm 28 mm 32 mm Drilling Cap Steel 24 mm 26 mm 30 mm Spindle Taper 3MT 3 MT 4 MT Max Drilling Depth 127 mm 127 mm 125 mm T-Slot Size 14 mm 14 mm 14 mm Table Size 380 x 380 mm 376 x 394 mm 400 x 420 mm Base Work Area 350 x 322 mm 350 x 356 mm 420 x 644 mm Spindle to Column 235 mm 260 mm 285 mm Quill Feed - - (2 Steps) 0.05, 0.1 mm Spindle to Table Max. 450 mm 875 mm 820 mm Included as Standard Spindle to Base 610 mm 1285 mm 1270 mm l Machine Light l Drill Chuck Column Diameter 92 mm 92 mm 115 mm l Drill Chuck Arbor Main Motor 1.1 / 1.5 kW 1.1 / 1.5 kW 1.5 / 2.2 kW Coolant Pump - - 40W Optional Tooling: Spindle Speeds RPM 75 - 2,900 75 - 2,900 75 - 2,000 Dims LxWxH cm 61 x 38 x 143 64 x 38 x 208 73 x 45 x 220 See pages 156 - 164 Weight Kg 158 175 312

Page 140 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 141 Heavy Duty Drills Heavy Duty Drills With Quill Feed Belt Drive DH 24FT 3ph DH 28FT 3ph DH 28FS 3ph (Bench) 0302-0244 (Bench) 0302-0260 (Floor) 0302-0284

Features:

l Powerful brushless drive with particularly smooth running, as well as high performance with approximately constant torque over the entire speed range. lBest power transmission through aluminium pulleys in combination with toothed Gates quality wedge belt. l High smoothness thanks to ground multi-tooth handle l Concentricity guaranteed to be less than 0.015mm measured in the drill l Separate emergency stop switch l Digital speed display integrated in the housing l High quality Optimum quick release drill chuck as standard l Large sized height adjustable protective screen with safety switch for maximum protection of the user l Drilling depth stop l V-belt cover with safety switch l V-belt clamping device l Right/Left run l Machine light in the drill head integrated l Precisely worked, stable drilling table with 2 diagonally running T-slots 360 rotatable and circumferential cooling water channel l Thick walled casting column l Massive base plate

NEW Drills

Specification DH 24FT DH 28FT DH 28FS Electrical Connection 400 V. 3 ph 50 Hz 400 V. 3 ph 50 Hz 400 V. 3ph 50Hz Drilling Cap Cast Iron 26 mm 30 mm 30 mm Drilling Cap Steel 24 mm 28 mm 28 mm Spindle Taper 2 MT 3 MT 3MT Max Drilling Depth 85 mm 105 mm 105 mm T-Slot Size 14 mm 14 mm 14 mm Table Size 280 x 300 mm 340x360 mm 340x360 mm Base Work Area 280 x 300 mm 320x320 mm 320x320 mm Spindle to Column 164 mm 200 mm 200 mm Spindle to Table Max. 445 mm 540 mm 928mm Spindle to Base 595 mm 700 mm 1279mm Column Diameter 80 mm 92 mm 92 mm Included as Standard Main Motor 850 W 850 W 850 W l Machine Light l Drill Chuck & Arbor Spindle Speeds RPM 350 - 3,000 120 - 3,000 120 - 3,000 No. Spindle Speeds 6 12 12 Optional Tooling: Dims LxWxH cm 67 x 44 x 100 72 x 46 x 115 72 x 46 x 172 Weight Kg 92 132 146 See pages 156 - 164

Page 140 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 141 Heavy Duty Pillar Drills Belt Drive B 24H 1ph 0302-0241 B 28H 1ph 0302-0281 B 34H (Bench) 3ph 0302-0243 (Floor) 3ph 0302-0283 (Floor) 3ph 0302-0333

Features: l Spindle with precision ball bearings l Smooth running due to aluminium pulleys l Drill depth stop l Drilling Table 360° swivel l One piece spindle sleeve feed handle in die cast aluminium with soft grip handles l User friendly safety switch (IP 54 compliant) with low voltage circuit breaker & emergency stop switch l Drilling table lighting l More easily tool changes by ejection device for B 28H & B34H

l Digital speed display and depth sensor on B24H

Specification B 24H B 28H B 34H Electrical Connection 230 V. 1 ph 50 Hz 230 V. 1 ph 5 0Hz - 400 V. 3 ph 50 Hz 400 V. 3 ph 50 Hz 400 V. 3ph 50Hz Drilling Cap Cast Iron 26 mm 30 mm 36 mm Drilling Cap Steel 24 mm 28 mm 34 mm Spindle Taper 2 MT 3 MT 4MT Max Drilling Depth 85 mm 105 mm 160 mm T-Slot Size 14 mm 14 mm 14 mm Table Size 280 x 300 mm 340x360 mm 420x400 mm Base Work Area 280 x 260 mm 320x320 mm 390x390 mm Spindle to Column 165 mm 200 mm 285 mm Spindle to Table Max. 515 mm 860 mm 790 mm Spindle to Base 590 mm 1285 mm 1275 mm Column Diameter 80 mm 92 mm 115 mm Included as Standard Main Motor 850 W 850 W 1.5 / 2.2 kW l Machine Light l Drill Chuck & Arbor Spindle Speeds RPM 350 - 4,000 120 - 4,000 145 - 4,800 No. Spindle Speeds 7 16 18 Optional Tooling: Dims LxWxH cm 67 x 44 x 100 70 x 45 x 172 92 x 59 x 190 Weight Kg 92 166 260 See pages 156 - 164

Page 142 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 143 Opti DP Drills Belt Drive DP 26-T 1ph 0302-0620T DP 26-F 1ph 0302-0620F DP 33 (Bench) 3ph 0302-0625T (Floor) 3ph 0302-0625F (Floor) 3ph 0302-0640 Features: l Heavy-duty version l Highly quiet running thanks to new spindle design l Industrial motor

l Separate emergency-stop pushbutton lDrilling depth stop lLED machine light integrated in drill head l Precisely machined, Stable drilling table with diagonally running T-slots with circulating cooling water channel l Drilling table inclinable ± 45° and rotatable 360° lV-belt cover with safety switch l Precision spindle bore l Machine operation Safety electrics in 24 V DC voltage lGuaranteed concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm measured in the drilling spindle lThick-walled steel column for high force absorption and stability lMassive, large dimensioned base plate with T-slots Drills

NEW

Specification DP 26-T DP 26-F DP 33 Electrical Connection 230 V. 1 ph 50 Hz 400 V. 3 ph 50 Hz 400 V. 3 ph 50 Hz Drilling Cap Steel 25 mm 30 mm Cont. Drilling in Steel 20 mm 25 mm Spindle Taper 3 MT 4 MT Quill Travel 95 mm 125 mm T-Slot Size 12 mm, 2 Diagonal 14 mm, 2 Diagonal Table Size 308 x 308 mm 387x387 mm Base Work Area 202 x 265 mm 270x327 mm Included as Standard Spindle to Column 209 mm 270 mm l Spindle to Table Max. 400 mm 770 mm 775 mm Quick-release drill chuck 0 - 16 mm Spindle to Base 592 mm 1300 mm 1300 mm l T-Nutensteine l Outing Column Diameter 80 mm 92mm l Adapter MK 3-B16 Main Motor 750 W 1.1 kW l Operating tool Spindle Speeds RPM 200 -2440 120 -1810 No. Spindle Speeds 12 9 Optional Tooling: Dims LxWxH cm 75 x 41 x 103 75 x 41 x 173 95 x 48 x 188 Weight Kg 107 116 186 See pages 156 - 164

Page 142 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 143 Pro Pillar Drills Belt Drive B 24H B 28H 1ph 0302-0281 B 34H D 17 1ph 0300-3010 D 23 1ph 0300-3015 D 261ph 0300-3025 D 331ph 0300-3035 (Bench) (Bench) 3ph 0300-3020 (Floor) 3ph 0300-3030 (Floor) 3ph 0300-3040

Features: l Guaranteed run out <0.02mm in the spindle l Spindle with precision ball bearings l Smooth running due to aluminium pulleys l Better transmission & reduced with toothed driving belt l Drill depth stop l Precision machined work table with diagonally running T slots l Solid, large sized base with T-slot, heavily ribbed at backside l Spindle sleeve Feed handle with softgrip l Automatic switch-off for easy operation, with under voltage circuit breaker & lockable emergency stop switch l 3 Phase models have an additional cam controller for left and right hand rotation l Powerful, smooth running electric motors l Heavy duty construction of the whole machine l Optimum value for money

Specification D 17Pro D 23Pro D 26Pro D 33Pro Elect. Connection 230 V. 1 ph.50 Hz 230 V. 1 ph.50 Hz 230 V. 1 ph. 50 Hz 230 V. 1 ph.50 Hz - 400V. 3ph 50Hz 400V. 3ph 50Hz 400V. 3ph 50Hz Showing depth in mm Drilling Cap Cast Iron 17 mm 26 mm 26 mm 32 mm Switchable to Inch Drilling Cap Steel 16 mm 25 mm 25 mm 30 mm Spindle Taper 2 MT 2 MT 3 MT 4 MT Max Drilling Depth 65 mm 80 mm 85 mm 120 mm T-Slot Size 12 mm 12 mm 14 mm 14 mm Table Size 235 x 220 mm 280 x 245 mm 330 x 290 mm 475 x 425 mm Base Work Area 220 x 230 mm 240 x 250 mm 385 x 260 mm 410 x 325 mm Spindle to Column 152 mm 180 mm 210 mm 254 mm Spindle to Table Max. 325 mm 425 mm 720 mm 695 mm Spindle to Base 530 mm 618 mm 1230 mm 1180 mm Showing Speed in RPM Column Diameter 60 mm 73 mm 80 mm 92 mm Main Motor 500 W 750 W 750 W 1.1 kW Included as Standard Spindle Speeds RPM 500 - 2520 200 - 2440 200 - 2440 120 - 1810 l Drill Chuck & Arbor No. Spindle Speeds 5 12 12 9 Dims LxWxH cm 57 x 28 x 84 62 x 33 x 102 67 x 36 x 164 76 x 44 x 171 Optional Tooling: Weight Kg 42 60 85 137 See pages 156 - 164

Page 144 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 145

Pro Pillar Drills Opti DP Drills DQ 22 (Bench) Belt Drive D 17 D 23 1ph 0300-3015 D 261ph 0300-3025 D 331ph 0300-3035 DQ 14, (Bench) DQ 18, (Bench) 1ph 0319-1044 DQ 25, (Floor) DQ 32 (Floor) (Floor) 3ph 0300-3040 1ph 0319-1040 1ph 0319-1042 3ph 0319-1045 3ph 0319-1047 3ph 0319-1049 Features:

lHeavy-duty version lHighly quiet running thanks to new spindle design lIndustrial motorlSeparate emergency-stop pushbutton lDrilling depth stop lLED machine light integrated in drill head lPrecisely machined, Stable drilling table with diagonally running T-slots with circulating cooling water channel lDrilling table inclinable ± 45° and rotatable 360° lV-belt cover with safety switch lPrecision spindle bore lMachine operation Safety electrics in 24 V DC voltage lGuaranteed concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm measured in the drilling spindle lThick-walled steel column for high force absorption and stability lMassive, large dimensioned base plate with T-slots

DQ 32

NEW

DQ 14 Drills

DQ 22

Specification DQ 14 DQ 18 DQ 22 DQ 25 DQ 32 Drilling Cap in Steel 13 mm 16 mm 16 mm 25 mm 30 mm Cont. Drilling in Steel 12 mm 14 mm 14 mm 20 mm 25 mm Spindle Taper B16 2 MT 2 MT 3 MT 4 MT Quill Travel 52 mm 65 mm 85 mm 80 mm 120 mm T-Slot Size 14 mm, 2 Diag 14 mm, 2 Diag 14 mm, 2 Diag 14 mm, 2 Diag 14 mm, 2 Diag Table Size 170 x 170 mm 200 x 200 mm 270 x 270 mm 280 x 280mm 355 x 355mm Table Rotates 360° 360° 360° 360° 360° Table Swivels ± 45° ± 45° ± 45° ± 45° ± 45° Max. Table Load 8Kg 12Kg 15Kg 40Kg 55Kg Base Work Area 138 x 128 mm 145 x 143 mm 191 x 187 mm 200 x 260 mm 230 x 295 mm Spindle to Column 104 mm 127 mm 169 mm 181 mm 254 mm Spindle to Table Max. 250 mm 319 mm 460 mm 690 mm 640 mm Spindle to Base 340 mm 518 mm 639 mm 1200 mm 1170 mm Column Diameter 46 mm 60mm 70 mm 73 mm 92 mm Main Motor 350 W 450 W 550 W 750 W 1.1 Kw Spindle Speeds RPM 700 - 2500 600 - 2400 300 - 2300 200 - 2440 120 - 1810 No. Spindle Speeds 5 5 12 12 9 Dims LxWxH cm 47 x 28 x 64 57 x 32 x 85 70 x 35 x 101 70 x 35 x 162 85 x 39 x 166 Weight Kg 19 29 42 71 120

Page 144 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 145 Pillar Drills 110v 1ph Belt Drive XL 16B (Bench) 1-421-16B XL 16F (Floor) 1-421-16F

Features:

l Built in quality and durability. l Taper Handle Knob for easy grip. l Table Tilts through 90° enabling you to drill holes at various angles. l Table rotates through 360° , making it easy to drill holes at a given P.C.D. l Rise and fall through rack & pinion is available on all models as standard. l Sturdy built all models qualify for medium duty industrial rating. l Heavy duty induction motors are industrial rated giving you prolonged durability. l Magnetic switch ensures no-volt release for complete safety. l E Stop.

XL16B Bench Drill

Specification XL 16B XL 16F Electrical Connection 110V. 1ph.50 HZ Drilling Cap 16 mm XL 16F Spindle Taper 2 MT Floor Drill Max Drilling Depth 85 mm T-Slot Size 14 mm Included as Standard Table incline/rotate 360° Table Size 290 x 290 mm l Positive Depth Stop to Control Drilling Depth Base Size 458 x 265 mm l 16mm Capacity Drill Chuck & Chuck Key Spindle to Column 180 mm l Drill Chuck Arbor Spindle to Table Max. 470 mm 700 mm l Drill Chuck Guards Spindle to Base 650 mm 1220 mm l Belt Guard Column Diameter 80 mm

Main Motor 1/2 HP Optional Tooling: Spindle Speeds RPM (12) 290 - 2330 Dims LxWxH cm 65 x 35 x 101 65 x 35 x 160 See pages 156 - 164 Weight Kg 63 74

Page 146 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 147 Pillar Drills 110v 1ph Belt Drive High Speed Precision Drills DX 15V 1ph DX 17V 1ph DH 18V 1ph XL 16B (Bench) 1-421-16B XL 16F (Floor) 1-421-16F 0302-0155 0302-0170 0302-0220

Features: l Best possible force transmission thanks to aluminium pulleys l Emergency stop button l Drill spindle with precision ball bearings l Guaranteed concentricity less than 0.03 mm measured at the drilling spindle sleeve l Height adjustable chuck guard with microswitch l Membrane keyboard, dirt/water-resistant ,easy to clean l EMC filter class B (use in private households) l Smooth action & powerful brushless drive l Separate emergency stop mushroom button l Generously dimensioned, height adjustable protective screen with safety switch for greatest possible user protection l Drilling depth stop l V-belt cover with safety switch l V-belt tensioning device

Thread Tapping operation mode for DX17V & DH18V Drills

Specification DX 15V DX 17V DH 18V Electrical Connection 230 V. 1 ph. 50 Hz 230 V. 1 ph.50 Hz 230 V. 1 ph. 50 Hz Drilling Cap 15 mm 17 mm 18 mm Spindle Taper 2 MT B 16 2 MT Max Drilling Depth 60 mm 60 mm 65 mm T-Slot Size 14 mm 10 mm 12 mm Table Size 290 x 290 mm 290 x 290 mm 230 x 245 mm Base Work Area 290 x 280 mm 290 x2 80 mm 200 x 240 mm Spindle to Column 235 mm 235 mm 132 mm Spindle to Table Max. 375 mm 315 mm 370 mm Spindle to Base 355 mm 385 mm 485 mm Included as Standard Column Diameter 60 mm 60 mm 60 mm l Main Motor 0.85 kW 1.0 kW 1.5 kW Drill Chuck & Guard Spindle Speeds RPM 100 - 3,000 Vario 50 - 4,000 Vario 100 - 6,000 Vario No. Spindle Speeds Cont. Vario Cont. Vario 5 Step Vario Optional Tooling: Dims LxWxH cm 48 x 48 x 98 43 x 48 x 98 45 x 56 x 85 Weight Kg 66 73 64 See pages 156 - 164

Page 146 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 147 Radial Drills RD 75X RD 90 1-451-500 1-451-600

Features:

l Rugged construction for smooth operation l Gears are made of nickel chrome alloy steel, heat treated & precision ground for long running life l Large powerful induction motors are industrial rated l Hydraulic clamping on Large Size Range column & drilling head l Electrical panel conforms to IEC & EN standards l D.C. Injection Brake provides instant stopping in emergency. * Tapping capacity will vary depending on the pitch of thread Specification RD 75X RD 90 RD 101 RD 125 Electrical Connection 400 V. 3 ph. 50 HZ 400 V. 3 ph. 50 HZ 400 V. 3 ph. 50 HZ 400V. 3 ph.50 HZ Drilling in Cast Iron 75 mm 90 mm 110 mm 125 mm Drilling in Steel 55 mm 65 mm 80 mm 100 mm Tapping in Cast Iron 60 mm 85 mm 100 mm 110 mm Tapping in Steel 50 mm 63 mm 75 mm 90 mm Boring in Cast Iron 220 mm 300 mm 300 mm 300 mm Boring in Steel 220 mm 300 mm 300 mm 300 mm Arm Length 2140 mm 2650 mm 3200 mm 3780 mm Spindle Travel 315 mm 400 mm 450 mm 500 mm Spindle Taper 5 MT 6 MT 6 MT 6 MT No. Spindle Speeds 16 16 16 22 Spindle Speed Range 25 - 2000 RPM 20 - 1600 RPM 16 - 1250 RPM 8 - 1000 RPM Spindle Feeds 0.04 / 3.2 mm/rev 0.04 / 3.2 mm/rev 0.04 / 3.2 mm/rev 0.06 / 3.2 mm/rev Number of Feeds 16 16 16 16 Column Diameter (A) 350 mm 450 mm 550 mm 700 mm Max Spindle Column (B) 1600 mm 2000 mm 2500 mm 3150 mm Min Spindle to Surface (C) 350 mm 450 mm 500 mm 570 mm Hori.Travel Headstock (D) 1250 mm 1550 mm 2000 mm 2580 mm Max Base to Spindle(E) 1220 mm 1600 mm 2000 mm 2500 mm Min Base to Spindle (F) 320 mm 400 mm 550 mm 750 mm Height of Column (G) 2725 mm 3130 mm 3660 mm 4160 mm Machine Height Floor (I) 3025 mm 3480 mm 4060 mm 4720 mm Dims of Base LxW mm 2450 x 990 3090 x 1100 3450 x 1380 4425 x 1630 Box Table Sizes (RxSxT) 630 x 500 x 500mm 800 x 630 x 500 mm 1000 x 800 x 560 mm 1250 x 800 x 630 mm Spindle Motor 4 kW 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 15 kW Arm Elevation Motor 2.2 kW 3 kW 3 kW 4 kW Hyd. Clamping Motor 0.75 kW 0.75 kW 0.75 kW 0.75 kW Coolant Pump 0.09 kW 0.09 kW 0.09 kW 0.09 kW Dims LxWxH cm 245 x 99 x 273 309 x 110 x 313 345 x 138 x 366 478 x 163 x 403 Weight Kg 4000 7100 12000 20000

Page 148 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 149 Radial Drills Radial Drills Large Size Range RD 110 1-451-700 RD 125 1-451-800

Large Size Range

Specification RD 75X RD 90 RD 101 RD 125 MAKES IT EASIER TO DRILL LARGE HOLES Drills

Included as Standard l Coolant System l Lo Volt Machine Light l Box Table T Slotted l D C Injection Brake for Quick Stopping

Optional Tooling: See pages 156 - 164

Page 148 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 149 Radial Drills Medium Size Range RD 750 1-450-100 RD 900 1-450-250

Features: * Tapping capacity will l Rugged construction for smooth vary operation.Gears are made of depending on Nickel-Chrome . Alloy Steel, heat the pitch of treated & precision ground for long thread running life l Large powerful induction Motors are industrial rated l Strong mechanical clamp to clamp the arm to the column l Easy clamping lever to clamp head on to the arm l Electrical panel with magnetic switches – no Volt release & circuit breakers l D.C. Injection Brake for instant stopping in emergency.

Specification RD 750 RD 900 Electrical Connection 400 V. 3 ph.50 HZ 400V. 3ph. 50 HZ Drilling in Cast Iron 50 mm 50 mm Drilling in Steel 38 mm 38 mm Tapping in Cast Iron 25 mm 25 mm Tapping in Steel 19 mm 19 mm Boring in Cast Iron 105 mm 105 mm Boring in Steel 75 mm 75 mm Arm Length 930 mm 1080 mm Spindle Travel 200 mm 200 mm Spindle Taper 4 MT 4 MT No. Spindle Speeds 6 6 Spindle Speed Range 88 - 1500 RPM 88 - 1500 RPM Spindle Feeds 0.04 / 3.2 mm / rev 0.04 / 3.2 mm/rev Number of Feeds 16 16 Column Diameter (A) 210 mm 210 mm Inc. as Standard Max Spindle Column (B) 775 mm 920 mm Min Spindle to Surface(C) 290 mm 290 mm l Coolant System Hori.Travel Headstock(D) 485 mm 630 mm l Lo Volt Machine Light Max Base to Spindle(E) 1110 mm 1110 mm l Box Table T Slotted Min Base to Spindle (F) 282 mm 282 mm Height of Column (G) 1850 mm 1850 mm l Electrically interlocked Machine Height Floor (I) 2175 mm 2175 mm Spindle Guard Dims of Base LxW mm 1280 x 640 1435 x 640 l DC Injection Brake Box Table Sizes (RxSxT) 550 x 405 x 315 mm 550 x 405x 315 mm for Quick Stopping Spindle Motor 2 HP 2 HP Arm Elevation Motor 1 HP 1 HP Optional Tooling: Coolant Pump 1/8 HP 1/8HP Dims LxWxH cm 128 x 64 x 185 144 x 64x 185 See pages 156 - 164 Weight Kg 1100 1170

Page 150 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 151 Radial Drill Small Size RD 3 0304-9030

Features: NEW l Versatile range of applications l Powerful premium motor l Electrically braked motor l Long reach thanks to horizontally adjustable machine head l Mechanical head, column and boom clamping l Solid grey cast iron ensures stability, smooth action and precision l Spindle with precision taper roller bearings l Guaranteed concentricity better than 0.015 mm measured in the drilling spindle sleeve l Large speed range from 155 - 2 250 rpm thanks to two-speed motor l Sold, precision drilling table, generously dimensioned with precision surface finish and parallel T grooves l Thick-walled steel column (Ø 115 mm) ensures smooth action and stability Drills

Ø 115

S p e c i fi c a t i o n R D 3 Electrical Connection 400 V. 3 ph.50 HZ

1550 Spindle Motor 0.55 / 1.1 kW 160 - 530 Drilling in Cast Iron 32 mm Drilling in Steel 28 mm 500 760 170 - 630 Tapping in Cast Iron 16 mm Tapping in Steel 12 mm Spindle Travel 130 mm Spindle Taper 3 MT 770 510 870 Throat 160 - 530 mm 645 98 No. Spindle Speeds 2 x 5 Spindle Speed Range 155 - 2250 rpm 16 Column Diameter 115 mm Inc. as Standard Max Spindle to Column 530 mm 26 Min Spindle to Column 160 mm 16 98 200 l Machine stand Hori.Travel Headstock 370 mm l Box Table Max Base to Spindle 630 mm

18 l DC Injection Brake Min Base to Spindle 170 mm 280 for Quick Stopping Machine Height Floor 2150 mm Dims of Base LxW 87 x 65 cm Optional Tooling: Box Table Sizes (RxSxT) 280 x 230 x 200 mm 230 Dims LxWxH cm 87 x 65 x 215 See pages 156 - 164 Weight Kg 288

Page 150 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 151 Magnetic Drills MB 351 0386-0351 MB 502 0386-0502 MB 754 0386-0754

Features:

l For core drills with 19 mm Weldon shaft l Stable drilling guidance thanks to long and particularly deep mounted spindle sleeve holder l Device is earthed and double isolated, hence ideal for building sites. l High magnetic holding force l High quality mechanical design l The coolant is ducted through the drill l Conversion form core to full drilling in just a few actions l Safe and reliable function l Quick-release chuck for convenient core changing

Specification MB 351 MB 502 MB 754

Core drilling Max drill 35 mm 50 mm 75 mm Max drilling depth 50 mm 75 mm 50 mm Solid drilling ¹ Max drill - - 32 mm Max drilling depth - - 150 mm Solid drilling ² Max drill 13 mm 16 mm 16 mm Max drilling depth 110 mm 110mm 110 mm Spindle seat M 27 M 27 MT 3 Weldon shank 19 mm 19 mm 19 mm Speed with load in m / min 330 230 / 330 90 / 120 / 180 /230 Motor Power 1’100 Watts 2’000 Watts 2’000 Watts Power connection 230 V / 50 Hz 230 V / 50 Hz 230 V / 50 Hz Magnetic base dimensions 165 x 80 mm 200 x 100 mm 200 x 100 mm Magnetic holding capacity 15’000N 32’000N 32’000N

Page 152 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 153 Magnetic Drills

0386-7504 Drills

Included as Standard l 1 Coolant tank & Coolant line l 1 Protection device operating tool l Plastic carrying case l 1 Chain l MB 754 with cleaning cutter & core drill chuck MK 3 / 19 mm & core drill chuck MK 3 / 32 mm

Optional Attachments: Blue-Line Pro Set 55

l Blue-Line pro kit 55 0387-20-1334 l MB 351 Drill chuck adapter Specification MB 351 MB 502 MB 754 1/2” x 20 OT 0387-6001 l MB 351 Drill chuck 1.5 - 13mm and wrench 0387-6002 l MB 351 Quick action drill chuck 0387-7351 l MB 502 Drill chuck adapter 1/2” x 20 OT 0387-6004 l MB 502/754 Drill chuck 1-16mm + Key 0387-6005 l MB 502 Quick action drill chuck 0387-7502 l MB 754 Drill chuck adapter MT3 0387-6007 l MB 754 Tapping chuck 8 - 20 mm 0387-6018 l M8 Collet 31mm Shank 0387-6011 l M10 Collet 31mm Shank 0387-6012 l M12 Collet 31mm Shank 0387-6013 0387-20-1334 l M16 Collet 31mm Shank 0387-6014 Contents Ømm 14, 16, 18, l M20 Collet 31mm Shank 0387-6015 20, 22, 26 + 4 ejector pins

Page 152 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 153 Edge Deburring & Counter Sinking KE 6-2 0399-0007 NEW Features:

l Ideal for ensuring clean visible edges and preparing welds l Handy and powerful device l Setting the chamfering height without tool l For machining building steel, aluminium and other materials l For deburring radii and drill holes from 20 mm diameter l With 3-fold turnover plate holder l Manual feed l Speed from 3,000 to 6,000 rpm continuously variable

KE 6-2 with mounted side handle

Cutting Inserts

Specification KE 6-2 Included as standard: Optional Accessories Chamfer angle 45° (optional 30°) l Plastic case Chamfer width at 45° 0 - 6 mm 1. 30° tool holder 0399-0020 l 3-fold turnover plate holder 45° Electrical connection 230 V/50 Hz 2. 45° tool holder 0399-0021 l 1x Cutting plate set consisting Services 1,100 Watts 3. Cutting Inserts of three 4x indexing inserts Speed (cont.variable) 3000 - 6000 rpm set of 10 0399-0022 l 1x Tool kit Dims(L x W x H) 308 x 344 x 273 mm 4. Guide roller 45° 0399-0023 l 1x Side handle Weight 4.7 Kg 5. Guide roller 30° 0399-0024

Page 154 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 155 Electric Thread Tapper GS 18 0386-0018 NEW Features: l Reversing gear allows for very fast processing: without pressure on the spindle, the tool does not move; l Ideal for ensuring clean visible edges and preparing welds pressure on the spindle starts slow clockwise action of the tool, and pulling back automatically enables l Handy and powerful device l Setting the chamfering height without tool quick reverse at 680 rpm l Easy thread tapping in a single step thanks to high torque, low speed l For machining building steel, aluminium and other materials and excellent concentricity precision l The universal chuck for standard thread taps from l For deburring radii and drill holes from 20 mm diameter M6 to M18 ensures a long tool service life l Additional handle allows for optimally orientated and l With 3-fold turnover plate holder l Manual feed convenient tool guidance l Compensates for angular offset in the borehole thanks to l Speed from 3,000 to 6,000 rpm continuously variable an articulated coupling between the chuck adapter and threaded chuck l Thread tapping in blind holes with depth stop incl. as standard

Tightening Screw Tightening Screw Handle Depth Stop Housing

Motor Rotary Head

Universal Chuck for Safety holding tap Slip Clutch

On/Off Drills Side Switch Handle

Transport Case

Specification GS 18 Tapping Range M6 – M18 Steel (S235JR) short-term operation M18 Steel (S235JR) continuous operation M14 Aluminium short-term operation M18 Aluminium continuous operation M16 Idle forwards (clockwise) 280 rpm Idle reverse (anti-clockwise) 680 rpm Under load (CW run) 170 rpm Included as standard: Under load (CCW run) 410 rpm l Universal chuck M6 –M18 Rating 450 W with slip clutch Power cable length 3 m l Additional handle Electrical connection 220 – 240 V, 50 - 60 Hz, 1 Ph l 4mm Allen key Dims 400 x 325 x 240 mm l Depth stop Explanations of dims Additional handle at 90° to the device handle l Transport case Weight 3.15 Kg

Page 154 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 155 Gang Drills, Milling Tables, Cast Iron V Blocks

GANG DRILLING MACHINES

l Capacity 18 mm to 70 mm l From 2 – 6 Heads on Table l Choice of Belt Driven or Geared Head l Manual or Auto Feed l Tapping Facility

CONTACT US FOR YOUR REQUIREMENTS

MILLING CROSS TABLES KT 120 KT 179 KT 180 KT 210

0335-6595 0335-6596 0335-6591 0335-6600 Features: l Coolant channel l Dovetail guide adjustable l Handwheels right, front and left - for model KT 120 only right and front l Adjustable handwheel scaling with 0.05 mm scale

Spec. KT 120 KT 179 KT 180 KT 210 Base Width A 222 mm 274 mm 274 mm 280 mm Base Length SpecificationD 280 mm 340 mm 340 mm 362 mm Table Length C 400 mm 500 mm 700 mm 730 mm Table Width E 120 mm 180 mm 180 mm 210 mm

T Slot Size G 10 mm 12 mm 12 mm 14 mm

X Travel 220 mm 287 mm 480 mm 480 mm

Y Travel 165 mm 167 mm 170 mm 210 mm

Max. Load 40 Kg 55 Kg 55 Kg 80 Kg Dims LxWxH (cm) 51x40x14 75x48x16 95x48x16 106x54x19 Weight 22 Kg 40 Kg 52 Kg 84 Kg

l Accurately machined l Matched pairs CAST IRON “V” BLOCKS l Made from seasoned casting. D B Specification

Model A B C D Weight Stock No. C 2U 50 25 32 33 0.5 3-200-100 3U 75 45 60 33 2 3-200-200 4U 100 57 66 41 2.5 3-200-300 5U 125 63 80 50 4 3-200-400 6U 150 80 89 63 6.5 3-200-500 A

Page 156 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 157 Gang Drills, Milling Tables, Drill Drifts & Tapping Heads Cast Iron V Blocks

CONE DRILL DRIFT

MSP 1 for MT 1, 2 & 3 MSP 2 for MT 4, 5 & 6 0305-0636 0305-0637

REVERSIBLE TAPPING HEADS Features: l Chatter free patented clutch has positive engagement which allows for a smooth & accurate tapping operation & rapid reversal l Radial is SELF-CENTRING to compensate for hole misalignment l Coolant channel l Dovetail guide adjustable l Handwheels right, front and left - for model KT l Unique double spring mechanism produces automatic feed & cushion 120 only right and front l Adjustable handwheel scaling with 0.05 mm scale drive. There are two springs for the feed & Specification two springs for the reversal. Model Description Stock No Each set gives you double RTH 207 2 - 7mm Capacity 1-426-100 smoothness for ULTRA RTH 312 3 - 12mm Capacity 1-426-200 accurate tapping applications RTH 820 8 - 20mm Capacity 1-426-300

l Pre-set torque control Shanks 2 MT & 3MT Shanks for RTH 207 Drill Tooling permits easy operation 3 MT & 4MT Shanks for RTH 312 of tap to avoid breakages. 3 MT & 4MT M20 for RTH 820 Supplied as Standard THREAD TAPING CHUCKS WITH 6 QUICK CHANGE HOLDERS M3 - M12 RANGE with M3, M4, M5, M6-8, M10, M12 Holders TTC 312/2 MT2 Shank; Size M3 - M12 0305-0702 TTC 312/3 MT3; Shank; Size M3 - M12 0305-0705 TTC 312/4 MT4; Shank; Size M3 - M12 0305-0709

M8 - M20 RANGE TAP with M8 M10, M12, M14, M16, HOLDERS M18 - M20 Holders TTC 820/3 MT3; Shank; Size M8 - M20 0305-0706 TTC 820/4 MT4; Shank; Size M8 - M20 0305-0710

TTC

Page 156 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 157

Clamping Kits & Clamps

CLAMPING KITS Features l A most essential accessory – a complete answer to clamping l Saves setting up time l Covers a wide range l Choice of models. 58 Pc. Steel clamping kit includes; l 24 Pcs Studs 4 of each length 3”,4”,5”,6”,7” and 8” l 6 Pcs T nuts, 6 Pcs Flanged Nuts l 4 Pcs Coupling Nuts, l 6 Pcs Step Clamp l 12 Pcs (6 Pairs) Step Blocks.

Specification Stud T SLOT Weight MODEL Size SIZE Kgs Stock No.

PK 103 ³/8” 16NC ¹/2” 8 3-100-100 PK 104 ¹/2” 13NC ⁵/8” 12 3-100-200

PK 105 ⁵/8” 11NC ³/4” 16 3-100-300 PK 103M 10mm 12mm 8 3-100-100M PK 104M 12mm 14mm 12 3-100-200M PK 104M2 12mm 16mm 12 3-100-200M2 PK 105M 16mm 18mm 16 3-100- 300

*PK 106M 18mm 20mm 31 3-100-400M

*PK 107M 20mm 22mm 33 3-100-500M *May be packed differently due to weight

Plastic Carry Case

PK106M, PK107M MAYBE PACKED DIFFERENTLY DUE TO WEIGHT

HOLD DOWN CLAMPS 2 PIECE SETS l Clamping height adjustable l Brass plate below clamping arm protects NEW the material from damage

Table groove 14mm 0335-2031 Stud Size 12mm l LxWxH 115 x 42 x 39 mm l Height adjustment 0-89 mm Table groove 18mm Stud Size 16mm 0335-2032 l LxWxH 133 x 50 x 49mm l Height adjustment 0-101 mm

Page 158 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 159

Excel Heavy Duty Drill Vices

QB 136 3-113-136 QB 160 3-113-160 QB 200 3-113-200 Swivel Base. Suitable for Radial and large Pillar Drills Specification Model QB 136 QB 160 QB 200 Width of Jaw Specification 136mm 160mm 200mm Height of Jaw 36mm 51mm 64mm Max Jaw Opening 160mm 170mm 210mm Locating Key Width 14mm 14mm 18mm Bolt Diameter M12 M12 M16 Divisions of base 1° 1° 1° Dims (LxW)mm 387x166 402x182 472x234 Height mm 114 143 173 Weight Kgs 14 21 35

HEAVY DUTY LARGE SIZE BSI 200 DRILL VICES Features l Body is made of HT 200 grey cast iron. l Hardened Jaw. l Jaws with unique V-shaped groove and crosswise structure, special for the cylindrical workpiece machining. Drill Tooling Drill Tooling

Jaw Jaw Total Weight Stock Model Jaw Width Open Depth Height Kgs Number PMV-100 100 105 40 72 8.7 3-131-100 PMV-140 140 145 50 90 18 3-131-140 BSI 100 100 110 40 74 8.7 0300-0210 PMV-100 WSL BSI 140 140 150 50 93 18 0300-0214 BSI 200 200 200 64 118 37 0300-0220

HEAVY DUTY QUICK ACTING DRILL VICES Features l Drill vices in industrial quality l Quick clamping thanks to quick release l Replacement prism jaws l Long guides on moving jaw prevent tilting l Precision ground prism jaws l Many assembly options on drill table thanks to slots l Premium grey cast. Scraped guide surfaces

Model Jaw Jaw Jaw Total Wt . Stock Depth Open Width Height Kg Number NEW BSI-Q 100 mm 30 105 100 95 8.9 0300-0230 BSI-Q 140 mm 40 155 140 100 18.2 0300-0234 BSI-Q 200 mm 55 220 200 125 20.2 0300-0240

Page 158 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 159

General Purpose Drill Vices UNIGRIP TYPE SUPER STEEL JAW VICE l Precision cut acme Thread Screw l Cast body faces & Steel Jaws ground l Horizontal & vertical grooves in Jaws.

Specification Jaw Jaw Jaw Width Open Depth Weight Stock Model mm mm mm Kgs No. 101-3” 80 75 25 4 3-135-100 101-4” 100 85 30 6 3-135-200 101-5” 130 120 38 9 3-135-300 101-6” 150 145 38 12 3-135-400

Jaw SLOT TYPE DRILLHeight VICE l Made of high tensile Cast Iron l Cold Rolled Screw Thread l Four slots for Clamping Bolts.

Specification Jaw Jaw Jaw Width Open Depth Weight Stock Model mm mm mm Kgs No. 106-3” 80 70 25 2.5 3-140-100 106-4” 100 95 28 3.5 3-140-200 106-5” 125 115 35 5.5 3-140-300 106-6” 150 140 38 8 3-140-400

ANGLE CLAMPING VICE

AC 100 3-175-100 100mm capacity

EXCEL TILTING ANGLE VICES lQuick setting in any position TAV 80 from 0-90°. 3-180-100 TAV 100 3-180-200

Specification Jaw Jaw Jaw Width Open Depth Weight Model mm mm mm Kgs TAV 80 80 80 25 5 TAV 100 100 100 35 7

Page 160 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 161

General Purpose Drill Vices

DRILL VICE WITH GUIDE ROD & GROUND FACES

Specification Jaw Jaw Jaw Width Hgt. Open Weight Stock Model mm mm mm Kgs No. l Made of high tensile cast iron. l CQ 19D- 75 75 35 76 4 3-136-075 Four slots for clamping bolts.

CQ 19D-100 100 46 102 6 3-136-100 l Guide rod for smooth movement. CQ 19D-150 150 53 152 15 3-136-150 l Precision cut ACME thread. CQ 19D-200 200 53 203 20 3-136-200 l ‘V’ grooves in jaws horizontal & vertical. ECONOMY DRILL VICES l Made of high tensile cast iron. l Four slots for clamping bolts. l Precision cut ACME thread. l ‘V’ grooves in jaws

Specification Jaw Jaw Jaw Width Hgt. OpenWeight Stock Model No. mm mm mm Kgs

CQ 19G-75 83 27 70 2.5 3-137-075 CQ 19G-100 106 30 102 3.7 3-137-100 CQ 19G-125 126 30 120 6.2 3-137-125 Drill Tooling Drill Tooling CQ 19G-150 153 30 142 7.0 3-137-150

CQ 19G-200 200 45 175 12.0 3-137-200

QUICK GRIP DRILL VICE l Instant & easy setting l Main body made of semi-steel l Quick acting cam operation • Ideal for light duty operations. l Lever arms & locking parts hardened & ground

Specification Jaw Jaw Width Open Weight Stock Model mm mm Kgs Number QGV-3 75 75 4 3-145-100 QGV-4 100 114 7 3-145-200 QGV-6 150 150 13 3-145-300

COMPOUND VICE l Lead Screw movement in two directions l Gibs to provide adjustment against wear.

Specification Jaw Jaw Jaw Model Width Open Depth Weight Stock mm mm mm Kgs Number 107-3” 80 80 25 7 3-155-100 107-4” 100 100 35 10 3-155-200 107-5” 125 125 38 14 3-155-300 107-6” 150 150 40 17.5 3-155-400

Page 160 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 161 Drill Chucks & Arbors Taper Shank Drills

• Made from High Quality Material • Toughened Body and Hardened Jaws are Precision Ground for Accuracy. LLAMBRICH PRECISION CHUCK KEY TYPE STANDARD Specification

Model Size Stock No.

CY 13 1-13mm Capacity with J6 Taper 4-105-100 CY 16 1-16mm Capacity with J3 Taper 4-105-200

CY 16 1-16mm Capacity with B16 Taper 4-105-300

LLAMBRICH KEY TYPE WITH BALL BEARING Specification

Model Size Stock No. CBB 13 1-13mm Capacity with J6 Taper 4-106-100 CBB 16 1-16mm Capacity with J3 Taper 4-106-200

LLAMBRICH KEYLESS CHUCK Specification

Model Size Stock No. CKS 13 1-13mm Capacity with J6 Taper 4-126-100

CKS 16 3-16mm Capacity with J6 Taper 4-126-200

OPTIMUM KEYLESS CHUCK Specification

Model Size Stock No.

DKC13 1-13mm Capacity with B16 Taper 0305-0632 DKC16 1-16mm Capacity with B16 Taper 0305-0633

DRILL CHUCK ARBORS Specification Model Stock No. Model Stock No. MORSE TAPER – JACOB TAPER MORSE TAPER – B16 1 MT x J1 3-840-100 3 MT x B16 3-840-601 1 MT x J2 3-840-200 3 MT x J3 3-840-700 Hardened & Precision Ground 2 MT x J2 3-840-300 4 MT x J6 3-840-750

2 MT x J6 3-840-400 4 MT x J3 3-840-800

2 MT x B16 3-840-401 4 MT x B16 3-840-801 2 MT x J3 3-840-500 5 MT x J3 3-840-900

3 MT x J6 3-840-600 6 MT x J3 3-840-950

Page 162 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 163 Centre Drills, Drill Sets Drill Chucks & Arbors Taper Shank Drills

CENTRE DRILL SETS DRILLS M2 HSS

Specification Model Size Stock No. 7-500-000 CD 5 DSM 13 13 Pc Drill Set 1.5-6.5mm x 0.5mm 7-500-100 Set of Centre Drills - DSM 19 19 Pc Drill Set 1-10mm x 0.5mm 7-500-200 1 of each DSM 25 25 Pc Drill Set 1-13mm x 0.5mm 7-500-300 DSI 21 21 Pc Drill Set 1/16 - 3/8 x 1/64 7-500-400 no. 1, 2, 3 ,4 5 DSI 29 29 Pc Drill Set 1/16 -1/2 x 1/64 7-500-500

TAPER SHANK DRILL SETS MT 2 0305-1002 MT 3 0305-1003 Drill Tooling Drill Tooling 9 Piece

Sizes 14.5, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28 & 30mm

Long Service Life Good Chip Removal Right Handed

TAPER SHANK DRILLS M2 HSS No 4 MT Shank Diameter Stock No. 32.0mm 7-504-320 33.0mm 7-504-330 34.0mm 7-504-340 35.0mm 7-504-350 No 1 MT Shank No 2 MT Shank No 3 MT Shank 36.0mm 7-504-360 Diameter Stock No. Diameter Stock No. Diameter Stock No. 37.0mm 7-504-370 38.0mm 7-504-380 17.0mm 7-502-170 12.5mm 7-501-125 23.5mm 7-503-235 39.0mm 7-504-390 13.0mm 7-501-130 17.5mm 7-502-175 24.0mm 7-503-240 18.0mm 40.0mm 7-504-400 13.5mm 7-501-135 7-502-180 24.5mm 7-503-245 18.5mm 7-502-185 41.0mm 7-504-410 14.0mm 7-501-140 25.0mm 7-503-250 19.0mm 7-502-190 42.0mm 7-504-420 25.5mm 7-503-255 19.5mm 7-502-195 43.0mm 7-504-430 No 2 MT Shank 26.0mm 20.0mm 7-502-200 7-503-260 44.0mm 7-504-440 Diameter Stock No. 20.5mm 7-502-205 26.5mm 7-503-265 45.0mm 7-504-450 14.5mm 7-502-145 21.0mm 7-502-210 27.0mm 7-503-270 46.0mm 7-504-460 15.0mm 7-502-150 21.5mm 7-502-215 28.0mm 7-503-280 47.0mm 7-504-470 15.5mm 7-502-155 22.0mm 7-502-220 29.0mm 7-503-290 48.0mm 7-504-480 16.0mm 7-502-160 22.5mm 7-502-225 30.0mm 7-503-300 49.0mm 7-504-490 16.5mm 7-502-165 23.0mm 7-502-230 31.0mm 7-503-310 50.0mm 7-504-500

Page 162 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 163 Drilling Accessories NEW

COUNTERSINK SET 0320-1050

l As per standard DIN 335C l 6-part: 6/8/10/11.5/15/19 mm l Premium conical counterbore Burrs are nicely chamfered and removed without causing scratches l Compatible with popular battery-powered screwdrivers and drills, including Upright drills l Practical plastic case

COUNTERBORE SET 0320-1051

l As per standard 373 l 6-part: for M3 / M4 / M5 / M6 / M8 / M10 mm screws l HSS l Piloted counterbore size 6.5 x 3.2 mm, 8 x 4.3 mm, 10 x 5.3 mm, 11 x 6.4 mm, 15 x 8.54 mm, 18 x 10.5 mm l Fine grade for countersinking screws and nuts as per DIN 74 l Practical plastic case

STEP DRILL BIT SET 0320-1056

l 3-part: 4 - 12 mm, 12 - 20 mm, 20 - 30 mm l Drilling and deburring cylindrical holes in materials up to 4 or 6 mm thickness. l Shank with three clamping surfaces l Drill step increment 1 mm l Practical plastic case

DRILL & TAP SET 0320-2015 l Through bore l 15-part l 7 pcs. spiral Drill bits DIN 338 7 pcs thread taps

l Ø2.5 mm Ø3.3 mm Ø4.2 mm Drills l M3 M4 M5 Taps

l Ø5.0 mm Ø6.8 mm Drills M6 M8 Taps

l Ø8.5 mm Ø10.2 mm Drills M10 M12 Taps

l DIN 1814 size 1½ l Practical plastic case

Page 164 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 165 Surface Grinder

ESG 618 E 1-500-100 Features: l Robust cast iron construction l Easy and quick to set up which saves time l Precision built for accuracy l Mass produced and economically priced l Ball bearing ways for superior finish l One shot lubrication Ideal for maintenance work Grinders

Specification ESG 618 E 6X18” Table Travel 483 x 178 mm Working Surface of Table 457 x 152 mm Manually Operated Wheel Head Spindle Speeds 2850 rpm Spindle Centre from Table 55 - 385 mm Dia x Bore 178 x 31.75 mm Width of Grinding Wheel 13 mm Included as standard: Main Motor 1.5 HP l l l Dims. LxWxH (cms) 155 x 110 x 210 Splash Guard Machine Light Coolant System l Weight 500 Kgs 150 x 400mm permanent magnetic Chuck (Key operated)

Page 164 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 165 Medium Hydraulic Surface Grinders

ESG 2050 AHR 8 x 18 Hyd Automatic Feed Long & Cross, Rapid Up & Down 1-490-100 ESG 2050 AHRD 8 x 18 Hyd Fully Automatic Feed Long, Cross, & Down 1-490-150 ESG 2550 AHR 10 x 20 Hyd Automatic Feed Long & Cross, Rapid Up & Down 1-490-200 ESG 2550 AHRD 10 x 20 Hyd Fully Automatic Feed Long, Cross & Down 1-490-250 ESG 3063 AHR 12 x 24 Hyd Automatic Feed Long & Cross, Rapid Up & Down 1-490-300 ESG 3063 AHRD 12 x 24 Hyd Fully Automatic Feed Long, Cross & Down 1-490-350 ESG 30100 AHR 12 x 40 Hyd Automatic Feed Long, Cross , Rapid Up & Down 1-490-375 ESG 30100 AHRD 12 x 40 HydFully Automatic Feed Long, Cross & Down 1-490-380

ESG 4080 AHR 16 x 32 Hyd Automatic Feed Long & Cross,Rapid Up & Down 1-490-400 ESG 4080 AHRD 16 x 32 Hyd Fully Automatic Feed Long, Cross & Down 1-490-450

ESG 40100 AHR 16 x 40 Hyd Automatic Feed Long & Cross, Rapid Up & Down 1-490-500 ESG 40100 AHRD 16 x 40 Hyd Fully Automatic Feed Long, Cross & Down 1-490-550

ESG 3060 AHRD Features:

l Super precision machine provides accuracy & excellent finish l Easy & quick to set up which saves time & increases

profitability l High engineering standards ensure reliability & repeatability l Most modern manufacturing techniques are used & machines are produced in large quantities which enables us to market at competitive prices l Low prices & long working life makes them good value for money.

Spindle: Spindle is high precision direct drive, super precision angular contact bearing ensure accurate & vibration free performance.

Tableways: Longitudinal: one flat & one vee way cross: two vee way

Base: Heavy duty casting for stability

Page 166 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 167 2 Axis DRO as standard

Specification ESG 2050 ESG 2550 ESG 3063 ESG 30100 ESG 4080 ESG 40100 AHR/AHRD AHR/AHRD AHR/AHRD AHR/AHRD AHR/AHRD AHR/AHR Table Size (WxL) mm 200x460 254x500 305x635 305x1020 406x813 406x1020 Table Travel (Y, X) mm 238x510 275x560 340x660 340x1130 450x930 450x1130 ESG 2050 AHR Vertical Head Travel 400 450 580 580 580 580 Max Distance Spindle Centre To Table mm 450 450 540 540 600 600

Chuck Size mm 200x450 250x500 300x600 300x1000 400x800 400x1000 Longitudinal Feeds m/min 5-25 7-23 7-23 7-23 7-23 7-23 Cross Feed Auto/Stroke mm 0.1-8 Rapid mm/min 990 Manual 0.02mm each graduation / 5mm per revolution of wheel Vertical Feed Wheel Head Auto for AHRD only 0.005, 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05mm/stroke

Rapid mm/min 460 Grinders Manual 0.005mm each graduation / 1mm per revolution of wheel Grinding Wheel Size mm 200x20x31.75 200x20x31.75 350x40x127 350x40x127 350x40x127 350x40x127 Speed rpm 2850 2850 1450 1450 1450 1450 Spindle Motor Kw 1.5 1.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5

Hydraulic Pump Motor Kw 0.75 0.75 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 Coolant Pump Motor Kw 0.09 Elevating Motor Kw 0.25 for AHR series / 0.5 for AHRD series Cross Feed Motor Kw 0.04

Total Rated Power Kw 3 3 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5

Max table Load Inc chuck Kg 120 125 270 400 500 600 Dims. LxWxH (cm) 180x150 217x210 235x222 295x222 285x227 295x227 x200 x210 x220 x220 220 x220

Weight Kgs 1670 1700 2800 3500 3450 3900

Included as standard: l Wheel Balancing Base l Wheel Balancing Arbor l Grinding Wheel l Diamond Dresser l Toolbox & Tools l Lo Volt Machine Light l Built in Demagnetiser l Coolant System l Electro Mag Chuck - 200 x 450mm for ESG 2050 - 250 x 500 for ESG 2550 - 300 x 600mm for ESG 3063 - 300 x 1000 for ESG 30100 - 400 x 800mm for ESG 4080;

400 x 1000 for ESG 40100 l 2 Axis DRO Optional Accessories: Extra Wheel Flange for 8” Wheel 1-490-900 Overhead Wheel Dresser 20/25 1-490-920 Extra Wheel Flange for 14” Wheel 1-490-905 Overhead Wheel Dresser 30/40 1-490-921 Dust Suction Coolant 20/25 1-490-915 1-490-925 Dust Suction Coolant 30/40 1-490-926

Page 166 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 167 Optimum Grinders Opti-Grind GT 22 0311-1020 Opti-Grind GT 25 0311-1025

Features: l Premium spindle with precision taper roller bearings l Tempered and polished bed guides l Integrated grinding disc dressed device l Machine NEW base made of stable, torsion resistant cast material l Backlash free V flat guide on the z axis and flat guides on the X and Y axis l Manual oil pump l Trapezoidal threaded spindle on the Y axis l Robust measuring system, dirt and water resistant l Substantial energy saving thanks to IE3 motor l Precision ball screws l Two channel safety electrics l Manual centralised lubrication system l Coolant unit with external coolant tank l Safety electrical system in 24 DC Specification GT 22 Electrical connection 400 V/3 Ph ~50Hz Motor output S1 Operation 1.1 Kw Workspace LxW 200 x 450 mm Workpiece size 450 x 200 x 350 Max Workpiece Weight 128 Kg Grinding Spindle concentricity 0.005 mm Min. feed on the Y axis 0.005 mm Clearance spindle to grinding table 450 mm Size of grinding wheel 200 x 20 x 31.75 mm Travel X/Z axis 500 mm / 240 mm Dimensions LxWxH 1330x1150x1680 Weight 900Kg

Included as standard: l Grinding disc, 46 grain l LED Lamp l Coolant unit with coolant tank l Digital position display l Perm magnet l Balancing NEW l Dressing device with fine feed l Levelling feet l Operating tool

Features: l Premium spindle with precision taper roller bearings l Tempered and polished bed guides l Integrated grinding disc dressed device l Machine base made of stable, torsion resistant cast material l Backlash free V flat guide on the z axis and flat guides on the X and Y axis l Trapezoidal threaded spindle on the Y axis l Ext.hyd. power unit with heat exchanger for constant oil temperature l Time controlled centralized lubrication system l Substantial energy savings thanks to IE3 motor l Hydraulic and continuously adjustable longitudinal feed l Robust measuring system, dirt and water resistant l Motorised vertical height adjustment via spindle l Grinding table with splash protection enclosure l Two channel safety electrics l Coolant unit with external coolant tank l Safety electrical system in 24 V DC Touch screen for entering data Specification GT 25 electronic hand wheel for Y axis Electrical connection 400 V/3 Ph ~50Hz Inc. as standard: Optional Accessories Motor output S1 Operation 2.2 Kw Workspace LxW 254 x 508 mm l Grinding disc, 46 grain for GT22 & GT25 l LED Lamp Workpiece size 450 x 200 x 350 MPS1 Max Workpiece Weight 180 Kg l Coolant System Magnetic & paper filter Grinding Spindle concentricity 0.005 mm l Hydraulic unit with heat Min. feed on the Y axis 0.005 mm exchanger (for GT25,30 & 40) 0311-2000 Clearance spindle to grind table 450 mm l Electromagnet Wheel Flange 0311-2010 Size of grinding wheel 200 x 20 x 31.75 mm l Balancing mandrel Grind Whl 46 G 0311-2040 Travel X/Z axis 560 mm / 275 mm l Bed enclosure Grind Whl 60 G Dimensions LxWxH 2300x1600x1675 l Levelling feet 0311-2042 Weight 1900Kg l Operating tool Grind Whl 80 G 0311-2044

Page 168 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 169 Optimum Grinders Opti-Grind GT 30 0311-1030 Opti-Grind GT 40 0311-1040

Features: l Premium spindle with precision NEW taper roller bearings l Tempered and polished bed guides l Machine base made of stable, torsion resistant cast material l Backlash free V-flat guide on the z axis and flat guides on the X and Y axis l Trapezoidal threaded spindle on the Y axis l Robust measuring system, dirt and water resistant l Substantial energy saving thanks to IE3 motor l Hydraulic and continuously adjustable longitudinal feed l Grinding table with splash protection enclosure l Motorised vertical height adjustment via spindle l Two channel safety electrics l Coolant unit with external coolant tank l Safety electrical system in 24 V DC l Time controlled centralized lubrication system

l Manual parallel dresser l Touch screen for entering work data l Hand wheel for Y Axis l Swivel control panel Grinders

Included as standard:

l Grinding disc, 46 grain l LED Lamp l Coolant System l External hydraulic unit with heat exchanger l Electromagnet l Balancing mandrel l Bed enclosure Specification GT 30 GT 40 l Levelling feet Electrical connection 400 V/3 Ph ~50Hz l Operating tool Motor output S1 Operation 4 Kw Optional Accessories Hydraulic Motor 2.2 Kw Workspace LxW 305 x 635 mm 406 x 813 mm Optional Accessories for GT22 & GT25 Workpiece size 635 x 305 x 405 mm 813 x 406 x 405 mm for GT30 & GT40 Grinding Spindle concentricity 0.005 mm MPS1 Min. feed on the Y axis 0.005 mm Magnetic & paper filter Max Workpiece Weight 270 Kg 500 Kg (for GT25,30 & 40) 0311-2000 Clearance spindle table 580 mm Clearance grinding disc - grinding table 405 mm Wheel Flange 0311-2011 Size of grinding wheel 350 x 40 x 127 mm Grind Wheel 46 G 0311-2050 Travel X/Z axis 630 mm / 320 mm 830 mm / 420 mm Grind Wheel 60 G 0311-2052 Dimensions LxWxH cm 220 x 209 x 190 240 x 263 x 190 Weight 3000 Kg 3600 Kg Grind Wheel 80 G 0311-2054

Page 168 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 169 Large Hydraulic Surface Grinders ESG 50160 NC ESG 60220 NC ESG 80300 NC 1-496-516 1-496-622 1-496-830

NEW

Features:

l Well designed cast iron thoroughly ribbed structure provides excellent dampening. l Grinding spindle features low-maintenance preloaded high precision angular ball bearings. l 'V' and flat type guide way which precision hand scraped turcite

saddle ways for smooth and long lasting performance. l Table guideways are hardened, ground and counter-laminated with PTFE (TEFLON) to ensure high wear-resistance.

l Centralised auto lubrication system, supplies oil to guide-ways and lead-screws as the machine operates . This system, ensures all the critical components are lubricated with the right amount of oil at all times.

l Separate hydraulic tank prevents heat and vibration from being transferred to the machine.

l Electric components and functional modules are well arranged and packed in the electric cabinet, making maintenance and

trouble-shooting easily accessible l Safety 24V control circuit power

Included as standard: l PLC + HMI Auto Grind Controller l Built in Demagnetiser l Coolant System l Splash Guard l Wheel Balancing Arbor l Levelling Wedge and Screw l Wheel Balancing Stand l Operating Manual l Wheel Flange & Extractor l Electro Mag Chuck: l Grinding Wheel 500x800mm x 2 pieces for ESG 50160 NC l Overhead Parallel Wheeldresser 600x1000mm x 2 pieces for ESG 60220 NC l Low Volt Machine Light 800x1000mm x 3 pieces for ESG 80300 NC l Electro Magnetic Chucks l Built in Magnetic Chuck

Page 170 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 171 Easy to setup, roughing, finishing NC Series and spark out by HMI & PLC

NEW

Specification ESG 50160 NC ESG 60220 NC ESG 80300 NC Grinders

Table Size (mm) 500 x 1600 600 x 2200 800 x 3000 Max. Table Travel Longitudinal (mm) 1700 2300 3100 Max Table Travel Cross (mm) 575 675 900 Spindle to Table Surface (mm) 600 600 920 Maximum Table Load (Kg) 900 1690 3500 Magnetic Chuck Size (mm) 500x800x2 pieces 600x1000x2 pieces 800x1000x3 pieces Longitudinal Table Speed m/min 5-25 5-25 5-25 Cross Intermittent Feed mm/t 1-20 1-20 1-30 Cross Feed Rapid mm/min 50-1500 50-1500 50-2000 Cross Feed of MPG mm/div 0.005 0.005 0.005 Auto Downfeed Rate mm/t 0.005, 0.01, 0.005, 0.01, 0.005, 0.01, 0.02, 0.02, 0.03, 0.04 0.02, 0.03, 0.04 0.03, 0.04, 0.05 Rapid Downfeed mm/min 50-500 50-500 50-2000 Vertical Feed of MPG mm/div 0.005 0.005 0.005 Grinding Wheel Speed RPM 1440 1440 960 Grinding Wheel Size mm Ø355x(20-50)Ø127 Ø355x(20-50)Ø127 Ø500x75xØ203 Spindle Motor (Kw) 7.5 7.5 18.5 Oil Pump Motor (Kw) 3 5.5 7.5 Y/Z Servo Motor 2/0.5 2/0.5 3 Packing Dims (LxWxH cm) 564x225x228 635x230x250 820x400x260 Weight (Kg) 6000 8000 14000

Optional Accessories: Paper Strip Filter with Magnetic Separator Wheel Flange for 50160 NC/60220 NC 1-496-920 & Coolant System (120i Tank) 1-496-900 Wheel Flange for ESG 80300 NC 1-496-930 Closed Oil Tank Guard 1-496-910

Page 170 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 171 Universal Cylindrical Grinders UCG 2075 1-517-075 UCG 50200 1-517-200 UCG 30150 1-517-150 UCG 50300 1-517-300

UCG 2075 200x750mm UCG 50200 500x2000mm UCG 63300 630x3000mm UCG 30150 300x1500mm UCG 50300 500x3000mm UCG 63400 630x4000mm Features: l Guideways are plastic coated,provide frictionless movement. l Hydraulic system is smooth and low noise. l Rigid and high precision; Roundness 0.0025mm Parallelism 0.008mmRoughness um Ra <0.32 l Hydraulic longitudinal feed l Wheelhead manual feed l Wheelhead rapid approach and retraction, NEW l 8 steps automatic wheelhead feeds but manually setting (0.0025-0.04mm) .

Specification UCG 2075 UCG 30150 UCG 50200 UCG 50300 UCG 63300 UCG 63400 General Capacity Between Centres mm 750 1500 2000 3000 3000 4000 Centre Height mm 135 180 270 270 370 370 Dia. Ground (O.D) mm 5 - 200 8 - 320 25 - 500 25 - 500 30 - 630 30 - 630 Dia. Ground (I.D) mm 25-100 30-100 30-200 30 - 200 30 - 250 30 - 250 Max Length (O.D)mm 750 1500 2000 3000 3000 4000 Max Length (I.D) mm 125 125 320 320 320 320 Max Weight Kg 100 150 1000 1000 3000 3000 Workhead Swivel Angle + 90° + 90° + 90° + 90° + 90° + 90° Spindle Taper MT 4 4 6 6 6 6 Spindle Speed (Vario) RPM 25-380 25-220 20-224 20 - 224 14 - 140 14 - 140 Wheelhead Wheel Spindle Speeds RPM 1670 1670 1335/665 1335/665 1335/665 1335/665 Rapid Stroke Hyd. mm 50 50 100 100 100 100 Max. Travel mm 205 245 370 370 450 450 Swivel Angle +10° ± 30° -30° -30° ± 30° ± 30°

Man. Feed per Rev mm Rough 2 2 4 4 4 4 Fine 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Manual Feed per Grad mm 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 Fine 0.0025 0.0025 0.0025 0.0025 0.0025 0.0025 Wheel Size (ODxWxID) mm 400x50x203 400x50x203 500x75x305 500x75x305 600x75x305 600x75x305 Wheel Speed RPM 1440 1440 960 960 750 750 Internal Grinding Inter. Spindle Speed r/min 1 0000,15000 10000,15000 10000 10000 10000 10000 Inter. Wheel Size Max. mm 50x25x13 50x25x13 175x32x32 175x32x32 175x32x32 175x32x32 Min . mm 17x20x6 17x20x6 30x25x10 30x25x10 30x25x10 30x25x10 Table Table Travel per rev mm 6 6 5 5 5 5 Max Table Swivel Clockwise 3° 3° 2° 2° 1° 1° Max Table Swivel Anti Clock. 8° 6° 5° 3° 3° 1.5° Long. Travel Speed m/min 0.1-4 0.1-4 0.1-3 0.1-3 0.1-2.5 0.1-2.5 Tailstock Tailstock Quill Taper MT4 MT4 MT6 MT6 Metric 80 Metric 80 Tailstock Quill Travel mm 30 30 70 70 70 70 Motor

Wheelhead Motor kW 4 5.5 5 / 7.5 5 / 7.5 7 / 11 7 / 11 Inter. Grinding Motor kW 1.1 1.1 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 Workhead Motor kW 1.1 1.5 4.0 4.0 15 15 Machine Dims LxWxH cm 275x203x205 422x203x205 585x228x210 785x228x210 890x242x226 1100x242x226 Weight Kg 4300 6100 12000 15000 22000 24000

Page 172 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 173 For External & Internal Grinding UCG 63300 1-517-320 UCG 63400 1-517-400

UCG 2075 NEW

UCG 50300 Grinders

Included as standard:

l Coolant Tank l Wheel Dresser l Grinding Wheel & Flange l Flange and Wheel Extractor l Wheel Balancing Stand Optional Attachments l Balancing Mandrel Close Steady for UCG2075 1-517-900 End Wheel Dresser UCG30150 1-517-921 l Levelling Wedges Close Steady for UCG30150 1-517-901 End Wheel Dresser 50200/50300 1-517-922 l Solid Centres Close Steady for 50200/50300 End Wheel Dresser 63300/63400 l Wheel Removing Tool 1-517-902 1-517-923

l Internal Grinding Close Steady for 63300/63400 1-517-903 Radius Wheel Dresser UCG2075 1-517-930 Attachment Magnetic Separator Coolant 1-517-910 Radius Wheel Dresser UCG30150 1-517-931 l Grinding Wheel Spindle Paper Filter Coolant System 1-517-911 Radius Wh Dresser 50200/50300 1-517-932 l Work Lamp End Wheel Dresser for UCG2075 1-517-920 Radius Wh Dresser 63300/63400 1-517-933

Page 172 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 173 Cylindrical External Grinders CEG 2052 CEG 2075 CEG 20100 1-518-052 1-518-075 1-518-100 NEW Features: l The Structure is well designed for high accuracy and efficiency. l Workpiece, wheel, oil pump and coolant pump are driven by their individual motors. l Hydraulic drive, electric control are easy to operate l Hydraulic Tailstock with foot switch l Suitable for batch and mass production for grinding cylindrical workpieces

Specification CEG 2052 CEG 2075 CEG 20100 Diameter to be ground (mm) 8 - 200 8 - 200 8 - 200 Dist.Between Centres (mm) 520 750 1000 Centre Height (mm) 125 125 125 Max Workpiece Weight (Kg) 50 50 50 Max. Longitudinal Travel (mm) 600 800 1080 Max Swivel Angle (degree) -5° - +9° -3° - +9° -3° - +7° Hyd. Traverse Speed (m/min) 0.1 - 4 0.1 - 4 0.1 - 4 Travel Per rev. of Handwheel (mm/r) 6 6 6 Workhead Spindle Speeds (RPM) 60, 85, 230, 120, 170, 460 Workhead Centre Taper MT3 MT3 MT3 Workhead Chuck Diameter (mm) 125 125 125 Tailstock Centre Sleeve Travel (mm) 25 25 25 Wheelhead Rapid Travel (mm) 20 20 20 Wheelhead Travel per revolution of Handwheel (mm) 1 1 1 Movement per Graduation on micro adjustment Knob (mm) 0.00125 0.00125 0.00125 Wheelhead Spindle Speeds (RPM) 2230 / 1820 2230 / 1820 2230 / 1820 Traverse of Wheelhead (mm) 150 150 150 Wheel Size (mm) Ø400x(40-50) Ø203 Ø400x(40-50) Ø203 Ø400x(40-50) Ø203 Wheelhead Motor (kW) 4 4 4 Workhead Motor (kW) 0.75 0.75 0.75 Oil Pump Motor (kW) 0.75 0.75 0.75 Coolant Pump Motor (kW) 0.125 0.125 0.125 Dimensions LxWxH (cm) 200 x 140 x 160 270 x 140 x 160 310 x 140 x 160 Weight (Kg) 2500 2900 3000

Page 174 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 175 Drill Grinder GH 20T 3ph 0310-0125 NEW l The Structure is well designed for high accuracy and efficiency. Features: Included as standard: l Workpiece, wheel, oil pump and coolant pump are driven by their individual motors. l Universally deployable thanks to versatile pivoting and l l Hydraulic drive, electric control are easy to operate Hydraulic Tailstock with foot switch adjustment options l Spring Collets 385E (5C) DIN 6341 l Suitable for batch and mass production for grinding cylindrical workpieces 37.5MM, L=89mm, 20 l Many pivoting and adjustment options for creating gravers (cylindrical, centric, tapered) Sizes Ø4/6/8/10/12mm l For grinding stamps, twist drills, electrodes, lathe tools, centres. l High level of precision thanks to rugged machine body and vibration-free driven precision grinding spindle l Easy handling and operation l with 24 latching positions l Adjustable dressing device

l Corundum cup grinding disc, Ø100x51Ø20mm l Diamond cup grinding disc Ø100x 51 x Ø 20mm

l Device for sharpening lathe tools

Specification GH 20T Technical data Electrical connection 400 V/3 Ph ~50Hz Grinders Motor output 370 W Speeds Grinding disc speed, diamond 5 000 rpm l Device for sharpening end mills Grinding speed max. 35 m/s Motor speed 2 750 rpm Travel Tool holder travel 140 mm Tool holder fine adjustment 18 mm Longitudinal fine adjustment 6 mm Adjustable angle vertical/rear side 0° - 40° horizontal/conical grinding 0° - 180° Negative angles 0° - 52° Latching setting angle of rotation 22* x 15° 180° l Device for sharpening Collet chuck holder twist drill bits Clamping range Ø 1- 12 mm Clamping jaw type 385E (5C), DIN 6341 Dims LxWxH 350 x 450 x 340 mm Weight 45 kg l Operating tool * Two latching positions occupied for sharpening drill bits

Optional Attachments: Corundum K80 for Grinding HSS K150 for Grinding Carbide 0310-0128 Diamond K150 Carbide 0310-0129

Page 174 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 175 Drill Grinder GQ-D13 1ph 0314-0020

The handy drill bit grinding device by quantum. Three steps to a ground drill bit For easy sharpening of twist drill bits from Ø 3 mm to Ø 13 mm

Facts that impress in terms of quality, performance and price

Features: Adjust the drill bit Twist drills are aligned in l Easy to operate for inexpensive grinding of twist drill bits with two cutting edges projection length and at l Drill bit grinding without prior experience - clean, fast and precise the correct angle l Easy to transport l Easy replacement of the grinding disc l Positively-driven sharpening action, thus easy to operate l Automatic grinding of the tip geometry thanks to cam l Robust plastic housing with anti-slip base l Diamond grinding stone with long service life for the perfect grind

Sharpening the drill bit Through slight rotation from stop to stop

Tipping the drill bit Again through slight rotation from stop to stop

Specification GQ D13 Included as standard:

Electrical connection 230V/1ph - 50Hz l Diamond Grinding Disc l Collet Chuck Holder Motor power 80 W Speed variable (RPM) 4200 Optional Attachments: Grinding Wheel 78 mm Replacement grinding disc 0314-0021 Grinding capacity drill 3 - 13 mm Crystalline cubic boron nitride Dims (LxWxH cm) 22 x 20 x 16 Grain size: 170 - 200 Weight 2.5 Kg Applications: High-speed steel (HSS)

Page 176 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 177 Drill Grinder Drill Grinders GH 10T 1ph 0310-0110 GH 15T 1ph 0310-0115

The handy drill bit grinding device - ideal for grinding twist drill bits

Facts that impress in terms of quality, performance and price Features: l Easy to operate for precise and inexpensive grinding of twist drill bits with two cutting edges l Drill bit grinding without prior experience - clean, fast and precise With blunt cutting edges l Easy to transport l Diamond grinding stone with long service life for the perfect grind l Fully equipped with ER spring collets in the machine interior

Ground and tip sharpened Included as standard:

Grinding disc Grinders

Grinding disc Specification GH 10T GH 15T Electrical Connection 230 V / 1ph - 50Hz Accessories Motor power 180 W 450 W GH 10T Grinding Wheel Steel disc, coated with cubic Replacement grinding disc Crystalline cubic boron nitride Grain size: 170 - 200 Applications: crystalline boron nitride High-speed steel (HSS) 0310-0126 Collet chuck holder ER 20 ER 20 / ER 40 Replacement grinding disc Diamond Din 6499 DIN 6499 Grain size: 150 Applications: carbides 0310-0131 Speed variable (RPM) 5300 5000 GH 15T Tip Angle Sharpening 90 - 135° 90 - 145° Replacement grinding disc Optional 900 1350 Crystalline cubic boron nitride Grain size: 170 - 200 Applications: Grinding capacity Drill 3 - 13 mm 3 - 30 mm High-speed steel (HSS) 0310-0127 Dims (LxWxH cm) 31 x 18 x 19 45 x 24 x 27 Replacement grinding disc Diamond Weight 9.5 Kg 33 Kg Grain size: 150 Applications: carbides 0310-0132

Page 176 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 177 Universal Tool & Cutter Grinder PBM 450A 1-520-100

Features:

l For total versatility a complete answer to Tool Grinding Requirements

l This Machine is designed for Grinding accurately with ease, the complex shapes of Milling Cutters, Toolbits, & other Cutters of special requirements

l It’s ability to Grind a vast variety of Tools make this Machine truly universal, yet priced competitively

l It can Grind Radius, Taps, Drills, End Mills, Slot Drills, Side Surface Cutters, Circular Saws & many more by using appropriate accessory.

l Spindle is of double end design & totally versatile, can move up and down as well as rotation through horizontal

l Table Swivels through 15° for Grinding Tapers

l Angular contact bearings keep wheels true to centres & provide vibration free operation which keeps the accuracy of spindle to highest & free from run out

l Headstock can also be swivelled if required.

Specification PBM 450A

Distance Between Centres 405 mm Swing Over Table 215 mm Longitudinal Travel of Table 450 mm Cross Travel of Saddle 150 mm Included as standard: Swivel Adjustment of Table Up to 15° Vertical Adjustment of Wheel 150 mm l Cup Wheel l Tooth Rest l Grinding Attachment Swivel Adjustment of Wheel Through 360° l Face Mill Holder l Cutter Arbor 1” OD l 3MT Centre Swivel Adjustment of Headstock Through 360° l Adjusting Tools l Coolant System. Tilt Adjustment of Headstock 30° Above or Below Maximum Diameter of Wheel 130 mm Speed of Wheel (Max) 3000 RPM Optional Accessories: 1 Wheel Motor /2 HP Dims LxWxH (cm) 86 x 76 x 130 Green Cup Wheel 125 x 50 x 15.88mm 1-520-985 Weight 220 Kgs White Cup Wheel 125 x 50 x 15.88mm 1-520-990

Page 178 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 179 Accessories & Work Illustrations PBM 450A 1-520-100

5C Collett for stock numbers See Page 60 Radius Grinding Attachment 1-520-950 Drill & Tap Grinding Fixture 32mm 1-520-913

‘ALWAYS EXCEL’ Grinding Universal Tooth 1-520-980 Attachment (Up to 20” dia) 1-520-960

Air Bearing Fixture Grinders 5C Collet Taper 1-520-920 Diamond Wheel 4” OD Disc Wheel 6” 1-520-940 1-520-900 Working Illustrations

A Straight Shank End Mill being sharpened, Grinding Blade Grinding Side-Mill Cutter held with 5C Collett

Grinding special Mold-Mill Cutter Sharpening a Ball radius End Mill Sharpening Turning Tool

Page 178 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 179 Grinders & Attachments

DRILL GRINDING WHEEL DRESSER 1-545-100

ATTACHMENTS 1-520-910

l Simple l Economical DIAMOND WHEEL DRESSER

l Simple l Economical l 1⁄ 2” dia x 6” long l 1 Carat 1-545-200 l 1⁄ 2” dia x 6” long l 2 Carat 1-545-300

l A very economical way to grind Drills Capacity 1/8” – 3 ⁄ 4”

INDUSTRIAL BENCH Specification Dia.xBorexWidth GRINDER / WIRE WHEEL GRW 202-8” Grinding Wheel 205x20x25mm 1 HP 2900 RPM Wire Wheel 200x19x16mm GRW 202 8” 1ph 240V 1-530-801 Dia.xBorexWidth

GRW 203-10” Grinding Wheel 255x25.4x38mm 1 1/2 HP 2900 RPM Wire Wheel 250x25x25mm GRW 202 8” 1ph 110V 1-530-802 SPARE GRINDING & WIRE WHEELS Specification Stock No. GRW 202 8” 3ph 415V 1-530-803 8" Grinding Wheel A36/46 1-530-908C 8" Wire Wheel for GRW 202 1-530-908W GRW 203 10” 3ph 415V 1-530-853 10" Grinding Wheel A36/46 1-530-910C

10" Wire Wheel for GRW 203 1-530-910W

FOR STANDS Optional Tooling SEE DC3 Dust Collector for GRW 1-532- PAGE 1-532-250 181 250

Page 180 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 181 Grinders & Attachments Grinders - Wire Wheels & Stands

GU 15B GU 18B GU 20B GU 25B 0310-1600 (1PH) 0310-1605 (1PH) 0310-1610 (1PH) 0310-1615 (3PH) 0310-1620 (3PH) Features:

l Durable design with maintenance-free motor for continuous use l Housing made of strand cast aluminium l Large, heavy fastening flanges ensure excellent disc concentricity l Grinding attachment with graphite support; l Simple l Economical prevents friction and heat l Stop allows for fast and convenient initial grinding of the workpieces

Dia.xBorexWidth

GU20B

Dia.xBorexWidth

Specification GU 15B GU 18B GU 20B GU 25B Electrical Connection 230 V 1Ph 50 Hz 230 V 1Ph 50 Hz 230 V / 400 V 400 V 3Ph 50 Hz

Motor 450 W 450 W 600 W 1.5 Kw Grinders Grinding Wheel Dims (mm) Ø150x20xØ16 Ø175x25xØ32 Ø200x30xØ32 Ø250x40xØ32 Speed RPM 2850 2850 2850 2850 Dims (mm) 495 x 305 x 305 495 x 305 x 305 580 x 345 x 335 650 x 380 x 385 Weight Kgs 11 13 17 30 GU 1 Stands for GU 15 - 25 With Extraction Wire Wheels Simple Stand GU 3

Ø 150 X 20 Ø16 mm 0310-7425 Ø 175 x 20 Ø32 mm 0310-7430 Ø 200 x 25 Ø32 mm 0310-7435 Ø 250 x 30 Ø32 mm 0310-7440

SPARE GRIND. WHEEL Specification Stock 150mm K36 0310-7150 150mm K80 0310-7155 175mm K36 0310-7180 175mm K80 0310-7185 200mm K36 0310-7210 200mm K80 0310-7215 LxWxH 250mm K36 0310-7250 48 x 34 x 81 cm 250mm K80 0310-7255 LxWxH LxWxH 0310-7110 32 x 27 x 82 cm 32 x 27 x 83 cm 2 Piece Connection hoses 0310-7060 0310-7118 0310-7111 Page 180 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 181 Industrial Bench Grinders GU 15, GU 18, GU 20, GU 25, GU 30 Features: l Industrial type l Housing made of aluminium casting l Balanced rotor with smooth running l Spark protection on each grinding wheel l Solid adjustable tool rests l Vibration absorbing rubber feet l Two universal corundum grinding wheels

SPARE WHEELS Specification Stock 150mm K36 0310-7150 150mm K80 0310-7155 NEW 175mm K36 0310-7180 175mm K80 0310-7185 200mm K36 0310-7210 Stands for 200mm K80 0310-7215 Stands for GU 30 250mm K36 0310-7250 GU 15 - 25 GU 4 0310-7119 250mm K80 0310-7255 Dims 50 x 42 x 77" 300mm K36 0310-7270 Simple Stand 300mm K80 0310-7275 LxWxH GU 5 0310-7114 32 x 27 x 82 cm with Extraction 0310-7060 Dims 75 x 50 x 77" NEW GU 3 LxWxH GU 30 32 x 27 x 83 cm 0310-7118 GU 1 with Extraction LxWxH 48 x 34 x 81 cm 0310-7110 2 Piece connection hoses 0310-7111

Model GU 15 GU 18 GU 20 GU 25 GU 30 110v 1ph 0310-15051 0310-15101 0310-15151 240v 1ph 0310-1505 0310-1510 0310-1515

415v 3ph 0310-1520 0310-1525 0310-1530 Motor Power 450 W 450 W 600 W 1.5 kW 2.2 kW Wheel Size (mm) Ø150x20xØ16 Ø175x25xØ32 Ø200x30xØ32 Ø250x40xØ32 Ø300x50xØ75 Speed 50Hz 2850 rpm 2850 rpm 2850 rpm 2850 rpm 1450rpm Dims LxWxH (mm) 389x205x265 289x235x280 495x260x330 471x320x365 680x375x394 Weight 11 Kg 14 Kg 19 Kg 34 Kg 50 Kg Extraction Duct Ø34 Ø34 Ø34 Ø34 Ø35 / Ø50 Optional Ø35 / Ø45

Page 182 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 183 Industrial Bench Grinders Industrial Bench Grinders GRB, Stands, DC1

• l Sealed and pre-lubricated Ball Bearings l Balance Motor for smooth operation Features l Adjustable spark detectors for safety l Adjustable shatter-proof eye shields l Thick wheel guards with built in dust chutes (Except 6”) l 10” & 12” Grinders have wheel balancing weights

*All with dust suction facilities except model GRB 201-6 Stands for GU 30 Model Wheel Stock No. DiaxBorexWidth GRB 201-6” 1ph 240v 150 x 12.7 x 19 mm 1-530-200 3/4 HP 2900 RPM

GRB 201-6” 1ph 110v 150 x 12.7 x 19 mm 1-530-201 • We 3/4 HP 2900 RPM recommend that the DC1 Grinders GRB 202-8” 1ph 240v 205 x 20 x 25 mm 1-530-300 should be 1 HP 2900 RPM bought with a stand GRB 202-8” 1ph 110v 205 x 20 x 25 mm 1-530-301 1 HP 2900 RPM

GRB 202-8” 3ph 415v 205 x 20 x 25 mm 1-530-303 • DC1 Dust 1 HP 2900 RPM Collector Optional GRB 203-10” 3ph 415v 255 x 25.4 x 38 mm 1-530-400 1 1/2 HP 1450 RPM

GRB 204-12” 3ph 415v 305 x 25.4 x 50 mm 1-530-500 2 1/2 HP 1450 RPM • Stand Optional Weights: 6” 20 Kg, 8” 28 Kg, 10” 53 Kg, 12” 103 Kg Stand A Spare Grinding Wheels 1-531-100 Stand D LxWxH 50x42x80 cm 1-531-300 6” Wheel A36/46 1-530-906C 10” Wheel A36/46 1-530-910C to suit 6” & 8” Bench LxWxH 65x45x80 cm 6” Wheel A60 1-530-906F 10” Wheel A60 1-530-910F Grinders to suit 12” Grinders 8” Wheel A36/46 1-530-908C 12” Wheel A36/46 1-530-912C 8” Wheel A60 1-530-908F 12” Wheel A60 1-530-912F Stand C DC 1 Dust Collector 1-531-200 1-532-100 Green Grinding Wheels LxWxH 65x45x80 cm to 6” Wheel 24C60 1-530-906G 10” Wheel 24C60 1-530-910G suit 10” Grinders & 9” Spare Bag 8” Wheel 24C60 1-530-908G 12” Wheel 24C60 1-530-912G Polishers 1-532-900

Page 182 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 183 Heavy Duty Bench Grinders GZ 20D, GZ 25D, GZ 30D, Premier GZ 20DD, GZ 25DD, GZ 30DD Range

200mm Bench Grinder 200mm Bench Grinder 0309-1040 GZ 20D 0309-1010 GZ 20DD with Stand & Extraction 250mm Bench Grinder GZ 25D 0309-1015 250mm Bench Grinder 0309-1045 GZ 25DD with Stand & Extraction GZ 30D 300mm Bench Grinder 0309-1020 300mm Bench Grinder GZ 30DD with Stand & Extraction 0309-1050

Features GZ DD models: l Heavy industrial absorbs l Integrated extraction system with the vibrations (which are low anyway) aluminium fan and self-cleaning impellers thanks to its high deadweight l Dust bag made of self- extinguishing l Also suitable for strong thrust force on woven material the grinding discs l Sturdy chassis with water tray l Maintenance-free, durable, induction motor with smooth action l Cast iron housing l Spark guard l Sturdy, adjustable workpiece support GZ DD

GZ D

Grinding Wheels GRAIN GZ 20D/DD GZ 25D/DD GZ 30D/DD K36 0309-8121 0309-8131 0309-8141 K60 0309-8123 0309-8133 0309-8143

Specification GZ 20D GZ 25D GZ 30D GZ 20DD GZ 25DD GZ 30DD Electrical Connection 400V 3PH 50Hz 400V 3PH 50Hz 400V 3PH 50Hz Motor 750 W 1.1 kW 1.8 kW Grinding Wheel (mm) Ø 200 x 25 x Ø20 Ø 250 x 30 x Ø25 Ø 300 x 35 x Ø30 Speed (RPM) 2800 1400 1400 Extraction Duct LxWxH (GZD) cm 55 x 29 x36 67 x 34 x 41 81 x 42 x 56 LxWxH (GZ DD) cm 80 x 71 x 130 80 x 71 x 130 81 x 120 x 130 Net Weight (GZ D ) 25 Kg 45 Kg 65 Kg Net Weight (GZ DD) 64 Kg 91 Kg 124 Kg

Page 184 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 185 GZ 20D, GZ 25D, GZ 30D, Premier Extra Heavy Duty Bench Grinder Range GZ 40 D 0309-1025 Premier Range

Features l 10 year OPTIMUM warranty l Suitable for continuous and intensive use in industry l Heavy industrial grinding machine absorbs the already low vibrations due to high dead weight l Suitable even with very strong shear forces on the grinding wheels l Maintenance-free, long-lasting induction motor wth smooth running l Cast iron housing l Spark protection l Stable, movable workpiece support l Grinding wheels not included in the standard scope of delivery

Extra Heavy Duty Stand NEW GU 4-H 0310-7123

l Coolant tray l Low space requirement l The Substructure must be filled with concrete on the customers side. Particularly suitable for GZ 40D GZ 40C GZ 40P LxWxH 50 x 42 x 77 cm Weight empty 33 Kg Filled 139 Kg

Extra Heavy Duty Stand with extraction GU 5-H 0310-7124

l Stable substructure l Cyclone suction integrated in the substructure, thus reducing the space required l Soundproofed l Without boreholes - must be drilled individually l Y-adapter for two tube station connection l Grinders Must be filled with concrete on the customers side Grinders particularly suitable for our machines GZ 40C, GZ 40C, GZ 40P. Automatic switch on and off of extractor occurs Stand Optional with a delay of 2-3 seconds when machine switched on/off. No external device is required for extraction unit. The remaining dust is extracted after the machine has been switched off according to the Hazardous Substances Ordinance.

Specification GU 5-H Specification Electrical Connection 400V 3PH 50Hz GZ 40 D Motor 4.0 kW Rotational Speed 2900 RPM Electrical Connection 400V 3PH 50Hz Air throughout 2.3 cub. m/min Motor 4.4 kW LxWxH cm 75 x 50 x 77 Grinding Wheel (mm) Ø 400 x 50 x Ø40 Weight Empty 53Kg Speed (RPM) 1400 Weight Filled 165 Kg Extraction Duct 90mm LxWxH cm 98 x 60 x 66 2 Piece connection hoses 0310-7116 Net Weight 168 Kg Spare Grinding Wheels K36 0309-8150 K60 0309-8152 K80 0309-8154 Page 184 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 185 Extra Heavy Duty Premier Range Combi Grinder GZ 40C Polisher GZ 40P GZ 40C 0309-1079 Combi Grinder / Wire Wheel

Features l 10 year OPTIMUM guarantee l Suitable for continuous and intensive use in industry l Heavy duty combined grinding machine absorbs the vibrations thanks to its high deadweight l Also suitable for strong thrust force on the grinding disc and brush l Maintenance-free,durable, induction motor with smooth action l Cast iron housing l Swivelling brush protection housing with extraction ducts NEW l Sturdy, adjustable workpiece support l Grinding discs and brush not included in Stands Optional standard scope of supply. GU4-H Machine Stand Specification GZ 40C 0310-7123 GU5-H Electrical Connection 400V 3PH 50Hz Stand with Motor output S6-60% Op. 4.4 kW extraction unit Grinding Wheel Ø 400x50mm bore Ø 40mm (cyclone) Wire Brush Ø 350x35 bore Ø 25mm 0310-7124 Rotational speeds 1 400 RPM Dimensions LxWxH 120 x 66 x 58cm 2 Piece connection Weight 144 Kg hoses 0310-7111

Spare Grinding Wheels K36 0309-8150 K60 0309-8152 K80 0309-8154 Wire Wheels 0.2mm Wire Soft 0309-8092 0.35mm Wire Hard 0309-8093 GZ 40P 0309-1130 Polisher Features l 10 year OPTIMUM guarantee l Suitable for continuous and intensive use in industry l Heavy duty polishing machine absorbs the vibrations (which are low anyway) thanks to its high deadweight l Maintenance free, durable, induction motor with smooth action l Cast iron housing l Polishing discs not included in standard scope of supply NEW

Specification Stands Optional GZ 40P GU4-H Specification Electrical Connection 400V 3PH 50Hz Machine Stand GZ 40 D Motor output S6-60% Op. 4.4 kW 0310-7123 Polisher dimensions Ø 350x35 bore Ø 30mm GU5-H Rotational speeds 1 400 RPM Stand with Extraction duct size Ø90 mm extraction unit Dimensions LxWxH 139x53x58 (cyclone) Weight 110Kg 0310-7124

2 Piece connection Polishing Wheels hoses 350mm Soft 0310-7340 350mm Hard 0310-7341 0310-7116

Page 186 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 187 Polishers & Dust Extractor Combi Grinder XLBP 9/1, XLBP 9/3, DCP 250

EXCEL HEAVY DUTY BUFFER POLISHER

XLBP 9/1 9” Buffer Polisher 1Ph 1-554-091

XLBP 9/3 9” Buffer Polisher 3Ph 1-554-093

Features l 1 HP Powerful Motor l Heavy duty & long lasting l Choice of 1ph or 3ph l Complete with 2 cotton l 2850 RPM speed Buffing Wheels l Weight 42Kgs.

0310-7111

Shown with optional stand & DCP 250

Optional Accessories Stock No.

9” Polishing Wheel 1-554-925 Stand C 1-531-200 Grinders

Dust Extractor DCP 250/1 – 1Ph 1-532-300 Dust Extractor DCP 250/3 – 3Ph 1-532-303 Dust Extractor Spare Bag 1-532-900

POWERED DUST EXTRACTOR DCP 250

Specification DCP 250 Features

Main Motor 1/2 HP 1Ph or 3Ph l Heavy duty powered Hose Dia. 4” x 2 Dust Extractor Capacity 750 CFM l Choice of 1 Phase Air Speed 28 M/S or 3 Phase Weight 21 Kgs l Y Type connector to 2 x 4” DCP 250/1 240v / 1Ph / 50hz 1-532-300 Hose Pipes. DCP 250/3 415v / 3Ph / 50hz 1-532-303 0310-7116 Spare Bag 1-532-900

Page 186 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 187 Bench Grinders & Polishers GU 20 S, GU 20 P, GU 25 P,

UNIVERSAL GRINDING GU 20 S 0310-1570 (230V 1PH) 0310-1575 (400V 3PH)

Features l Robust & stable with sanding belt & the wheel can be used for a variety of materials l Heavy type of die-cast aluminium housing l Large, heavy fixing flanges, high true running accuracy of the discs l Graphite support avoiding friction & heat l Limit stop at the top allows rapid & comfortable start grinding of the workpieces l Belt running setting without tools simply adjustable with a knurled screw

Specification GU 20 S

Motor Power 600 W Grinding Wheel Size Ø200x30xØ32 mm Grinding Belt LxW 75x762 mm Belt Rotating Angle 90° Dust Collector Size 32 mm Tool Rest 87 x 180 mm Spare Belts Speed 2850 rpm Spare Wheel

Dims 50 x 26 x4 6 cm 60 Grain Pack of 10 0335-7614 36 Grain 0310-7210 Weight 21 Kg 80 Grain Pack of 10 0335-7616 120 Grain Pack of 10 0335-7618 80 Grain 0310-7215 POLISHERS GU 20 P 0310-1540 (240V 1PH) 0310-1545 (400V 3PH) GU 25 P 0310-1550 (400V 3PH)

Features l Industrial type l Housing made of aluminium casting l Balanced rotor with smooth running l Vibration absorbing rubber feet l Two wide polishing wheels Specification Specification GU 20 P GU 25 P

Motor Power 600 w 1.5 kw 200 mm Soft Polishing Wheel 0310-7320 Wheel Size Ø200 x 20 x Ø16 mm Ø250 x 25 x Ø20 mm 200 mm Hard Polishing Wheel 0310-7321 Speed 2850 rpm Dims Length 55 cm 56 cm 250 mm Soft Polishing Wheel 0310-7330 Width 20 cm 25 cm 250 mm Hard Polishing Wheel 0310-7331 Height 26 cm 30 cm Weight 11 Kg 18 Kg

Page 188 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 189 Bench Grinders & Polishers Grinder Machine Stands GU 1, GU 2, GU 3

GU 1 l Extraction switches off automatically 2-3 seconds after machine is swicthed off Machine Stand with extraction for grinders 230 V 1Ph 0310-7110 400 V 3Ph 0310-7109 To suit GU15 - GU25 GU15B - GU25B GU20S - GU25S Specification

Motor Power 1.3 Kw Speed 2900 RPM Air Flow 2.3 m 3 per minute Dims 48 x 34 x 81 cm Weight 44Kg

2 Piece connection hoses 0310-7111

l Extraction switches off automatically 2-3 seconds after machine is swicthed off GU 2 400 V 3Ph 0310-7115 Machine Stand with extraction for BSM

l Cyclone extraction unity with two motors. l Includes Y adapter for two tube extraction unit connection, 60 x 300 - 1000 mm flexible l Small footprint l Noise-insulated l External 230V continuous supply Specification

Motor Power 1.3 Kw

No of blowers 2 Grinders Speed 2900 RPM Air Flow 4.6 m 3 per minute Chip Filter Vol. 15 litres Dims 53 x 44 x 82 cm Weight 60Kg 2 Piece connection hoses 0310-7116

GU 3 0310-7118 Machine Stand

l Coolant tray l Small footprint l Specially suited for our machines: Bench Grinders GU 15 - GU 25 Universal grinding machines GU 20S & GU 25S Combined Sander GU 15B - GU 25B Polishing machines GU 20P & GU 25P

Dims 32 X 27 X 83 cm Weight 15 Kg

Page 188 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 189 Heavy Duty Grinder Stands GU 4, GU 4 H, GU 5, GU5 H

GU 4 0310-7119 Features l Coolant tray l Low space requirement l Especially suitable for our machines: l Double Grinders GU 30 l Universal Grinder GU 30S l Polishing Machine GU 35P

Dims L x W x H 50 x 42 x 77 cm Weight 30 Kg

GU 4 H 0310-7123 Features l Coolant tray l Low space requirement l The stand must be filled with concrete on the customers side. l Particularly suited for our machines: l Double Grinders GZ 40D l Combi Grinding machine GZ 40C l Polishing Machine G Z40P Dims L x W x H 50 x 42 x 77 cm Empty Weight 33 Kg Filled Weight 139 Kg

GU 5 0310-7114 GU 5 H 0310-7124 With Extraction Features l Stable Substructure l Cyclone suction integrated in the substance, thus reducing the space required l Sound proofed l Without boreholes - must be drilled individually lY adapter for two tube suction connection Automatic switch on and off of extractor occurs with a delay of 2-3 seconds when machine switched on/off. No external device is required for extraction unit. The remaining dust is extracted after the machine has been switched off according to the Hazardous Substances Ordinance.

GU 5 suitable for: GU 5 H suitable for: l l Double Grinder GU 30 Double Grinder GU 40D l l Universal Grinding Machine GU 305 Combi Grinding Machine GZ 40C l l Polishing Machine GU 35P Polishing Machine GZ 40P l The stand must be filled with concrete

Specification GU 5 / GU 5 H Electrical Connection 400V 3PH 50Hz Motor 4.0 kW Rotational Speed 29000 RPM Air Flow 2.3 cub. m/min LxWxH cm 75 x 50 x 77 Weight Empty 50Kg 53 Kg Weight Filled - 165 Kg

2 Piece connection hoses 0310-7116

Page 190 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 191 Heavy Duty Grinder Stands Heavy Duty Belt Grinders 1ph Bigboy 80 B, MBSM 100-130, MBSM 75-200-1

BIG BOY 80 B 1-553-200 Features

l Sealed Motor l Magnetic Switches with

No Volt Release Specification 80 B l Sanding Table can be Table Length 27” adjusted from 90° -180° Belt LxW 6 x 89” l Adjust Roller to Track Belt Speed 5300 fpm 1 l Contour Sanding Motor (240V 1ph 1 ⁄2 HP (2P) l Sanding Table can be Weight 99 Kgs adjusted 0°-90°.

Spare Belts Stock No.

6 x 89” Belt Fine Grit Pack of 10 1-553-900P 6 x 89” Belt Medium Grit Pack of 10 1-553-910P 6 x 89” Belt Coarse Grit Pack of 10 1-553-920P

MBSM 100-130 MBSM 75-200-1 0392-1226 0392-2070

NEW Grinders

Optional Stand 0392-1227

Specification MBSM MBSM 100-130 75-200-1 Grinding Width 100 mm 75 mm Belt Speed 19 m/s 29 m/s Electrics 230V 1Ph 50Hz 230V 1Ph 50 Hz Motor Power 50Hz 1.5 kW 3.0 kW Dims of Grinding Belt 100 x 1220 mm 75 x 2000 mm Contact Wheel dia. 130 mm 200 mm Suction Nozzle 2 x 75 mm 2 x 100 mm Machine Dims (LxWxH) 69 x 39 x 36 cm 107 x 34 x 95 cm Machine Weight 37 Kg 72 Kg

SPARE BELTS FOR MBSM 100-130 SPARE BELTS FOR MBSM 75-200-1 Pack of 10 Pack of 10 100x1220mm Belt 40 grain 0372-6040 75x2000mm Belt 60 grain coarse 1-555-920P 100x1220mm Belt 60 grain 0372-6060 75x2000mm Belt 80 grain medium 1-555-910P 100x1220mm Belt 80 grain 0372-6080 75x2000mm Belt 100 grain fine 1-555-900P 100x1220mm Belt 120 grain 0372-6120

Page 190 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 191 Heavy Duty Belt Grinders 3ph MBSM 75-200-2, MBSM 150-200-2

Features l Metal belt grinders for grinding surfaces, edges, and for rounding l Powerful motors and vibration-free action for best grinding results l Protective screen folds away l Grinding belt changed within seconds thanks to quick-release system l Large surface grinding area as upper grinding belt cover can be folded away l Usable with or without extraction unit l With extraction ports directly on the spark box and rear idler l Continuous planing surface after removing attachment parts - allows for grinding of long workpieces l Easy adjustment of belt action thanks to adjustment screw l Automatic re-tensioning of the grinding belt thanks to spring-supported belt tensioning system

MBSM 75-200-2 MBSM 150-200-2 0392-2075 0392-2150

Generously Fast Extraction dimensioned grinding port contact belt Ø100 mm and drive replacement wheels

SPARE SANDING BELTS PK of 10 Specification MBSM MBSM 75 -200-2 150-200-2 2000x75mm Belt Fine 1-555-900P 2000x75mm Belt Medium 1-555-910P Grinding Width 75 mm 150 mm 2000x75mm Belt Coarse 1-555-920P Belt Speed 14.5 / 29 m/s 14.5 / 29 m/s Electrics 400V 3Ph 50Hz 400V 3Ph 50Hz Motor Power 50Hz 1.5 / 2.2 kW 2.2 / 2.8 kW SPARE SANDING BELTS PK of 10 Dims of Grinding Belt 75 x 2000 mm 150 x 2000 mm Contact Wheel dia. 200 mm 200 mm

2000x150mm Belt Fine 1-555-950P Suction Nozzle 2 x 100 mm 2 x 100 mm

2000x150mm Belt Medium 1-555-960P Machine Dims (LxWxH) 107 x 34 x 95cm 107 x 42 x 95

2000x150mm Belt Coarse 1-555-970P Machine Weight 72 Kg 90 Kg

Page 192 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 193 Heavy Duty Belt Grinders 3ph with intergrated extraction units NEW Features l Metal belt grinders for grinding surfaces, edges, and for rounding l Powerful motors with vibration-free action to achieve the best possible grinding results l Protective screen folds away l Grinding belt changed within seconds thanks to quick-release system l With 2 extraction ports - one directly on the spark box and one on the rear roller l Continuous surface grinding area l Easy adjustment of belt action thanks to adjustment screw l Features motor brake, adjustable working height, protective screen, angle stop and motor circuit breaker as standard l Continuously variable grinding unit l With 2 integrated extraction units - one directly on the spark box and one on the rear roller

MBSM 75-20 AS MBSM 150-20 AS 0371-2076 0371-2151 Grinders

belt belt tension tracking lever adjustment 2 extraction ducts

Specification MBSM MBSM SPARE SANDING BELTS Pk 10 75 - 20 AS 150 - 20 AS 2000x75mm Belt Fine 1-555-900P Grinding Width 75 mm 150 mm 2000x75mm Belt Medium 1-555-910P Belt Speed 34 m/s 34m/s 2000x75mm Belt Coarse 1-555-920P Electrics 400V 3Ph 50Hz 400V 3Ph 50Hz Motor Power 50Hz 3.5 kW 3.5 kW Dims of Grinding Belt 75 x 2000 mm 150 x 2000 mm SPARE SANDING BELTS Pk 10 Contact Wheel dia. 200 mm 200 mm Suction Nozzle 2 x 100 mm 2x100 mm 2000x150mm Belt Fine 1-555-950P Intake Capacity 630 cub.mh 630 cub.mh 2000x150mm Belt Medium 1-555-960P Dims (LxWxH) 103 x 50 x 100 cm 103 x 60 x 100 cm 2000x150mm Belt Coarse 1-555-970P Machine Weight 91 Kg 114 Kg

Page 192 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 193 Heavy Duty Belt & Disc Sander BDS 612, DBS 75 Professional Quality

BDS 612 1 ph 1-552-400 3 ph 1-552-403 Specification BDS 612 Belt 6 x 48”(152 x 1219mm) Disc 12” (305mm) Belt lift 0-90 Degrees Belt speed 2,100 FPM Disc Speed 2000 RPM Features: Motor 1.5 HP l Powerful Weight 90 Kgs 1.5 HP motor l Heavy duty cast iron table and Optional Accessories: body l Steel plate Dust Extractor DCP 250/1 – 1Ph 1-532-300 covered Dust Extractor DCP 250/3 – 3Ph 1-532-303 with graphite to reduce friction Spare Bag 1-532-900 for longer belt life

l Adjustable belt unit operates Spare Belts Stock No. horizontally, 6 x 48” Belt Fine Grit Pack of 10 1-552-900P vertically and any 6 x 48” Belt Med.Grit Pack of 10 1-552-910P angle in between 6 x 48” Belt Coarse Grit Pack of 10 1-552-920P l 2 x 4” Dust chutes 12” Disc Fine Grit Pack of 10 1-552-990P l Sturdy 12” Disc Med. Grit Pack of 10 1-552-991P

cabinet stand 12” Disc Coarse Grit Pack of 10 1-552-992P l Quick belt release mechanism l Mitre gauge. OPTI BELT & DISC GRINDER

DBS 75 240V 1 ph 0331-1071 415v 3 ph 0331-1075 Features: l User-friendly Safety Switch l Universally applicable, multi (IP 54 compliant) with low purpose Belt & Disc Grinding Voltage Circuit Breaker & Machine with rotating arm. emergency Stop Switch l Powerful Motor l Comfortably usable l Sanding Belt tension manually from the front adjustable l Suction nozzle l Fine adjustment for supplied as standard parallel Belt operation l Built according to l Inclinable Grinding Table. CE standard. l Sanding Belt easily changeable

Specification DBS 75 Spare Belts Stock No.

Sanding Belt Dimensions 75 x 1180 mm 75x1180 Belt Coarse Pack of 10 0335-7624P Abrasive Disc Ø 150 mm 75x1180 Belt Medium Pack of 10 0335-7626P Belt Rotation Speed 11m / sec 75x1180 Belt Fine Pack of 10 0335-7628P Grinding Rest 85 x 215 mm

Suction Nozzle Nominal Size Inside Ø 47 mm Suction Nozzle Nominal Size Outside Ø 50 mm Motor Power 1.1 kW 3 ph Spare Discs Stock No. Motor Speed 1410 rpm Dims LxWxH (cm) 67 x 56 x 41 150mm Disc Coarse Pack of 10 1-551-950P Weight 62 Kgs 150mm Disc Medium Pack of 10 1-551-940P 150mm Disc Fine Pack of 10 1-551-930P

Page 194 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 195 Heavy Duty Belt & Disc Sanders BTS 51, BDG 69 Professional Quality

50 x 1000 mm Belt, 150mm Disc 0370-0051 LIGHT DUTY 1-552-403 BTS 51 Features: l Pneumatic sanding belt tension manually adjustable lFine adjustment for parallel belt run l 2 sanding tables, swivelling via clamping lever l With sanding belt (80 grain) and sanding disc (80 grain) as standard l Powerful motor l With extraction port on spark trap as standard lSanding belt changed within seconds thanks to simple operation lCan easily be fixed on the

Specification BTS 51 Motor Power (230V.1Ph 50Hz) 750 W Motor Speed 2800 rpm Belt Speed 22 m/sec Grinding Disc Dia. 150 mm Grinding Arm Inclination 0 - 50° Location in next holes 90° + Stock No. Drive Wheel Dia. 152 x 50 mm Contact Wheel Dia. 75 x 50 mm Grinding Belt 1000 x 50 mm Graphite Support Dims. 160 x 60 x 1.5 mm Dims LxHxW (cm) 41 x 50 x 52 Weight 22 Kg

Spare Belts/Discs Pack of 10

1000 x 50 mm Belt Coarse 60 grain 0372-1006 NEW

1000 x 50 mm Belt Medium 80 grain 0372-1008 1000 x 50 mm Belt Fine 100 grain 0372-1010 150 mm Disc Coarse 60 grain 0591-1506 150 mm Disc Medium 80 grain 0591-1508

150 mm Disc Fine 100 grain 0591-1510 Drill Tooling Drill Tooling

BDG 69 6x48” Belt, 9” Disc 1-552-350 Features: Grd. Acc Grd. Grinders l Heavy Duty l Linishing belts can be used in Vertical or Horizontal position lTable Tilts 45° l Mitre Gauge tilts L60° - R60° lHeavy duty 1100W 240V 1Ph motor lQuick Belt Change l Net Weight 54 Kgs Specification BDG 69 Table Size 315x 170 mm Table Tilting 0 - 45° Belt Size 153 x 1220 (6 x 48") Belt Tilting 0 - 90° Belt Speed 348 m/min Disc Size 230 mm (9") Disc Speed 2100 rpm Motor 1100 W

Pack of 10 6x48" Belt Fine Grit 1-552-900P 6x48" Belt Meduim Grit 1-552-910P 6x48" Belt Coarse Grit 1-552-920P 9" Dia. Disc Fine Grit 1-552-930P 9" Dia. Disc Medium Grit 1-552-940P 9" Dia. Disc Coarse Grit 1-552-950P

Page 194 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 195 Tube Notch Grinder KRBS 101 3ph 0392-1001 Features: l Convinient operation due to easily turnable clamping device l Rotatable jaws of the clamping device allow secure clamping of square tubes, round tubes, and flat steel l Adjustable grinding angle 30 - 90º (0 - 60º) l Because of the optimized quick change mount, the tensioner gets replaced quickly and easily without tools. l Particularly durable due to large and improved roller bearings l Rapid change-over between tube grinding and belt grinding l Standard abrasive belt with grain size 36 l Powerful motor l Almost all settings can be performed without tools l Includes integrated grinding roller fixtures for optionally available rollers with different Ø

Specification KRBS 101 Belt Dimensions 100 x 2000 mm Motor Power 400V / 50 Hz 2.5 kW / 3.3 kW Motor Speed 1400 / 2800 min¹ Band Speed 15/30 m/sec Grindable Diameter 20 - 76 mm Adjustable Grinding Angle 30 - 90º (0 - 60º) Suction Nozzles Ø 2 x 100 mm Accessories Dimensions L x W x H (cm) 125 x 75 x 114 Weight 59 Kg Roller for 3/8" pipe 0372-3050 Roller for 1/2" pipe 0372-3051 Roller for 22 mm pipe 0372-3052 Roller for 3/4" pipe 0372-3053 Roller for 28 mm pipe 0372-3054 Roller for 1" pipe 0372-3055 Roller for 34 mm pipe 0372-3056 Roller for 1 1/4" pipe 0372-3057 Roller for 44 mm pipe 0372-3058 Roller for 1 1/2" pipe 0372-3059 Roller for 50 mm pipe 0372-3060 Roller for 2" pipe 0372-3061 Roller for 62 mm pipe 0372-3062 Roller for 2 1/2" pipe 0372-3063 Roller for 78 mm pipe 0372-3064 AS 1400 Suction Unit 0392-2011

Grinding Belt 1000x2000MM (Pack of 10) G40 Aluminium 0372-4740 G60 Aluminium 0372-4760 G100 Aluminium 0372-4710 G120 Aluminium 0372-4712 G40 Stainless Steel 0372-4840 G60 Stainless Steel 0372-4860 G100 Stainless Steel 0372-4810 G120 Stainless Steel 0372-4812

Page 196 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 197 Surface Grinder Accessories

Features: l Squareness & parallelism guaranteed within 0.0002” on sides & bottom HI-PRECISION TOOL MAKERS VICE l Made of hardened Steel & precision ground all over l Horizontal & vertical V in Movable Jaw l The no rise Jaw construction exerts a continual downward pressure on the Jaw, thus avoiding “raise” which is common to most Vices. Specification Model Jaw Jaw Jaw Total Weight Stock Width Open Depth Length Kgs Number

PTS1 25 25 8 65 0.5 3-170-000 PTS2 50 80 25 140 2 3-170-100 PTS3 75 95 35 180 4.5 3-170-200 PTS4 100 125 45 230 9 3-170-300 HI-PRECISION 308 “V” BLOCKS B A WITH CLAMPS OKV Features: 1/2" C l Matched pairs, hardened & ground l Each set contains 2 V-Blocks & 2 clamps l Made of medium Stock Carbon Steel. No. A Specification Dimensions mm Weight Model A B C Cap. Kgs

308A 50mm 40mm 30mm 30mm 1 3-210-100 308B 60mm 50mm 40mm 40mm 1.5 3-210-200 C

308C 70mm 60mm 50mm 50mm 2.2 3-210-300 Acc Grd. OKV312 40mm 45mm 35mm 25mm 1.1 3-220-100

OKV313 44mm 70mm 40mm 38mm 1.7 3-220-200 OKV314 65mm 70mm 45mm 38mm 2.4 3-220-300 B OKV315 90mm 124mm 70mm 54mm 10.5 3-220-400

METRIC PARALLEL SETS

l 10 Pairs 3mm wide, 150mm long l Height 8mm, 13mm, 16mm, 19mm, 22,mm 25mm, 31mm, 35mm, 38mm, 41mm 0335-4001

l 9 Pairs 8.5mm wide, 150mm long l Height 14mm, 16mm, 20mm, 24mm, 30mm, 32mm, 36mm, 40mm, 44mm 0353-6191

Page 196 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 197 Heavy Duty Hydraulic Hacksaws KP 200, KP 225, KP 280, KP 320, KP 380, KP 450

KP 200 Cap.Round 200mm 1-610-100 KP 320 Cap. Round 320mm 1-610-400 KP 225 Cap.Round 225mm 1-610-200 KP 380 Cap. Round 380mm 1-610-500 KP 280 Cap.Round 280mm 1-610-300 KP 450 Cap. Round 450mm 1-610-600

Stock No. for Spare Blades KP 200 350x32mm x 6TPI 1-610-900 KP 200 350x32mm x 10TPI 1-610-901 KP 225 400x32mm x 6TPI 1-610-910 KP 225 400x32mm x 10TPI 1-610-911 KP 280 450x32mm x 6TPI 1-610-920 KP 280 450x32mm x 10TPI 1-610-921 KP 320 500x38mm x 4TPI 1-610-930 KP 320 500x38mm x 6TPI 1-610-931 KP 380 550x45mm x 4TPI 1-610-940 KP 380 550x45mm x 6TPI 1-610-941 KP 450 650x50mm x 4TPI 1-610-950 KP 450 650x50mm x 6TPI 1-610-951

• Precision • Efficiency • Reliability • Versatility

Specification KP 200 KP 225 KP 280 KP 320 KP 380 KP 450 0° Cap. Round 200 mm 225 mm 280 mm 320 mm 380 mm 450 mm Rectangle HxL 190 x190 220 x 220 250 x 250 300 x 300 350 x 330 430 x 400 45° Cap. Round 90 mm 120 mm 130 mm 140 mm 150 mm 160 mm Rectangle HxL 190 x 90 210 x 120 250 x 130 300 x 140 350 x 150 430 x 160 Stroke Length 120 mm 140 mm 140 mm 140 mm 140 mm 160 mm Strokes /min 110,140 80,100,120 80,100,120 80,100,120 80,100,120 80,100,120 Blade Size mm 350 x 32 400 x 32 450 x 32 500x38 550 x 45 650 x 50 Main Motor 1 HP 2 HP 2 HP 2 HP 2HP 3 HP Dims LxWxH cms 120x51x79 140x85x120 147x85x120 154x85x120 172x85x136 197x94x152 Weight 270 Kgs 485 Kgs 520 Kgs 600 Kgs 645Kgs 800Kgs

Included as standard:

l Complete Hydraulic System l Equalizing Bar for Jaws l Infinitely Variable Saw Feed l Nesting fixture for multiple Sawing of Pressure Control Stacked Bars, Small Rounds & Tubing l Complete Electric Components l Material Support Stand with Motor Protection l One Saw Blade ready for cutting l Re-Circulating Coolant System l One set of necessary Tools & Tool Box l Adjustable Material Length Stop l One Grease Gun l Clamping Device for Short Ends l Instruction Manual & Parts List.

Page 198 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 199 Heavy Duty Hydraulic Hacksaws Heavy Duty Vertical Bandsaw KV 40, KV 50, KV 60, KV 100

KV 40 16” Throat 1-631-100 KV 60 24” Throat 1-631-300 1-631-200 KV 50 20” Throat KV 100 40” Throat 1-631-400 Features: l Heavy Duty suitable for continuous use l High Quality Electrics & limit switches to blade wheel covers make safe to use and conform to CE l Air Pipe keeps the visibility clear near the cutting edge

Dimensional Drawing

Specification KV 40 KV 50 KV 60 KV 100 Included as standard: l Saw Blade Butt Welder Saws Blade to Column 410 mm 520 mm 600 mm 1000 mm with Integrated Annealing Unit Max. Work Height 310 mm 310 mm 340 mm 340 mm Table Size (mm) 600 x 500 600 x 500 600 x 500 600 x 500 l Blade Shear, Grinder & Built 220 x 500 450 x 500 in Blade & Tyre Cleaning Brush Table Inclination (4 ways) 15° 15° 15° 15° l Lo-Volt Light l Set of Tools Blade Length 3350 mm 3880 mm 3970 mm 4540 mm l Instruction Manual & Parts List Max Width 16 mm 16 mm 16 mm 16 mm l Rip for Straight, Blade Speeds Stepless Lo. 15 - 55m / min Repeated Cutting Hi. 96-390m / min & is easily adjustable for varied size Butt Welder Capacity 2.4K VA 3-16 mm Drive Motor 1.5 Kw 1.5 Kw 1.5 Kw 1.5 Kw l Mitre Protractor for Angular Cutting. Drawing Dims. A 930 mm 1010 mm 1135 mm 1535 mm B 970 mm 1050 mm 1175 mm 1575 mm SPARE BLADES Bi Metal M42 C 500 mm 500 mm 540 mm 540 mm D 560 mm 560 mm 580 mm 580 mm KV 40 6/10 Vari Tooth 1-631-910B KV 40 10/14 E 1110 mm 1210 mm 1320 mm 1730 mm Vari Tooth 1-631-912B F 590 mm 690 mm 695 mm 695 mm KV 50 6/10 Vari Tooth 1-631-920B G 1000 mm 1000 mm 1015 mm 1015 mm KV 50 10/14 Vari Tooth 1-631-922B H 1950 mm 2070 mm 2010 mm 2010 mm I 210 mm 210 mm 210 mm 210 mm KV 60 6/10 Vari Tooth 1-631-930B Dims LxWxH (cm) 111x59x195 121x69x207 132x70x201 173x70x201 KV 60 10/14 Vari Tooth 1-631-932B Weight 440 Kgs 500 Kgs 700 Kgs 800 Kgs KV 100 6/10 Vari Tooth 1-631-940B KV 100 10/14 Vari Tooth1-631-942B

Page 198 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 199 Heavy Duty - Twin Column Semi-Auto Bandsaw BSS 325 VTC 1-627-101 BSS 560 VTC 1-627-401 BSS 360 VTC 1-627-201 BSS 810 VTC 1-627-501 BSS 460 VTC 1-627-301 BSS 1100 VTC 1-627-601

Features: l These Saws are designed for high performance l These Saws offer large capacity at economical prices l Semi-automatic operation l Variable Speed: No Belt change. No time wasting. l Speeds up production

Specification BSS 325 BSS 360 BSS 460 BSS 560 BSS 810 BSS 1100

VTC VTC VTC VTC VTC VTC Cutting Capacity mm Round 325 380 460 560 810 1100

0° Rectangle WxH 450 x 325 520 x 380 650 x 460 750 x 560 850 x 810 1100 x 1300

Square 325 380 460 560 810 1100

Round 250 300 380 410 480

45° Rectangle 250 x 325 300 x 380 380 x 460 410 x 560 480 x 810 -

Square 250 300 380 410 480

Main Drive Motor Kw 2.2 3 4 4 4 11

Hydraulic Pump Motor Kw 0.55 0.55 0.55 1.1 1.1 3

Blade Size mm 4160 x 34 4800 x 34 5200 x 41 6000 x 41 8200 x 41 12000x67 Blade Speed Variable m/min 20 - 100 20 - 100 20 - 100 20 - 100 20 - 100 20 - 100 Dims LxWxH (cm) 215x86x150 285x93x166 310x100x180 340x100x205 390x120x235 530x140x340 Weight Kgs 820 1150 1410 1750 2300 6800

Included as standard:

l Hydraulic vice l Hydro mechanic blade tensioning l Control panel l Safety Switch l Linear guides l Material limit shaft

l SAP Coolant pump l Heavy duty gearbox l 1.2m material roller stand l Saw blade brush l Pressure adjustment l Inverter

l Optical height adjustment l Manual

SPARE BLADES 3-4 Vari-Tooth Bi Metal M42 1-627-905 1-627-915 1-627-925 1-627-935 1-627-940 1-627-950 4-6 Vari-Tooth Bi Metal M42 1-627-906 1-627-916 1-627-926 1-627-936 1-627-941 1-627-951 5-8 Vari-Tooth Bi Metal M42 1-627-907 1-627-917 1-627-927 1-627-937 1-627-942 1-627-952

Page 200 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 201 Heavy Duty - Twin Column Fully-Auto Bandsaw BSS 325 VTC BSS 560 VTC BSA 325 VTC 1-628-101 BSA 460 VTC 1-628-301 BSS 360 VTC BSS 810 VTC BSA 360 VTC 1-628-201 BSA 560 VTC 1-628-401 BSS 460 VTC BSS 1100 VTC

Min Dia. can be cut 12mm Min Length of uncut bar 180mm

Features: l These Bandsaws are designed for high performance. l These Saws offer large capacity at most economical prices. l Fully automatic. l Suitable to cut single or up to 99999. Machine automatically stops when quantity required is completed, or the Bar stock runs out. l Variable Speed: No Belt change. No time wasting. lSpeeds up production Specification BSS 325 BSS 360 BSS 460 BSS 560 BSS 810 BSS 1100 Specification BSA 325 BSA 360 BSA 460 BSA 560

VTC VTC VTC VTC Cutting Capacity (mm) Round 325 360 460 560 0° Rectangle WxH 350 x 325 430 x 380 470 x 460 570 x 560 Saws

Square 325 360 460 560 Main Drive Motor 2.2 Kw 3 Kw 4 Kw 4 Kw

Hydraulic Pump Motor 0.55 Kw 0.55 Kw 1.1 Kw 1.1 Kw

Feed Motor 0.25 Kw 0.25 Kw 0.25 Kw 0.55 Kw Blade Size mm 4160 x 34 4800 x 34 5200 x 41 6000 x 41 Blade Speed Vari. m/min 20 - 100 20 - 100 20 - 100 20 - 100

Dims LxWxH (cm) 245x90x150 290x95x166 310x100x180 350x105x205

Weight Kg 880 1250 1500 1880

Included as standard:

l Hydraulic vice l Hydro mechanic blade tensioning l Saw Blade 41 l Control panel l Safety Switch l Linear guides

l Material limit shaft l SAP Coolant pump l Heavy duty gearbox l 1.2m material roller stand l Saw blade brush

l Pressure adjustment l Inverter l Optical height adjustment l Manual

SPARE BLADES

3-4 Vari-tooth Bi Metal M42 1-627-905 1-627-915 1-627-925 1-627-935

4-6 Vari-tooth Bi Metal M42 1-627-906 1-627-916 1-627-926 1-627-936 5-8 Vari-tooth Bi Metal M42 1-627-907 1-627-917 1-627-927 1-627-937

Page 200 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 201 Heavy Duty Bandsaws Semi Automatic

BSS 320VL 1-626-400 Features: l Semi - automatic Saw with large opening Vice for RSJ & other fabrication work. Micro alignment of Blade through Ball Bearings. Dovetail slide for positive positioning , Adjustable Hydraulic Down Feed. Automatic cut off & lift of arm. Specification BSS 320VL Electrical connection 400V. 3ph. 50Hz 0° Max. Round Cap. 330 mm Max. Rect. Cap. 610 x 310 mm Max. Square Cap. 320 mm 45° Max. Round Cap. 320 mm Max. Rect. Cap 460 x 180 mm Max. Square Cap. 320 mm Main Motor 2.2 kW Included as standard: Hydraulic Motor 0.37 kW Coolant Motor 0.12 kW l Chip brush l Hydromechanical blade tension Blade Speed Variable 20 - 100 m/min l Inverter l Height adjustment switch l Hydraulic Vice

Blade Size 4160 x 34 l Length stop l SAP Coolant pump l Safety switch Dims LxWxH (cm) 210 x 85 x 130 Weight 773 Kg Optional Attachments: SPARE BLADES Bi Metal M42 l Micro spray coolant l Hydraulic blade tension l Sensitive 3-4 Vari Tooth Bimetal M42 1-626-930 pressure l Chip conveyor l 3 Mt Roller table l Turn table 4-6 Vari Tooth Bimetal M42 1-626-931 l Hydraulic top clamping 5-8 Vari Tooth Bimetal M42 1-626-932

Min Dia. can be cut 12mm Fully Automatic Min Length of uncut bar 180mm BSA 320 VL 1-626-450 Features: l These Saws are designed for high performance l These Saws offer large capacity at economical prices l Semi-automatic operation l Variable Speed: No Belt change. No time wasting. l Speeds up production Specification BSA 320 VL Electrical connection 400V. 3ph. 50Hz Max. Round Cap. 330 mm Max. Rect. Cap. 500 x 320 mm Max. Square Cap. 320 mm Main Motor 2.2 kW Hydraulic Motor 0.75 kW Coolant Motor 0.12 kW Blade Speed Variable 20 - 100 m/min Blade Size 416 x 34 Included as standard: Working height 640 mm l Length stop l Vibration Cylinder l Chip brush l SAP Coolant pump Dims LxWxH (cm) 210 x 85 x 130 l Mechanical top clamping l Safety switch l Hydraulic Vice Weight 860 Kg l Sensitive pressure l Hydromechanical blade tension l Inverter l Linear way arm guide l 1.2 Mt roller table l Height adjustment switch SPARE BLADES Bi Metal M42 Optional Attachments: 3-4 Vari Tooth Bimetal M42 1-626-930 4-6 Vari Tooth Bimetal M42 1-626-931 l Hydraulic blade tension l 3 Mt Roller table l Chip conveyor 5-8 Vari Tooth Bimetal M42 1-626-932 l Micro spray coolant l Height adjustment sensor l Sensitive pressure

Page 202 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 203 Heavy Duty Bandsaws Heavy Duty Bandsaws Semi Automatic Semi Automatic BSS 320 VGL 1-626-500

Swivelling arm Mitre Cutting +60°

Fully Automatic Saws

Specification BSS 320 VGL Cutting Capacity Electrical connection 400V. 3ph. 50Hz mm 0º 30º 45º 60º Main Motor 2.2 kW 320 320 320 260 Hydraulic Motor 0.37 kW Coolant Motor 0.12 kW 610 x 320 510 x 320 355 x 320 280 x 200 Blade Speed Variable 20 - 100 m/min Blade Size 4160 x 34 320 320 320 225 Dims LxWxH (cm) 210 x 120 x 135 Weight 1195 Kg Optional Attachments:

l Micro spray coolant l Hydraulic top clamping

Included as standard: l Hydraulic blade tension

l Chip conveyor l Laser pointer l Linear Way l Sensitive pressure l SAP Coolant pump l 3 Mt Roller table l Sensitive pressure l Safety switch l Hydraulic mechanical blade tension l Chip

l l l brush Hydraulic vice 1.2 Mt Roller table Optical quick SPARE BLADES Bi Metal M42 approaching synchronisation moveable arm/vice l 2" Incline bow

l Inverter l Digital angle display l Hydraulic angle fixing l Control 3-4 Vari Tooth Bimetal M42 1-626-930

panel l Height adjustment switch l Length stop 4-6 Vari Tooth Bimetal M42 1-626-931

l Digital angle display 5-8 Vari Tooth Bimetal M42 1-626-932

Page 202 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 203 Swivel Frame Bandsaws

Semi-automatic two column horizontal metal-cutting band saw designed for industrial use Features: l Semi-automatic, hydraulically controlled two-column guided steel design l For cutting sections and full materials l Bearings for adjusting the saw frame for angle cuts with smoothened guide surfaces on the machine body l A hydraulically controlled system controls the machines work sequences l Linear guides on both columns ensure perfect cutting results l BRP - saw band monitoring (HA-DG) l Front band guide automatically moves in parallel with the moving vice jaw l HA-DG X with ARP system l Saw band tilted by 7° for improved cutting performance and a longer service life l With horizontally swivelling saw arm from +60° to -60° l Continuously variable adjustment of the saw band speed from 20 - 100 m/min. l Safety display for saw band tension and protective hood open l Emulsion cooling with liquid distribution across the saw band guides in the cutting channel l For straight cuts, clamping of the material upstream & downstream of the cut through two-part vice

Mitre Cutting +60° to -60°

Page 204 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 205 HMBS 500x750 HA-DG 0369-0075 Semi Swivel Frame Bandsaws HMBS 500x750 HA-DGX 0369-0076 Automatic

Semi-automatic two column horizontal metal-cutting band saw driven cleaning brush for cleaning and mainte- designed for industrial use nance of the saw band l Semi-automatic, hydraulically controlled two-column guided steel design l For cutting sections and full materials l Bearings for adjusting the saw frame for angle cuts with smoothened guide surfaces on the machine body l A hydraulically controlled system controls the machines work sequences l Linear guides on both columns ensure perfect cutting results l BRP - saw band monitoring (HA-DG) l Front band guide automatically moves in parallel with the moving vice jaw Included as standard l HA-DG X with ARP system l l Saw band tilted by 7° for improved cutting performance and a longer service life Saw band l l With horizontally swivelling saw arm from +60° to -60° Operating tool l l Continuously variable adjustment of the saw band speed from 20 - 100 m/min. Two rugged support rollers l l Safety display for saw band tension and protective hood open Frequency converter, Cutting Capacity l Hydraulic angle adjustment l Emulsion cooling with liquid distribution across the saw band guides in the cutting channel mm 0º 45º 60º 45º 60º l l For straight cuts, clamping of the material upstream & downstream of the cut through two-part vice Swarf purging gun l Digital angle display 500 500 330 500 300 l Coolant pump 400* 280* 200* 280* 190* l Pressure regulator on vice Scope of supply HA-DG X: 750 x 480 500 x 480 330 x 480 500 x 480 300 x 480 l Workplace lighting * Recommended Values

Specification HMBS 500 x 750 HA-DG / HMBS 500 x 750 HA-DG X Motor Output 3 x 400 V /50 HZ 4.0 Kw Speed Stages Continuously variable Saw band speeds 20-100 m/min Saw ban dims 6500 x 41 x 1.3mm Dims LxWxH (cm) 360 x 170 x 240 Table height material feed 815 mm Weight 2000 Kg

Optional Attachments:

Hydraul. Bundle clamping unit 0364-0144

Hydraul. band tensioning unit 0364-0141 Saws Micro-spraying system 0364-0010

Cutting line laser 0364-0011

Motorised swarf brush 0364-9709 Chip conveyor (HA-DG-X only) 0364-0142 Accessories Workpiece container 0364-0062 Swarf container 0364-0063 Accessories, roller conveyors Trolley for swarf and workpiece container 0364-0065 lateral guide roller, moving 0364-0287 Roller conveyors heavy-duty type 1 700 kg/m Lateral guide roller, rigid 0364-0286 Roller support, height-adjustable, 1000 x 800 mm roller conveyor 0364-9500 width 620 mm, load-bearing capacity 700 kg 0364-0288 2000 x 800 mm roller conveyor 0364-9501 Additional roller 1 000 mm 2000 x 800 mm motorised roller conveyor 0364-9502 (requires: 3649500/3649501*) 0364-0289 2000 x 800 mm motorised extension 0364-9503 1000 x 800 mm feed roller conveyor 0364-9504 1000 x 800 mm discharge roller conveyor 0364-9506 Spare Blades (M42) 6500 x 41 x 1.3mm Roller conveyors lightweight type 350 kg/m 2-3 TPI Vari-tooth 0365-5240 3-4 TPI Vari-tooth 0365-5241 Roller conveyor 2000 x 620 mm (6 rollers) 0364-9360 5-8 TPI Vari-tooth 0365-5242

Page 204 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 205 Swivel Frame Bandsaw BMBS 460x600 HA-DG 0369-0067

Features:

l Swivelling frame for sawing Semi Automatic stainless steel, tool steel, hollow profiles, and soild Mitre Cutting materials +60° to -60° l Extremely stable and robust construction l Hydraulically controlled sawing functions l Machine drive with low maintenace, oil lubricated worm gearwith robust three-phase motor l Motor equipped with overload protection l Standard version with digital angle display l Saw band with adjustable carbide tips l Comes with cleaning brush for optimum cleaning and maintenance of the saw blade l The vice can proceed to the complete clamping range l Frequency Converter for continuous adjustment of the band speed 20 - 100 m / min. with stop function - sawing can be interrupted at any time by operating a switch. l Swivelling saw arm from - 60º to + 60º

Optional Attachments:

Hydraulic bundle clamping unit 0364-0171 Hydraulic vice downstream of cut 0364-9262 Pressure regulator on vice 0364-0047 Machine Light 0364-0012 Spare Blades Workplace container 0364-0062 2-3 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 0365-5231 Swarf container 0364-0063 3-4 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 0365-5230 Trolley for swarf and workpiece container 0364-0065 4-6 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 0365-5232 2000mm rollar conveyor 0364-9253

Specification BMBS 460x600 HA-DG Cutting Capacity mm 0º 45º 60º 45º 60º Main Motor 4 kW Blade Speed Infinitely Variable 460 460 320 460 320 Speed range 20 - 100m/min Saw-band 5380 x 41 x 1.3 mm 250* 180* 130* 180* 130* Dims (LxWxH cm) 315 x 113 x 275 Table height material supply 940 mm 600 x 460 490 x 200 340 x 160 470 x 220 320 x 220 Weight 1690 Kg 590 x 460 460 x 320 320 x 310 350 x 470 170 x 460

Page 206 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 207 Swivel Frame Bandsaw Swivel Frame Bandsaw BMBS 360x500 HA-DG 0369-0090

Semi-automatic swivel frame metal-cutting band saw with Semi Automatic frequency converter Mitre Cutting +60° to -60°

Features:

l Designed for industrial use l For sawing, e.g., stainless steel, tool steel, hollow sections and full materials l Saw band drive with low-maintenance, oil-lubricated worm gear l With rugged 3-phase motor including overload protection l Saw band guide with adjustable tungsten carbide plates l With mechanical saw band tensioning, and monitoring via micro-switch l Cooling system on the saw band guides l Includes frequency converter for continuously variable adjustment of the saw band speed from 20 – 100 m/min. l With BRP saw band monitoring as standard

Included as standard

l Saw band l Operating tool l Swarf clearing brush

l Coolant pump Saws l Digital angle display

Spare Blades (M42) Specification BMBS 360x500 HA-DG Main Motor 3 kW 2-3 TPI Vari-tooth 0365-5400 Blade Speed Continuously variable 3-4 TPI Vari-tooth 0365-5401 Speed range 20 - 100 m/min 4-6 TPI Vari-tooth 0365-5402 Saw-band 4 780 x 34 x 1.1 mm 5-8 TPI Vari-tooth 0365-5403 Dims (LxWxH) 2 900 x 950 x 2 270 mm Table height material supply 820 mm Weight 715 kg Optional Attachments: min. remaining workpiece length 35 mm Micro-spraying system 0364-0010 Machine Light 0364-0012 Cutting Capacity Pressure regulator on vice 0364-0146 mm 0º 45º 60º 45º 60º Vice downstream of cut 0364-9316 Hydraulic bundle clamping unit 0364-0001 360 360 300 360 300 Workpiece container 0364-0062

Swarf container 0364-0063 250* 180* 130* 180* 130*

Trolley for swarf and workpiece container 0364-0065 500 x 340 440 x 220 310 x 220 430 x 220 500 x 220

Page 206 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 207 Swivel Frame Bandsaw BMBS 300x320 H-DG 0368-0012

Features: l For sawing, e.g., stainless steel, tool steel, hollow sections and Swivel frame full materials l With hydraulically controlled mitre cuts from sawing functions +60° to -45°. l Saw arm tilted by 25° for a longer saw band service life l Saw band drive with low-maintenance, oil-lubricated worm gear l With rugged 3-phase motor l Motor includes overload protection l Ball-bearing borne turntable l With swarf clearing brush for optimum cleaning and maintenance of the saw band l Saw arm tilted by 25° for a longer saw band service life l Swivelling saw arm from +60° to -45° l With swarf clearing brush for optimum cleaning and maintenance of the saw band l Vice with manual material clamping unit and quick release unit for lateral

Included as standard

l Saw band l Operating tool l Cross-cut fence 1 metre l Swarf clearing brush l Swivelling control panel l Coolant pump

Spare Blades 3-4 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 0365-5815 4-6 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 0365-5816 Specification BMBS 300x320 H-DG Main Motor 1.4 - 2.0 kW Optional Attachments: Speed range 35 / 70 m/min Saw-band 3 660 x 27 x 0.9 mm Machine Light 0364-0012 Dims (LxWxH) 2 270 x 1 170 x 2 040 mm Micro-spraying system 0364-0010 Table height Manual bundle clamping unit 0364-0002 (material supply) 800 mm Vice downstream of cut 0364-0075 Weight 548 Kg Workpiece container 0364-0062 min. remaining workpiece length 30 mm Swarf container 0364-0063 Trolley for swarf and workpiece container 0364-0065 Connecting roller conveyor 390 mm Cutting Capacity feed side, f. 60° cuts between saw mm 0º 45º 60º 45º and roller conveyor, 200 kg/m 0364-9171 Connecting roller conveyor 390 mm 300 300 200 280 discharge side, f. 60° cuts between saw and roller conveyor, 200 kg/m 0364-9172 180* 110* 80* 110* 1 000 x 390 mm, roller conveyor 200 kg/m 0364-9173 320 x 300 305x 250 200x 200 260 x 200 2 000 x 390 mm, roller conveyor 200 kg/m 0364-9174 * Recommended Values Page 208 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 209 Swivel Frame Bandsaw Heavy Duty Bandsaws Automatic XL 300 GHV 1-629-100 XL 380 GHV 1-629-200

Features: l Fully Automatic Bandsaw suitable for single or multiple cuts up to 99999 l Dovetail slide with take up gib l Machine stops automatically after reaching the preselected number of cuts l Adjustable Hydraulic Feed l Variable Speed: No belt change. No time wasting. Speeds up production l Automatic cut off l Micro alignment of Blade through Ball Bearings and Carbide Blade Guides l Variable speed l Complate Coolant System Drill Tooling Drill Tooling Saws

Specification XL 300 GHV XL 380 GHV Cutting Capacity 0º Round (mm) 300 380 Square (mm) 260 280 Included as standard Rectagular (mm) 200 x 330 230 x 410 Blade Size (mm) 27 x 3820 27 x 4265 l Auto Lifting Main Motor 2.25 kW 2.25 kW l Safety device for saw blade breakage Blade Speed Infinitely Variable Speed Range 20-96 mpm 21-100 mpm l Manual clamping vice Dims (cm) 215 x 96 x 132 234 x 96 x 149 Weight (Kg) 100 1200 Optional Attachments: Spare Blades XL300GHV XL380GHV MSR 4 S 3-4 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 1-629-900 1-629-910 4 Roller adjustable height material stand. 4-6 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 1-629-901 1-629-911 Min 525mm max 820mm 0335-7010 5-8 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 1-629-902 1-629-912

Page 208 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 209 Heavy Duty Bandsaws XL 300 MHV 1-629-300 XL 380 MHV 1-629-400

Features:

l Dovetail slide with take up gib l Variable speed: No belt change.No time wasting. Speeds up production, l Adjustable Hydraulic Feed l Complete Coolant System l Micro alignment of Blade through Ball Bearings & Carbide Blade Guides l Automatic Cut Off l Variable Speed

Included as standard l Auto Lifting S p e c i fi c a t i o n X L 3 0 0 M H V X L 3 8 0 M H V l Safety device for saw blade breakage Cutting Capacity l Manual clamping vice 0º Round (mm) 300 380 Square (mm) 260 300 Optional Attachments: Rectagular (mm) 200 x 330 220 x 440 MSR 4 S 45º Round (mm) 230 280 4 Roller adjustable height material stand. Square (mm) 190 230 Min 525mm max 820mm 0335-7010 Rectagular (mm) 150 x 230 190 x 280

Blade Size (mm) 27 x 3820 27 x 4265 Spare Blades XL 300 MHV XL 380 MHV Main Motor 2.25 kW 2.25 kW Blade Speed Infinitely Variable 3-4 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 1-629-900 1-629-910 Speed Range 20 - 96 mpm 21 - 100 mpm 4-6 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 1-629-901 1-629-911 Packing Size (cm) 215 x 96 x 132 234 x 96 x 149 5-8 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 1-629-902 1-629-912 Weight NW.GW (Kg) 800 / 950 1000 / 1100

Page 210 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 211 Heavy Duty Bandsaws Heavy Duty Dual Mitre Saw XL 1018 SAV 1-626-100

Features: l 260mm Round capacity l Arm Swivels up to 45º left and 60º right l Micro alignment of blade through ball bearing l Dovetail slide with take up gib l Rapid approach vice l Adjustable hydraulic feed l Automatic cut off l Complete coolant system Swivel frame mitre cuts from +60° to -45°.

Specification XL 1018 SAV Maximum Capacity 0º Round 260 mm

Square 260 mm Saws Rectangular (HxW) 250 x 430 mm 45º R Round 260 mm Square 260 mm

Rectangular (HxW) 260x300mm

45º L Round 254 mm Square 254 mm Rectangular (HxW) 254 x 300 mm 60º R Round 155 mm Square 140 mm Rectangular (HxW) 155 x 125 mm Blade Size 27x 0.9 x 3660 mm Blade Speed infinetely Variable Speed Range 16 - 78 MPM Motor 1.5 kW Dims LxWxH (cm) 215 x 102 x 113 Net/Gross Weight 500 Kgs / 550 Kgs Spare Blades Optional Attachments : 3-4 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 1-626-900B MSR 4 S 4-6 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 1-626-901B 4 Roller adjustable height Material Stand. 5-8 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 1-626-902B 6-10 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 1-626-903B Min. 525mm Max 820mm 0335-7010

Page 210 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 211 Heavy Duty Bandsaws PBS 250 V 3ph 1-625-200V

Features:

l Micro alignment of Blade through Ball Bearings & Carbide Blade Guides. l Dovetail slide with take up gib l Rapid approach Vice l Adjustable Hydraulic Feed l Automatic Cut Off l Variable Speed l No Belt change. No time wasting. Speeds up production l Coolant Pump & Accessories

Specification PBS 250 V Maximum Capacity: 0° Round 250 mm Square 250 x 250 mm SPARE BLADES PBS 250V Rectangular (HxW) 250 x 380 mm

3-4 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 1-625-950B 45° Round 190 mm 4-6 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 1-625-951B Square 190 x 190 mm 5-8 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 1-625-952B Rectangular (HxW) 250 x 190 mm 6-10 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 1-625-953B Blade Size 3300 x 27 mm Blade Speed Variable 25 - 75m / min Mitre Cut 45° Optional Attachments: Motor 2 HP MSR 4 S 4 Roller adjustable height material Stand. Dims LxWxH (cms) 175 x 57.5 x 112 Min 525mm max 820 mm 0335-7010 Weight 325 Kgs

Page 212 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 213 Heavy Duty Bandsaws Belt & Geared Drive Bandsaws S 1811ph 0330-0185 S 181G 3ph 0330-0182 Belt Drive Gear Drive

Features: S 181 G l User friendly safety switch according to IP54 with under Voltage release & protective Motor Switch l Three Blade speeds via Gear shifting mechanism on S181G on S181 three Blade speeds through Belt change. l Robust Cast Iron design l Chip Brush. l Lowering using Hydraulic System with continuous adjustment l Coolant System supplied as standard l Ball Bearing 5 point Blade guide l Quick Action Vice l Automatic limit stop

Gear Drive Drill Tooling Drill Tooling

S 181 Belt Drive Saws

Specification S181 S181G Maximum Capacity 0° Round 180 mm Optional Attach. Rect. 180 x 240 mm Square 180 MSR 4 S 4 Roller adjustable height Material Stand. 45° Round 110 mm Min 530 mm max 800mm 0335-7010 Rect. 110 x 170mm Square 150 Blade Speed m/min 21 ,33.5, 45, 50 45, 67, 77 SPARE BLADES Blade Size 2362 x 19 mm Motor Power 750 W 5-8 Vari Tooth Bimetal M42 1-620-950B Dims. LxWxH (cm) 130 x 45 x 106 120 x 45 x 106 6-10 Vari Tooth Bimetal M42 1-620-951B Weight 130Kg

Page 212 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 213 Portable Bandsaws S 100G 1ph 240V 0330-0100 110V 0330-0102

Features: l Quick clamping vice for fast workpiece clamping l Saw head swivels from 0 to 45 to allow angled sawing l Easily legible scale for adjusting the angle l Microswitch for automatic limit position cut off l Automatic lowering of the saw head via three stage adjustable saw head lowering pressure. l Equipped as a factory standard with bi-metal saw blade l Large size lifting handles and light weight enable to carry to the construction site l Adjustable material stop for batch work l Fully equipped the user can immediately start productive work after commissioning l Transportation lock

Specification S100G Electrical Connection 230V / 1Ph 50 Hz 110V / 1Ph 50 Hz Motor Output 370 W Saw Band Speed 45m/min Saw Band Size 1470 x 13 mm Cutting Angle 0° to 45° Cutting Capacity 0° Round 100 mm Square 100 mm Rectangular 100 x 150 Cutting Capacity 45° Round 65 mm Square 60 mm Rectangular 60 x 100 mm Dims 85 x 30 x 68 Weight 23 Kg

SPARE BLADES

10-14 Vari Tooth Bimetal M42 0335-1110 Optional Stand 6 TPI 10° Vari Tooth Bimetal M42 0335-1109 MUG 1 0363-0000

Page 214 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 215 Portable Bandsaws Portable Mitre Bandsaws Arm Swivel SP 11V 0330-0070 SP 13V 0330-0075 SQ-V13 0319-4013 Features:

l Equipped with bi-metal saw blade SP 13V &

l Adjustable material stop for batch work

l Pushbutton to run saw blade on and off SQ-V13

l Base plate with anti-slip feet Saw head swivels from l low vibration and wear due to special 0° to 60° to allow gearbox with two hardened steel gears angled sawing l Vario drive motor with low speed and carbon brushes.

SP 11V Saw head swivels from 0° to +45° to allow angled sawing

NEW

Specification SP 11V SP 13V SQ-V13 Electrical Conn. 230V. 1Ph 50Hz Motor Output 850 W 1 kW 400 W

Saw Band Speed 30 - 80m/min Saws Saw Blade Size 1335 x 13 mm 1440 x 13 mm Cutting Angle 0° - 45° 0° - 60 Cutting Capacity 0° Round 105 mm 125 mm Square 100 mm 125 mm Rectangular 105 x 95 mm 127 x 120 mm 125 x 125 mm Cutting Capacity 45° Round 65 mm 85 mm Square 60 mm 85 mm Rectangular 65 x 60 mm 85 x 88 mm 85 x 85 mm Cutting Capacity 60° Round - 45mm 50 mm Square - 45mm 50 mm Rectangular - 45 x 50 mm 50 x 50 mm Dims 65 x 29 x 45 cm 72 x 30 x 42 cm 67 x 38 x 42 cm Weight 19 Kg 20 Kg 23 Kg

Optional Stand SPARE BLADES SP11V SP13V/SQ-V13 Optional Stand 0363-0000 MUG 1 6-10 Vari Tooth Bimetal M42 0335-1542 0335-1546 MUG 1 10-14 Vari Tooth Bimetal M42 0335-1543 0335-1547

Page 214 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 215 Medium Pull Down Saws Mitre +60°/ -45° S 131 GH 1ph S 150 G Vario 1ph Arm Swivel 0330-0131 0330-0150 Left/Right

Features: l Automatic lowering of the Saw Arch using Hydraulic Cylinder with continuous advance l Mounting Base, Swivel Arm & Saw Arch made of Grey Cast Iron l Ball Bearing 3 point Saw Belt Guide l Automatic limit stop l Arms swivels L/R on both sides from -45° to +60° lSmooth running l Quick Action Vice l Machine with Stand l Low-noise running action l Grey cast base plate and saw head l Stable saw frame for smooth, low-vibration action l Easily legible scale for adjusting the angle l Equipped as a factory standard with bi-metal saw blade l Saw band tensioning at front, adjustable via handwheel l Adjustable material stop for batch work l Fast workpiece clamping thanks to quick clamping vicel Machine with full equipment set; the user can immediately start productive work

S 131 GH

S150 G

Included as standard: l Hydraulic Counter Pressure Cylinder l Machine Substructure lMaterial Limit Stop. Specification S 131 GH S 150 G Vario SPARE BLADES Electric Connection 230 V 1 Ph 50 Hz Coolant Pump - 50 W S 131 GH Motor Power 1.1 kW 6-10 Tpi Vari Tooth Bimetal M42 0335-1512 Cutting Feed Continuously variable 10-14 Tpi Vari Tooth Bimetal M42 0335-1518 Saw Band Speed m/min 22, 31, 55 Continuously variable Feed Steps 3 Variable S 150 G Vario Blade Size 1638 x13 mm 1735 x 12.7 mm 6-10 Tpi Vari Tooth Bimetal M42 0335-1522 10-14 Tpi Vari Tooth Bimetal M42 0335-1538 Maximum Capacity 0° Round 128 mm 150 mm Rect. (HxW) 128 x 145 mm 150 x 160 mm Optional Attachments: ±45° Round. 90 mm 105 mm Rect. (HxW) 90x100 mm 105x130 mm MSR 4 H +60° Round 45 mm 65 mm 4 Roller adjustable height Material Stand. Rect. 45 x 45 mm 65 x 65 mm Min 650 mm max 1050 mm 0335-7001 Weight 78 Kg 100 Kg

Page 216 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 217 Medium Pull Down Saws Heavy Duty Pull Down Saws S 131 GH 1ph Arm Swivel S 210 G 3ph 0330-0210 S 275 N 3ph 0330-0260 0330-0131 Left/Right 0330-0265 S 275 NV 1ph Variable Speed Features: l Ball Bearing 5 point Blade Guide l Adjustable Feed Rate with Hydraulic Cylinder l Coolant pump supplied as standard l Bi-Metal Blade supplied as standard l 2 Saw Blade speeds selectable over 2-step Motor l (3 phase only) l Heavy Cast Iron design l High cutting accuracy l Smooth running l Quick & safe holding of the workpiece by a Quick Action Vice with an additional lever l Coolant tray l Mitre Saw Arm swivels to 60 ° l Automatic limit stop S 210 G S 275 NV Mitre 0 - 45° Mitre 0 - 60° Saws

Specification S 131 GH S 150 G Vario Included as standard: l Bi-Metal Saw Blade l Hydraulic Feed lMachine Stand lMaterial Limit Stop

l Quick Action Vice l Coolant Equipment

l Chip Collection Tray Specification S 210 G S 275 N S 275 NV 0° Round 170 mm 225 mm SPARE BLADES Rect. 140 x 190 mm 150 x 245 mm Bimetal M42 S 210 S 275 45° Round 125 mm 145 mm 4-6 Vari-Tooth 1-660-905B 1-660-915B Rect. (HxW) 95 x 140 mm 145 x 180 mm 5-8 Vari-Tooth 1-660-906B 1-660-916B 60° Round - 90 mm 6-10 Vari-Tooth 1-660-907B 1-660-917B Rect. (HxW) - 90 x 120 mm Blade Speed 2 Steps (3 ph) 40 / 80 m/min 45/90 m/min - Optional Attachments: 1 Step (1 ph) 40m / min - 20 - 9 0 Vari. m/min Blade Size 2080 x 20 mm 2480 x 27 mm MSR 4 H Motor 750 1.1 kW 1.5 kW 4 Roller adjustable height material Stand Coolant Motor 90 W 90 W Min 650 mm max 1050 mm 0335-7001 Weight 152 Kg 185 Kg

Page 216 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 217 Large Pull Down Saws S 300 DG S 350 DG

S 300 DG 400V 3Ph 0329-0290 ExcelFeatures: Saws l Heavy duty, high cutting accuracy l Ball Bearing & Carbide Blade Guides l Quick Action Vice with hold down clamp Mitre l Automatic switch off after completion of cut +60°/ -45° l Saw Blade tensioner l E.stop & Foot Circuit closer. l Mitre cutting by swivelling the arm up to 60˚ l Material limit stop with scale l Adjustable Cutting Feed

Specification S 310 DG 0° Round 255 mm Rect. 190 x 300 mm Square 190 mm + 45° Round 215 mm Rect. 190 x 200 mm Square 190 mm Included as standard: - 45° Round 220 mm Rect. 135 x 190 mm • Coolant System Square 190 mm • Quick Action Vice - 60° Round 135 mm • Hydraulic Feed Rect. 135 x 135 mm • Bi-metal Blade Vari Tooth 5-8 Square 135 mm Blade Speed 35 - 70 m/min Optional Attachments: Blade Size (mm) 2750 x 27 SPARE BLADES Motor Power 1.5 kW Bimetal M42 MSR 4 H 0335-7001 Coolant Pump 100 W 5-8 Vari-Tooth 0335-7751 4 Roller adjustable height Dims LxWxH (cm) 168 x 70 x 160 6-10 Vari-Tooth 0335-7753 Material Stand650x1050mm Weight 335 Kgs 10-14 Vari-Tooth 0335-7754

S 350 DG 410V 3Ph 0329-0350 Features: l Heavy duty, high cutting accuracy l Mitre cutting by swivelling the armup to 60˚ l Ball Bearing & Carbide Blade Guides l Material limit stop with scale l Quick Action Vice with hold down clamp l Automatic switch off after completion of cut l Adjustable Cutting Feed lSaw Blade tensioner. l E.stop & Foot Circuit closer. Specification S 350 DG Mitre 0° Round 270 mm +60°/ -45° Rect. 230 x 350 mm Square 230 mm +45° Round 230 mm Rect. 210 x 220 mm Included Square 200 mm as standard: -45° Round 230 mm Rect. 140 x 200 mm l Bi-metal Blade Square 170 mm Vari Tooth 4-6 +60° Round 140 mm l Coolant System Rect. 140 x 220 mm l Quick Action Vice Square 140 mm • Hydraulic Feed

Blade Speed 36 / 72 m/min Blade Size 2925 x 27mm Motor Power 2.2 kW SPARE BLADES Optional Attachments: Coolant Pump 50 W 4-6 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 0335-7540 MSR 4 H Dims LxWxH (cm) 175x108x142 5-8 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 0335-7541 4 Roller adjust. height Weight 550 Kgs 6-10 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 0335-7542 Stand 650x1050mm 0335-7001

Page 218 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 219 Large Pull Down Saws SD 500 0329-2380 Features

l Heavy industrial version l Quiet running l High cutting accuracy due to vibration-free running

lMitration adjustment -45° to 60° by swivelling the entire saw bow l Serially with high-quality

bi-metal Saw band l Micro switch for automatic limit switch l Coolant pump

l Ball bearing saw band guide with carbide plates for optimum cutting results.Simple adjustment of lowering

speed by means of feed control valve in control panel l Large dimensioned quick-action vice laterally movable

l Clear control panel

NEW

Mitre +60°/ -45° Saws

Specification S 500 0° Round 355 mm Rect. 280 x 490 mm Square 280 mm +45° Round 355 mm Rect. 280 x 340 mm Square 280 mm -45° Round 290 mm Rect. 250 x 250 mm Square 250 mm SPARE BLADES +60° Round 230 mm 5-8 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 0335-7590 Rect. 180 x 220 mm Included 6-10 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 0335-7591 Square 180 mm as standard: Blade Speed 35 / 70 m/min Blade Size 3770 x 34mm l Material Stop Optional Accessories Motor Power 2.2 kW l Bi-metal Blade Coolant Pump 100 W Vari Tooth 4-6 MSR 4 H Dims LxWxH (cm) 212x105x150 l Coolant System 4 Roller adjust. height Weight 552 Kgs l Quick Action Vice Stand 650x1050mm 0335-7001

Page 218 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 219 Circular Saws ECS 250 1ph 1-642-101T ECS 315 3ph 1-642-200T

Features

l Stand alone coolant system with high volume tank l Specially designed water way for better ECS 250 cooling effect l Adjustable setting with scales for better cutting length measurement l Heavy duty design for spindle and worm gear box l Swift clamping handle design for easy work piece loading l Shock proof design for control panel l Miter design for cutting angle adjustment 45° on the right and left respectively

Specification ECS 250 ECS 315

30 mm 50 mm Cutting 75 mm 100 mm 0º Capacity 65 x 65 mm 82 x 82 mm 90 x 50 mm 110 x 70 mm

30 mm 50 mm Cutting 65 mm 100 mm Capacity 45º 55 x 55 mm 82 x 82 mm 60 x 50 mm 85 x 70 mm

Main Motor 1 HP ,1Ph 4P 2 HP, 3Ph 2P/4P Single Speed Two Speed Mitre 45°

Spindle Speed 45 rpm 44 / 88 rpm

Saw Blade Ø250 x Ø 32 x 2.0mm Ø315 x Ø 32 x 2.0mm

Max. Vice opening 100 mm 120 mm ECS 315 Cooling pump 1/8 HP 1/8 HP Coooling Tank 2 Litres 5 Litres Dimensions (cm) 96 x 94 x 157 102 x 99 x 183 Weight 131 Kg 175 Kg

Included as standard: l Machine Stand l Coolant System l High Speed Blade l Quick Action Vice

Spare Blades

250mm Ø 1-642-900 315mm Ø 1-642-910

Optional Accessories: MSR 4 H 4 Roller adjustable height stand min 650mm max 1050mm 0335-7001

Page 220 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 221 Circular Saws Circular Saws ECS 250 1ph 1-642-101T ECS 350 Vario 3ph 1-642-300T

Specification ECS 350 VARIO

Cutting Capacity

0 º 85 mm 120 mm 105 x 105 160 x 90 45 º 75 mm 100 mm 85 x 85 85 x 70

Main Motor 3 HP 4 Pole Spindle Speed 24 - 120 RPM Variable ECS 350 Vario Saw Blade HSS Ø 350mm x Ø32 x Ø2.5 mm Max. Vice Opening 170 mm Cooling Pump 1/8 HP Coolant Tank 5 Litres Machine Weight 250 Kgs Dimensions (LxWxH) 120 x 99 x 172 cm

Included standard: • Machine Stand • Coolant System • High Speed Blade • Quick Action Vice

SPARE BLADES Ø 350mm x Ø32 x Ø2.5mm 1-642-920

Optional Accessories: MSR 4 H 0335-7001 4 Roller adjustable height stand min 650mm max 1050mm

LMS 400 3ph 0362-5400 HIGH SPEED ALUM. CUTTING Features l Circular sawing machine to cut solid material and profiles made of aluminium & light metal alloys l Solid and robust structure l Easy and trouble free operation l Precise cutting l Saw head is slewableby 45º to the left & by 45º to the right on bearing l Stand optional

Cutting Capacity Mitre 45° Saws

0º 60 140 110 x 110 100 x 180

±45° 60 130 100 x 100 100 x 150

Included as standard: Specification LMS 400 l Material support arm with roll Motor power 400V/50Hz 2.2 kW l Length stop 500mm Speeds 3000 min¹ l Two manual vices with Span width machine vice 220 mm plastic tipped Saw blade Ø 400 mm aluminum clamping jaws Infeed height inc. base 855 mm l Saw head tilt-able by 45º Dims (cm) 150 x 100 x 90 to the left for mitre cut Weight Kgs 160 l Saw Blade

Optional Accessories: SPARE BLADES

MSR 4 H 4 Roller adjustable height stand Ø 400 x Ø 32mm x 4mm min 650mm max 1050mm 0335-7001 96 teeth 0365-4048 LMS 400 Machine stand 0364-3171 LMS 400

Page 220 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 221 Metal Dry Cutting Saws MTS 356 0384-0355 MTS 356 Metal dry cutter, sawing metal without coolant l Includes prism clamping jaws for clamping Features pipes as standard equipment l Extremely stable and robust structure l Easily adjustable clamps l For virtually -free sawing of sections and l Angle for mitre cuts pipes made of steel, iron, copper, brass, l right 45°, left 39° aluminium, plastics, composite materials and l With length stop for precise cutting stainless steel, without needing a coolant l With spindle lock for easy saw bladereplacement l For use in metalworking,, interior fitting, etc. l Soft-start motor for easier handling on switching on the saw

MUG 1 Portable Optional Stand Included as standard: l 4, 6 & 8 mm Allen Keys l Protective eyewear l 1 Prisim clamping jaw l Without saw blade Prism Jaw Optional Accessories: Specification MTS 356 MUG 1 Stand 0363-0000 Prism Clamping Jaw 0385-0355 Motor power 230V.1Ph.50Hz 2.2 kW Saw Blades Ø355 x 2.4 x 25.4 mm Aluminium Speeds 1300 rpm for Steel 80 teeth 0385-3504 Cutting capacity for Alum. 80 teeth 0385-3502 0° Round 132 mm Saw Blades Ø305 x 2.4 x 25.4 mm Rect. HxW 100 x 180 mm for Steel 60 teeth 0385-3051 Square 120 x 120 mm Steel R45° L39° Round. 105 mm Rect. HxW 120 x 90 mm Square. 90 x 90 mm Saw Blade Diameter Ø355 mm Weight 24 Kgs

ABRASIVE CUT OFF SAW ACS 355 1-650-150

Specification ABS 355 Portable Cutting Cap 100 mm Wheel dia 355 mm SPARE Power 2kW 240V 1PH Speed 2800 rpm ABRASIVE Wheel bore 25 mm DISC Weight 21 Kgs 1-650-925

Page 222 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 223 Stands & Measuring Systems Metal Dry Cutting Saws MSR 4 S, MSR 4 H, MSR 7 H, MSR 10 H, MTS 356 0384-0355 LMS 10, LMS 20, LMS 30, LMS 40

ADJUSTABLE ROLLER STAND l Heavy duty – Versatile – Affordable l One stand that suits many sizes. 0335-7010 l Supports long & heavy workpieces MSR 4 S l Universally applicable for Saws 0335-7001 l Roller support with adjustable height. MSR 4 H l Steel Rolls with Roller Bearing on both sides l Option to assemble the length measuring systems LMS MSR 7 H 0335-7002 MSR 10 H 0335-7003

MSR 4 H

MSR 7 H

Specification MSR 4 S MSR 4 H MSR 7 H MSR 10 H Diameter of Support Rollers 60 mm 60 mm 60 mm 60 mm Width of Support Rollers 360 mm 360 mm 360 mm 360 mm Max Load Capacity 500 Kg 500 Kg 700 Kg 700 Kg Length of Material Stand 1’000 mm 1’000 mm 2’000 mm 3’000 mm

Width of Material Stand 440 mm 440 mm 440 mm 440 mm Height of Material Stand 525 - 820 mm 660 - 1050 mm 660 - 1050 mm 660 - 1050 mm

Weight 30 Kg 30 Kg 58 Kg 78 Kg MEASURING SYSTEMS

Saws LMS 10 LMS 20 LMS 30 LMS 40

0338-3851 0338-3852 0338-3853 0338-3854

Display LCD screen

Fig.: Material Stand MSR 7 H with length measuring system LMS 2

Model LMS 10 LMS 20 LMS 30 LMS 40

Length of Bar 1’000 mm 2’000 mm 3’000 mm 4’000 mm

Travel 830 mm 1’830 mm 2’830 mm 3’830 mm

Page 222 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 223 Hydraulic Swing Beam Shears EHS Series Features l The frame is of welded construction. It has vibration method used to eliminate stress. Machine is of high rigidity & strength. l The sheet is moved easily by the Rolling Balls & support block located on the table to ensure the surface quality of the sheet to be cut. There are front support arms & side squaring arms l Hydraulic Drive, swing beam, the return of the knife beam is smooth & prompt by the accumulator or nitrogen Cylinder. l The stroke of knife beam can be steplessly adjusted l The position of low Blade can be adjusted to ensure the equilibrium of the gap between blades after regrinding. Optional: l Adjustment of the gap between Sick Guard in lieu of totally enclosed rear guard Blades is portable & prompt. 1-561-900 The value of the gap is indicated on a dial l Protective fence and the safety are ensured by fully enclosed l The back Gauge is motorised adjustable electrically interlocked guards. There are travel limit protection and & manual fine adjustment. The adjusted foot pedestal mounted emergency stop switch value is shown on the numerator on the front of the machine is digital display 1. Oil Tank, Hydraulic Block l The number of cuts is shown on the 2. Shadow light with piano wire for fine gauging

counter located on the front of the 3. Swing Beam 4. Control Board Machine 5. Main Cylinder 6. Rapid Return Cylinder l Pre-selection of single or continuous stroke 7. Barrier Guard 8. Backgauge Motor l Equipped with lighting alignment 9. Throat 10. Powered Back Stop (Shadow light) device

Specification Back Gauge Main Shear Shear Strokes Range Motor Weight Dims cm Stock Model Size mm Angle per Min (mm) KW Kgs LxWxH Number

EHS 4x2000 4x2000 1° 30' 18 20-600 7.5 4000 265x161x165 1-561-100

EHS 4x2500 4x2500 1° 30' 18 20-600 7.5 5200 314x161x165 1-561-110

EHS 6x2500 6x2500 1° 30' 18 20-600 7.5 5200 314x161x165 1-561-200

EHS 6x3200 6x3200 1° 30' 14 20-600 7.5 6260 384x161x165 1-561-210

EHS 6x4000 6x4000 1° 30' 10 20-600 11 8700 464x161x170 1-561-220

EHS 8x2500 8x2500 1° 30' 14 20-600 11 5300 314x161x165 1-561-300 EHS 8x3200 8x3200 1° 30' 10 20-600 11 6300 384x161x165 1-561-310 EHS 8x4000 8x4000 1° 30' 8 20-600 11 9650 468x170x170 1-561-320 EHS 10x2500 10x2500 2° 10 20-600 15 7380 335x169x185 1-561-400

EHS 10x3200 10x3200 1° 48' 8 20-600 15 9150 405x169x185 1-561-410

EHS 10x4000 10x4000 2° 8 20-800 18.5 14500 476x220x210 1-561-420 EHS 12x2500 12x2500 2° 10 20-600 15 7380 335x169x185 1-561-500 EHS 12x3200 12x3200 1° 30' 8 20-800 18.5 12500 400x205x200 1-561-510

EHS 12x4000 12x4000 2° 7 20-80 18.5 18000 482x230x220 1-561-520 EHS 16x2500 16x2500 2° 8 20-800 18.5 12200 339x212x205 1-561-600

EHS 16x3200 16x3200 2° 7 20-800 18.5 16300 405x219x205 1-561-610

EHS 16x4000 16x4000 2° 7 20-800 30 20000 485x235x230 1-561-620 EHS 20x2500 20x2500 2° 30' 6 20-800 37 14000 344x208x257 1-561-700

EHS 20x3200 20x3200 2° 30' 5 25-800 37 20000 415x230x263 1-561-710 EHS 20x4000 20x4000 2° 30' 5 30-1000 37 25000 495x240x273 1-561-720

EHS 25x2500 25x2500 3° 5 40-1000 45 19800 350x250x245 1-561-800

EHS 25x3200 25x3200 3° 5 40-1000 45 22800 410x250x260 1-561-810

EHS 25x4000 25x4000 3° 4 40-1000 45 28000 505x330x280 1-561-820

Page 224 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 225 Motorised Mechanical Shear Hydraulic Swing Beam Shears MTBS 1255-30E MTBS 1255-40E MTBS 2055-30E 0375-7013 0375-7014 0375-7023 Features l Suitable for cutting metals and other materials l Heavy-duty, stress-free welded steel design l Premium knife

l Two long sheet support arms for large workpieces l Cutting line lighting and slots in upper

cover plate for an optimum view of the cutting edge and for cutting along marks l Manual rear stop 630 mm with adjustment option with millimetre precision

l Light barrier for rear stop area l Foot operation means that both hands are free for feeding in the material

Sick Guard in lieu of totally enclosed rear guard 1-561-900

Specification

Model Fabrication Specification MTBS MTBS MTBS 1255-30 E 1255-40 E 2055-30 E Electric Connection 400V 3Ph 50Hz 400V 3Ph 50Hz 400V 3Ph 50Hz Working width 1250 mm 1250 mm 2050 mm Steel sheet thickness* 3.0 mm 4.0 mm 3.0 mm Stainless steel thickness 1.5 mm 2.0mm 1.5 mm Cutting angle 2° 2.4° 2° Rear stop 630 mm 630 mm 630 mm Stroke per minute 30 30 30 SPARE BLADE SET Motor power 3.0 kW 4.0 kW 4.0 kW MTBS 1255-30 E 0375-7910 Dims (LxWxH) Cm 168 x 148 x 11 170 x 161 x 119 250 x 161 x 119 MTBS 1255-40 E 0375-7911 Weight 850 Kg 1185 Kg 1520 Kg MTBS 2055-30 E 0375-7912

Page 224 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 225 Motorised Mechanical Shears MTBS 1350-30B 0381-5513 MTBS 1540-40B 0381-5515 MTBS 2100-40B 0381-5520 MTBS 2550-40B 0381-5525 MTBS 3130-30B 0381-5530

Features

l Heavy duty rugged welded design l Slot guided top beam with adjustable flat guides l Manual cutting kerf adjustment

l LED cutting line lighting and slots in upper cover for an optimum view of the cutting edge and for cutting along marks

l Transfer roller bearings on support table for convenient material handling l Solid 90° lateral stop with length of

1000mm, T-slot, tilting cam and scale l Two solid sheet support arms with T-slots and tilting cams

l Motorised, NC controlled rear stop, 750mm travel range l Rear stop drive with frequency inverter, brake motor

and ball screws l Premium rotable blade, suitable for cutting stainless steel l Heavy hold down bar with rubber

inserts to protect the material l Rear area protected by light curtains l Operated via mobile floor pedal console with emergency stop

Specification 1350x30 B 1540-40 B 2100-40 B 2550-40 B 3130-30 B Working width 1350 mm 1540 mm 2050 mm 2550mm 3050 mm Steel thickness (400N/mm) 3.0 mm 4.0 mm 4.0 mm 4.0 mm 3.0 mm Steel thickness (700N/mm) 1.5 mm 2.5 mm 2.5 mm 2.5 mm 1.5mm Rear stop 750 mm 750 mm 750 mm 750 mm 750 mm Cutting angle 2.2° 2.0° 1.8° 1.8° 1.5° Cuts per min. 40 40 38 38 38 Motor Ouput 400V/50Hz 3.0 kW 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 7.5 KW 7.5 KW Dims (LxWxH) Cm 192x192x111 217x216x128 273x160x128 317x216x128 376x216x128 Machine weight 1150 Kg 2200 Kg 2600Kg 3000 Kg 3600 Kg

Optional Accessories: SPARE BLADES Small parts flap with drawer (max 300 x 300 mm) 0388-7200 Blade set for MTBS 1350-30 B 0388-7240 Pneumatic thin sheet support device 0388-7201 Blade set for MTBS 1540-40 B 0388-7241 Manual centalised lubrication 0388-7210 Blade set for MTBS 2100-40 B 0388-7242 Motorised rear stop 1000 mm 0388-7211 Blade set for MTBS 2550-40 B 0388-7243 Adjustable angle stop 0 - 180° 0388-7220 Blade set for MTBS 3130-30 B 0388-7244

Page 226 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 227 Motorised Mechanical Shears MTBS 1350-30B 0381-5513 MTBS 1540-40B 0381-5515 MTBS 2100-40B 0381-5520 Foot Shears FTBS 1050-10 0377-2910 FTBS 1050-12M 0375-3012 FTBS 1300-12M 0375-3013 MTBS 2550-40B 0381-5525 MTBS 3130-30B 0381-5530 Features

l Stable and rugged welded design l Foot operation means that both hands are free for feeding in the material

l Premium Blade l Angle-adjustable side stop with millimetre scale l Maximum safety thanks to hold down unit

which also protects the fingers l Rear stop adjustable l Slotted guide systems (models FTBS 1050-12M / 1300-12M)

l Easy adjustment of the blade via eight screws (models FTBS 1050-12M / 1300-12M)

l Cutting line lighting as standard (models FTBS 1050-12M / 1300-12M)

Angle adjustable side stop as standard

Cutting line lighting NEW as standard

Rear stop

Specification 1350x30 B 1540-40 B 2100-40 B 2550-40 B 3130-30 B

NEW Fabrication

Specification FTBS FTBS FTBS 1050-10 1050-12M 1300-12M Working width 1050 mm 1030 mm 1300 mm Blade set for MTBS 1350-30 B 0388-7240 Steel sheet thickness* 1.0 mm 1.25mm 1.25 mm SPARE BLADE SET Blade set for MTBS 1540-40 B 0388-7241 Cutting angle - 3° 3° Blade set for MTBS 2100-40 B 0388-7242 Rear stop 500 mm 550 mm 550 mm FTBS 1050-10 0377-2911 Blade set for MTBS 2550-40 B 0388-7243 Dims (LxWxH) Cm 116 x 73 x 93 138 x 88 x 130 179 x 51 x 129 FTBS 1050-12M 0376-0312 Blade set for MTBS 3130-30 B 0388-7244 Weight 175 Kg 148 Kg 200 Kg FTBS 1300-12M 0376-0313

Page 226 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 227 Manual Shears Maxiform 30, FS 3616, 5016, BSS 1000, BSS 1020, BSS 1250 3 in 1 machine MAXIFORM 30 1-580-200 Features l Segmented Blades for box & pan folding. l Back gauge as standard l Handles at each end l Shears, Bends,Rolls Specification Maxiform 30 Shearing Thickness 1 mm Bending Thickness 1 mm Optional Stand Bending Angle 90° 1-580-950 Rolling Thickness 1 mm Dimensions: 88 x Min. Rolling Dia. 39 mm 41 x 66 cm Dims LxWxH (cm) 97 x 45 x 68 Weight 120 Kgs FOOT SHEARS FS 3616 1-583-100 36” Length x 16 GA Features l Excel Foot Shears offer precision shearing at its best. l Simple to operate, ideal for shearing mild steel through 16 Gauge as well as Plastic, Lead, Zinc, Aluminium, Brass & Copper. l A rugged frame, Tool Steel Blades, quality workmanship & outstanding design Specification FS 3616 techniques combined to provide a useful Cutting Length 955 mm tool with a long Capacity Mild Steel 1.6 mm dependable life. Back Gauge Range 650 mm l WSL Safety features include positive Pedal Stops, Dims LxWxH (cm) 120 x 81 x 100 Finger Guard & Front Arm Extensions. Weight 400 Kgs

HAND SHEARS

BSS 1000 0374-1100 BSS 1020E 0381-6001 BSS 1250E 0381-6002

BSS 1000

Specification Cutting Steel Sheet Limit Stop Rear Limit Working Table Dimensions Model Width (Max) Thickness Range Stop Range (mm) (cm) Weight BSS 1000 1020mm 1.20mm - - - 183x55x123 97Kg BSS 1020E 1050mm 1.50mm 0-550mm 790mm 600x1280 200x85x150 435Kg BSS 1250E 1250mm 1.50mm 0-550mm 790mm 600x1530 245x100x182 490Kg

Page 228 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 229 Manual Shears Manual Hand Shears 2BR/6 (HIL), 2BR/5, 2BR/6, 3BR4/300

HEAVY DUTY HAND SHEARS 2BR (HIL) 1-591-300

6 S p e c i fi c a t i o n

Set of blades Cap. Plate 6mm for Cap. Round Bar 13mm 2BR (HIL) Blade Length 210mm 6 Weight 17 Kgs 1-591-975

HEAVY DUTY HAND SHEARS 2BR 1-591-100 Specification Cap. Plate 6mm 5 Cap. Round Bar 11mm Set of blades for 2BR Blade Length 150mm Weight 10gs 1-591-900 5

FS 3616 HEAVY DUTY

HAND SHEARS

Specification 2BR 1-591-200 Cap. Plate 6mm 6 Cap. Round Bar 11mm Blade Length 200mm Weight 17Kgs Set of blades for 2BR 1-591-950 6

HEAVY DUTY HAND SHEARS

(LONG THROAT) Fabrication Specification

3BR4 1-592-100 Cap. Plate 6mm Cap. Round Bar 13mm 300 Blade Length 300mm Weight 30Kgs

Set of blades for 3BR4 1-592-900 300

Page 228 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 229 Manual & Pneumatic Notchers MHN 16 GA, AKM 100T AKM 130-3 P HAND NOTCHERS MHN 16 GA MHN 16 GA 1-581-100 AKM 100T AKM 100 T 0377-0512 Features l Rapid and easy rectangle notching with cuts free from burrs and without deformation of the cutting edges l Robust structure made of high quality grey cast l Adjustable stops for efficient working (Repeatability of the notching process) l With scale at the bottom cutting edge

Spec. MHN 16 GA AKM 100 T Cutting Capacity 1.6 mm 3 mm Cutting range in mm 152 x 152 100 x 100 Cutting angle 90° 90° Work table mm 450 x 300 380 x 280 Stroke adjustment 20 mm 30 mm Included as standard: Dims(cm) - 45 x 39 x 102 Weight 95 Kg 90 Kg l High Carbon, High l Front Gauge Chrome Alloy-Tool l Side Gauge Steel Blades l Spring Actuated Spare Blades l Finger Guard Hold Down Bar to l Back Gauge Assure Even For MHN 16 GA 1-581-900 For AKM 100 T 0388-0701 Pressure.

PNEUMATIC NOTCHER AKM 130-3 P 0383-3130 NEW l Stable construction l For quick rectangular notching of metal sheets l User-friendly & energy-saving thanks to pneumatic drive l Solid table with recessed scales and T-slots for precise adjustment of the pivotable stops l Finger protection cover made of Plexiglas for optimum view of the cutting edge l Operation via foot pedal Spec. AKM 130-3 P

Cutting Capacity (400N/mm2) 3 mm Cutting range Cap. (600N/mm2) 1.5 Max Cutting Pressure 2.2 Cutting area (mm) 130 x 130 Notching Angle 90° Stroke /min 50 Table Height 945 mm Table Size 600 x 460 mm Dims(cm) 102 x 66 x 126 Weight 160 Kg

Spare Blades Bottom Blade Set for Steel 0383-9000 Top Blade Set for Steel 0383-9001 Bottom Blade Set for Stainless Steel 0383-9002 Top Blade Set for Stainless Steel 0383-9003

Page 230 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 231 Manual & Pneumatic Notchers Circle Cutting Machines MHN 16 GA, AKM 100T AKM 130-3 P & Arbor Presses

KS 1 0381-1001 KS 2 0381-1002 Features: l Suitable for cutting metals, cardboard, arcs in steel up to 2.0 mm AKM 100T l The ideal device for cutting metals, paper & other materials l Extremely stable and robust construction of cast iron l A stable and solidly constructed from cast iron construction l Diameter of cold work tool steel K2379, bronze l Blades made of special steel K2379 mounted blades are hardened, reground and adjusted l Value for money for cutting arcs in steel and non-ferrous metals with a material thickness of up to 2.0mm. l Self-braking motor l Central greasing l Inside diameter cutting system l Mobile control panel with foot pedal l Max. Workpiece diameter: 1000 mm l Value for money

Specification KS 1 KS 2

Included as standard: Max. Cutting Dia. 1000 mm 1000 mm Max. Cutting Thickness 1 mm 2 mm Cutting Speed - 7.5 m/min Motor Power - 1.1 Kw Width Clearance 600 mm 700 mm Headroom 200 mm 280 mm SPARE BLADES Dims LxWxH (cm) 120 x 20 x 35 140 x 40 x 115 Weight 45 Kg 350 Kg KS 1 0388-0150 KS 2 0388-0156

ARBOR PRESSES

l Heavy Casting lSteel Pinions lSteel Rams l Precision Made l4-Position lChoice of Models.

Model 0 4-190-100C Model 1 4-190-200C Press Model 2 4-190-300C Height Model 3 4-190-400C (H) 4-190-500C Max Model 5

Work Fabrication S p e c i fi c a t i o n Height Largest Press Press Max Arbor Base Dims Model Cap Height Work Work Throat Weight L W Tonnes H Height Piece Depth Kgs

0 1/2 10 1/2" 4" 1 1/8"” 9 1/2" 4” 31/4" 9.5

1 1 13" 4 3/4" 1 3/8" 10 1/2" 5 1/4" 4” 15.5

(L) 2 2 18" 7 1/2" 1 3/4" 17” 7” 51/2" 37.5

3 3 23" 12” 2 1/2" 18” 8” 61/2" 67.0

5 32 17 3” 25” 8” 9” 154 BaseDims(L) 5 1/2" 3/4" (W)

Page 230 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 231 Motorised Bending Brake MSBM 1520x50 PRO - MSBM 4020x20 PRO SH

MSBM PRO - Motorised brake bending machines, heavy-duty type for sheet thicknesses up to 5.0 mm SH models Features l With high, segmented crowbar tools l Suitable for sheet thicknesses up to 5.0 mm l Foot-operated l Heavy, compact welded design Model in DUO design l Powerful drive thanks to Lenze motors featuring full-width acute l With full-width acute bending rail bending rail and seg-mented l With manual bending angle adjustment as standard crowbar tools available on request l Very low maintenance requirements l Motorised workpiece clamping

MSBM 3020-30 PRO SH with optional control PT 1

TEMPERING OF STANDARD TOOLS ON REQUEST! Tempered acute bending rail and bending rail Tempered segmented tools and bending rail ! Tempered segmented crowbar tools & bending rail Specification Passageway Working between Model Width Sheet top & Motor output Weight Dims Max Thickness bottom beam beam bending (Kgs) (cms ) Stock Code

MSBM 1520x50 PRO 1520 mm 5.0 mm 200 mm 1.1 Kw 4.0 kW 3250 Kg 235x110x156 0377-9128

MSBM 2020x40 PRO 2020 mm 4.0 mm 200 mm 1.1 Kw 4.0 kW 3900 Kg 302x110x156 0377-9124

MSBM 2520x35 PRO 2520 mm 3.5 mm 200 mm 1.1 Kw 4.0 kW 4500 Kg 362x110x156 0377-9125

MSBM 3020x30 PRO 3020 mm 3.0 mm 200 mm 1.1 Kw 4.0 kW 6200 Kg 402x110x156 0377-9126

MSBM 4020x20 PRO 4020 mm 2.0 mm 90 mm 1.1 Kw 4.0 kW 7000 Kg 520x110x156 0377-9127

MSBM 1520x50 PRO SH 1520mm 5.0 mm 200 mm 1.1 Kw 4.0 kW 3400 Kg 235x110x156 0377-9138

MSBM 2020x40 PRO SH 2020 mm 4.0 mm 90 mm 1.1 Kw 4.0 kW 3900 Kg 302x110x156 0377-9134

MSBM 2520x35 PRO SH 2520 mm 3.5 mm 90 mm 1.1 Kw 4.0 kW 4500 Kg 362x110x156 0377-9135

MSBM 3020x30 PRO SH 3020 mm 3.0 mm 90 mm 1.1 Kw 4.0 kW 6200 Kg 402x110x156 0377-9136

MSBM 4020x20 PRO SH 4020 mm 2.0 mm 90 mm 1.1 Kw 4.0 kW 7250 Kg 520x110x156 0377-9139

Page 232 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 233

Accessories For All Models Accessories MSBM 4020x20 PRO / SH l Control PT 1, bending angle adjustment l Rear stop with hand wheel, measuring device and full-width via potentiometer on face side of machine 0379-7160 beam, 75 - 760 mmRear stop with hand wheel, measuring l Control Schneider TM 238, bending angle device and stop fingers 6 - 760 mm 0379-7014 adjustment via touchscreen on NC cotrol, l Rear stop with hand wheel measuring device and stop storing of bending sequences possible 0379-7500 fingers 6 - 760mm 0379-7024 l Control Schneider CNC2A, bending angle and rear stop

Accessories MSBM 1520x50 PRO / SH adjustment via touchscreen on NC control, motorised rear stop with stop fingers, 15-1000 mm, storing of edging l Rear stop with hand wheel, measuring device& sequences possible 0379-7554 full-width beam, 75 - 760 mm 0379-7010 l Control Schneider CNC3A, bending angle, rear stop and l Rear stop with hand wheel, measuring device upper beam opening via touchscreen on NC control, and stop fingers 6 - 760 mm 0379-7020 motorised rear stop with stop fingers, 15-1000 mm, storing of bending sequences possible 0379-7564 l Control Schneider CNC2A, bending angle and rear stop adjustment via touchscreen on NC control, l CNC control FF101 with 3D graphics, 19" touchscreen, motorised rear stop with stop fingers, 15-1000 mm, motorised rear stop with stop fingers, 15-1000 mm 0379-7574 storing of edging sequences possible 0379-7550 l Control Schneider CNC3A, bending angle, rear stop and upper beam opening via touchscreen on NC control, motorised rear stop with stop fingers, 15-1000 mm, storing of bending sequences possible 0379-7560 Dimensions Bending beam MSBM l CNC control FF101 with 3D graphics, 19" touchscreen, motorised rear stop with stop fingers, 15-1000 mm 0379-7570 Accessories MSBM 2020x40 PRO / SH

l Rear stop with hand wheel, measuring device and full-width beam, 75 - 760 mm 0379-7011 l Rear stop with hand wheel, measuring device and stop fingers 6 - 760 mm 0379-7021 l Control Schneider CNC2A, bending angle and rear stop adjustment via touchscreen on NC control, motorised Width of bending rail 25 mm rear stop with stop fingers, 15-1000 mm, storing of edging sequences possible 0379-7551 Dimensions l Control Schneider CNC3A, bending angle, rear stop and upper beam opening via touchscreen on Bending beam MSBM SH NC control, motorised rear stop with stop fingers, 15-1000 mm, storing of bending sequences possible 0379-7561 l CNC control FF101 with 3D graphics, 19" touchscreen, motorised rear stop with stop fingers, 15-1000 mm 0379-7571

Accessories MSBM 2520x35 PRO / SH

l Rear stop with hand wheel, measuring device and full-width beam, 75 - 760 mm 0379-7012 l Rear stop with hand wheel, measuring device and stop fingers 6 - 760 mm 0379-7022 Width of bending rail 25 mm l Control Schneider CNC2A, bending angle and rear stop adjustment via touchscreen on NC control, motorised rear stop with stop fingers, 15-1000 mm, Standard Control MA storing of edging sequences possible 0379-7552 l Control Schneider CNC3A, bending angle, rear stop and upper beam opening via touchscreen on NC control, motorised rear stop with stop fingers, 15-1000 mm, storing of bending sequences possible 0379-7562 l CNC control FF101 with 3D graphics, 19" touchscreen, motorised rear stop with stop fingers, 15-1000 mm, 0379-7572

Accessories MSBM 3020x30 PRO / SH Fabrication l Rear stop with hand wheel, measuring device and full-width beam, 75 - 760 mm 0379-7013 Option Control PT 1 l Rear stop with hand wheel, measuring device and stop fingers 6 - 760 mm 0379-7023 l Control Schneider CNC2A, bending angle and rear stop adjustment via touchscreen on NC control, motorised rear stop with stop fingers, 15-1000 mm, storing of edging sequences possible 0379-7553 l Control Schneider CNC3A, bending angle, rear stop and upper beam opening via touchscreen on NC control, motorised rear stop with stop fingers, 15-1000 mm, storing of bending sequences possible 0379-7563 l CNC control FF101 with 3D graphics, 19" touchscreen, motorised rear stop with stop fingers, 15-1000 mm 0379-7573

Page 232 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 233 Hydraulic Press Brakes EPB Series

Features

l The frame is Steel welded construction. Vibration methods used to eliminate stress, with high strength & good rigidity. l Forcing Torsion Bar maintains synchronization for the two pistons, with the higher parallelism to the Table. l Mechanical stop nuts ensure stable & reliable positioning accuracy. l The Ram is adopted Hydraulic Top-Drive with two Cylinders. Working pressure is stepless control & the time of retaining pressure can be easily adjusted by turning the knob. l The Rams Stroke & the Back Gauges position can be speedily adjusted by Motor and fine adjustment by handwheel. l Ram possess three strokes, inching, single and continuous. l Crowned Bottom Die Holder for deflection compensating is adopted for the Machines above 250 tons. l Machine is fully guarded for health and safety

Specification Distance Stroke/ Nominal Table between Throat Strokes Open Main Model Pressure Length housings depth mm/ Height Motor Weight Dims Stock mm kN mm mm min-1 mm KW Kgs cms Code

EPB 63/2504 630 2500 2050 250 100/> 10 335 5.5 5000 275x135x230 1-563-210 EPB 80/2505 800 2500 2050 250 100/> 10 350 7.5 6000 278x140x240 1-563-300 EPB 100/2506 1000 2500 2050 320 100/> 8 365 7.5 6400 280x135x248 1-563-400 EPB 100/3205 1000 3200 2650 320 100/> 8 365 7.5 7300 345x135x248 1-563-410 EPB 125/3206 1250 3200 2650 320 150/> 8 415 7.5 8500 345x155x248 1-563-500 EPB 125/4004 1250 3600 2650 320 150/> 8 415 7.5 9300 390x155x248 1-563-510 EPB 160/3208 1600 3200 2640 320 200/> 6 480 11 10800 345x160x250 1-563-600 EPB 160/4006 1600 4000 3100 320 200/> 6 480 11 12800 428x160x250 1-563-620 EPB 200/3210 2000 3200 2650 320 200/> 3 510 11 16000 345x195x268 1-563-700 EPB 200/4008 2000 4000 3200 320 200/> 3 510 11 18500 430x195x268 1-563-710 EPB 250/3212 2500 3200 2620 400 250/> 3 560 15 17000 345x203x300 1-563-800 EPB 250/4010 2500 4000 3100 400 250/> 3 560 15 23000 430x203x300 1-563-810 EPB 300/3216 3000 3200 2620 400 250/> 3 560 22 21000 345x203x330 1-563-900 EPB 300/4012 3000 4000 3100 400 250/> 3 560 22 21000 430x203x300 1-563-910

Page 234 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 235 Box & Pan & Angle Bender Hydraulic Press Brakes FSBM 1020x25E, FSBM 1270x20E, WB 100 FSBM 1520x15E FSBM 2020x12E, BOX & PAN BRAKES

Features l Foot pedal operated workpiece clamping levers both hands free for feeding in the material. l The powerful servo-cylinder facilitates bending l Wide passageway between top & bottom beam up to 25mm l Self-lubricating plain bearings l Clamping pressure on the top beam easily adjustable through knurled screws. NEW l Material thickness setting through knurled screw l Adjustable stop for bending angle

Segments FSBM 1020x25 E 25-30-35-40-45-50-75-100-150-200-270 mm FSBM 1270x20 E 25-30-35-40-45-50-75-100-150-200-250-270 mm FSBM 1520x15 E 25-30-35-40-45-50-75-100-150-200-250-250-270 mm FSBM 2020x12 E 25-30-35-40-45-50-75-100-150-200-250-250-270-500 mm

Specification Model Max Max Max Dimensions Width Thickness Angle Weight LxWxH (cm) Stock No. FSBM 1020x25 E 1020 mm 2.5 mm 135° 285Kg 135x85x118 0377-2125 FSBM 1270x20 E 1270 mm 2.0 mm 135° 315Kg 160x95x118 0377-2127 FSBM 1520x15 E 1520 mm 1.5 mm 135° 385Kg 196x71x130 0377-2129

FSBM 2020x12 E 2020 mm 1.2 mm 135° 490Kg 247x94x132 0377-2130

ANGLE BENDER Fig. shows Features items included as standard l For exact cold and warm bending of flat, round and square bar steels l Stable design to fix the material on the workbench l Drills in the cast bed to fix on the workbench WB 100 l Infinitely adjustable bending stop 0377-6101 l Including eccentric quick-action clamping for efficient working l Bending angle up to 120° l High repeatability due to bending angle stop l Perfect for repair shops & locksmith's shops l Particularly robust type Fabrication Fabrication Specification WB100

Cold: Flat steel 100 x 10 mm Round steel 22 mm Square steel 20 x 20 mm Included as Hot: Standard Flat steel 100 x 15 mm Round steel 27 mm l Angle stop Square steel 25 x 25 mm l Bending plates Dims 55 x 32 x 24 cm l Bending lever Weight 30 Kg l Material stop

Page 234 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 235 Helical & Water Pipe Benders UB 11 0379-0011 , RB 12 0377-6012

UB 11 Helical Bending Element

Specification UB 11 Max. Material Thickness

Square 5 x 5 mm Flat Materials 5 x 25 mm Round Materials Ø5 mm Weight 3 Kg

NEW

Separate holding handle for helical bending. Fig. shows the It can be used on UB 10-280 or on a commercially scope of available vice. delivery UB10-280

Bending unit RB 12 for heating and water pipes up to G3/4" RB 12

Features l Ideal for on the road l Easy assembly on a commercially available vice l Cold bending up to an angle of 180° l Partial bending supported l Adjustable bending angle stop for a high level of repetition accuracy l Easy to use

Specification RB 12 Inner Dia. for bend G 3/8" 102 mm Inner Dia. for bend G 1/2" 108 mm Inner Dia. for bend G 3/4" 112 mm Weight 22 Kg

Page 236 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 237 Angling & Bending Machines FP 30 0324-4028, BM 3 0324-4030

ANGLING MACHINE FP 30 FP 30 Features

l Folding machine FP 30 for bending & folding sheet metals l Removable bending beam segments l Convenient swivel movement of the bending beam via level handle l Premium quality bending beam l For use on a vice

Specification FP 30

Material Width max 320 mm Vice not included Sheet thickness max 2.5 mm Angling Capacity Aluminium/Copper 300 x 2 mm Sheet Steel 300 x 1 mm Fig. shows the Weight 13 Kg scope of delivery UB10-280 THREE ROLLER BENDING MACHINE Bending unit RB 12 for heating and water pipes up to G3/4" BM 3

BM 3 Features

l Bending and rolling of wires,

tubes and sheet Saws l Polished bending rollers l Borne steel side frames (self-lubricating) l Two removable unwinding rollers l Material thickness and rolling radius separately adjustable l For use on a vice

l Fabrication Sturdy support surface Vice not included

Specification BM 3

Material Width max 310 mm Brass 1 mm Bending Ø min 35 mm Gold/Silver/Tinplate 2 mm Bending Ø max Unlimited Small Widths 3 mm Rolling Cap max Round material 1 - 5 mm Specification Sheet steel St.37 1 mm Rollers Ø 30 mm

Stainless steel 1 mm Weight 10.5 Kg

Aluminium/Copper 2 mm

Page 236 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 237 Manual 3 Roller Plate Bending Machines Features Specification RBM 305 l Steel rollers l Top roller folds out for easier removal of the workpiece 0378-0112 l Asymmetric roller arrangement for convenient pre-bending Max working length 305 mm l Skewing side roller for conical bending l Clamping &side roller with Max sheet thickness 0.80 mm wire insert grooves l Roller drive via crank and gear Roll Diameter 25 mm l Particularly handy and thus suitable for working in cramped conditions Bending Dia. Min 40 mm l Perfectly suited for fine work due to lean shaft thickness Dims LxWxH |(cm) 58 x 21 x 26 l 3-roller plate rolling machine for all round parts such as pipes, cylinders, etc. Weight 14 Kg

Stand Optional 0378-0113

RBM 1000-20 Eco - RBM 1550x10

Features

l Heavy-duty and rugged cast iron design l asymmetric 3-roller system for convenient pre-bending l Top roller swivels out l Roller driven via crank l Suitable for bending wires with diameters of 3, 5 and 8 mm l Fast clamping of the sheet via a lever

RBM 1050x22

Specification Min Bendng- Max Roll Bend. Model Width Thick. Dia. Dia. Weight Dims mm mm mm mm Kg LxWxH cm Stock Number

RBM 1000-20 Eco 1000 2.0 60 100 200 154 x 55 x 104 0378-1301

RBM 1050-10 1050 1.0 56 84 85 140 x 70 x 112 0381-3101

RBM 1050-22 1050 2.0 75 115 300 140 x 70 x 116 0381-3103

RBM 1550-10 1550 1.0 68 102 350 243 x 70 x 116 0381-3104

Page 238 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 239 Motorised 3 Roller Plate Bending Machines

Specification RBM 305 Features l For creating all round formed parts such as pipes, cylinders, etc l Roller driven via hand crank, or

motorised for E models l Heavy-duty and rugged cast iron design l Asymmetric 3 roller system for convenient pre-bending l The upper roller can be swivelled out for easier removal of the finished workpiece

l Top roller swivels out l Easily adjustable top and bottom rollers l Taper bending option l With safety devices

l Wire insert groove on bottom and rear roller as standard l Foot operation means that both hands are free for feeding in the material RBM 1305-15 E 0378-1305 Specification RBM 1305-15

Rolling length 1270 mm NEW Sheet thickness 1.5 mm Roller Ø 75 mm Bending Ø Min 110 mm Motor output 0.75 kW Electrics 400V 3Ph 50Hz Dims LxWxH cm 165 x102 x111 Weight 318 kg

RBM 1050x30E - RBM 2050x15E RBM 1000-20 Eco - RBM 1550x10 Features 400 V 3ph 50Hz l Heavy-duty and rugged cast iron design l Asymmetric 3-roller system with swivel-out top roller l Conical bending option l Safety device emergency stop bar or emergency stop rip cord l Clamping and side roller with wire insert grooves as standard l

Operation via foot pedal Saws l The upper roller can be swivelled out for easier removal of the finished workpiece l Feeding of side roller by hand wheel (for the RBM 1301-15 E by means of a latching lever l Convenient clamping and

feed via lever in each case Fabrication l User-friendly l Powerful 400-volt motor l Optional tempered rollers Specification Bendng- Max Roll Model Width Thick. Dia. Motor Weight Dims mm mm mm Kw Kg LxWxH cm Stock Number RBM 1050-30E 1050 3.0 90 1.1 480 163 x 70 x 120 0381-3201 RBM 1270-25E 1270 2.5 90 1.1 520 185 x 70 x 120 0381-3202 RBM 1550-20E 1550 2.0 90 1.5 580 213 x 70 x 120 0381-3203

RBM 2050-15E 2050 1.5 95 1.5 665 263 x 70 x 120 0381-3204

Page 238 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 239 3 Roller Plate Bending Machines RBM 1270-40E PRO - RBM3050-60E PRO

(MOTORISED) RBM 1270-40E PRO Features 400 V 3ph 50Hz l Heavy-duty welded steel construction l Driven top and clamping roller l Top roller swivels out l Manual feed of clamping and side roller l Roller drive via powerful electric motor and gear l Wire grooves on the clamping roller l Safety device emergency stop rip cord l With mobile control panel and foot pedal

Specification SpeedMotor Bendng- Max Roll Bend Model Width Thick. Dia. Dia Motor Weight Dims mm mm mm Min Speed Kw Kg LxWxH cm Stock Number

RBM 1270-40E Pro 1270 4.0 120 180 3 m/min 2.2 1115 247 x 75 x 100 0381-3301 RBM 1550-40E Pro 1550 4.0 140 210 3.5 m/min 2.2 1350 259 x 75 x 100 0381-3302 RBM 2050-30E Pro 2050 3.0 130 195 3.5 m/min 2.2 1500 320 x 75 x 100 0381-3303

(MOTORISED) 400 V 3ph 50Hz Features l Heavy-duty welded steel construction, l Driven top and clamping rollers l Motorised side roller feed l Top roller swivels out l Roller drive via powerful electric motor and gear l Safety device emergency stop rip cord l With mobile control panel

RBM 2050-50E PRO Top Roller Swivels out

Specification Pre SpeedMotorBend Bendng- Bend Max Roll Dia Model Width Max Thick. Dia. Min Motor Weight Dims Stock mm mm mm mm mm Speed Kw Kg LxWxH cm Number mm RBM 1550-60E Pro 1550 5.0 6.0 130 195 3.2 m/min 2.2 1400 325 x 65 x 102 0381-3314 RBM 2050-50E Pro 2050 4.0 5.0 150 225 3.4 m/min 3.0 1885 375 x 68 x104 0381-3315 RBM 2050-60E Pro 2050 5.0 6.0 170 255 3.8 m/min 4.0 2100 385 x72 x 105 0381-3316 RBM 2550-40E Pro 2550 3.0 4.0 150 225 3.4 m/min 3.0 2150 425 x65 x 102 0381-3317 RBM 2550-60E Pro 2550 5.0 6.0 190 285 4.3 m/min 4.0 3400 470 x95 x 130 0381-3318 RBM 3050-60E Pro 3050 5.0 6.0 220 330 5.0 m/min 5.5 6000 520 x115 x140 0381-3319

Page 240 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 241 4 Roller Plate Bending Machines RBM 4 HMS PRO 1550-65 - 4050-80

Features l Heavy-duty and durable welded designed l Linear feed of clamping and side rollers by hydraulic cylinders l Induction temperred rollers, suitable for bending stainless steel l Top roller driven by hydro-motor and planetary gear; the motion is transferred to the clamping roller by means of drive shafts l Machine protected against overload l Three digital displays (2 x side rollers, 1 x clamping roller) l Hydraulic safety chuck for easy removal of finished workpieces l Mobile control panel l Conical bending device l Hydraulic balancing system to ensure parallelism l Safety emergency stop rip cord

Optional accessories

l Teach-in NC control Please state the material l Mechanical aux. crane l Hydraulic side supports type you would like to l Continuously variable process in your order! bending speed adjustment

Specification Pre Bend bending Bending Dia Top Smallest Model Width perform. perform. Roller Bending Motor Speed Weight Dims mm mm mm mm Dia. Kw m/min Kg LxWxH cm Stock Numbe RBM 1550-65 1550 3.5/4.5 4.5/6.5 150 225/750 2.2 /1.5 6 2370 330x115x111 0381-3346 RBM 1550-110 1550 7/9 9/11 200 300/1000 4.0/1.5 6 3250 335x135x129 0381-3347

RBM 1550-150 1550 10/12 12/15 250 375/1250 7.5/1.5 5 4650 350x150x137 0381-3348

RBM 2050-60 2050 3/4 4/6 150 225/750 2.2/1.5 6 2800 380x115x110 0381-3349

RBM 2050-80 2050 4/6 6/8 180 270/900 3.0/1.5 5 3300 385x135x129 0381-3350 RBM 2050-100 2050 6/8 8/10 200 300/1000 4.0/1.5 6 3750 385x135x129 0381-3351 Fabrication

RBM 2050-120 2050 8/10 10/12 250 375/1250 7.5/1.5 5 5350 400x150x137 0381-3352

RBM 2050-220 2050 15/18 18/22 300 450/1500 11 1.5/5 6500 440x180x195 0381-3353

RBM 2550-60 2550 3/4 4/6 180 270/900 3.0/1.5 5 3700 435x135x129 0381-3354

RBM 2550-80 2550 4/6 6/8 200 300/1000 4.0/1.5 6 4250 435x135x129 0381-3355

RBM 2550-100 2550 6/8 8/10 250 375/1250 7.5/1.5 5 6100 450x150x137 0381-3356

RBM 2550-180 2550 12/15 15/18 300 450/1500 11 1.5/5 7500 490x180x195 0381-3357

RBM 3050-60 3050 3/4 4/6 200 300/1000 4.0/1.5 6 4750 485x135x129 0381-3358

RBM 3050-90 3050 5/7 7/9 250 375/1250 7.5/1.5 5 6800 500x150x137 0381-3359

RBM 3050-150 3050 10/12 12/15 300 450/1500 11 1.5/5 8500 540x180x195 0381-3360

RBM 4050-80 4050 4/6 6/8 275 410/1375 11 1.5/5 9000 640x160x180 0381-3361

Page 240 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 241 3 Roller Plate Bending Machines XL3 PBR 20 / 10 - XL3 PBR 40 / 16 Features It is down adjustable rolling machine. Fixed rotation of upper roll, and arc motion of two lower rolls around fixed centre l The upper roller is fixed. The two lower rollers can move up and down in arc way around fixed axis. It can finish prebending and rolling by feeding once. l The three rollers are driving-roller. It can prevent the plate skidding from the rollers while rolling thin steel plate. l It’s controlled by micro-computer (PLC – Mitsubishi) and has digital display, simply operation and high efficiency. l With compact structure, it is economical and practical and fit for rolling thin and medium plates.

Min Diameter Top Roll Diameter x3

Specification

Model Motor Length Width Height Side Roll Dia. Roll Side

Weight Stock Top Roll Top Dia. Max Thick Pre Bend Working Working Length mm mm mm mm mm Kw cm cm cm Kgs Number

XL3 PBR 20/10 2100 13 10 260 220 5.5 400 120 160 7000 1-585-2013 XL3 PBR 20/16 2100 20 16 300 240 11 440 140 180 9000 1-585-2020 XL3 PBR 20/25 2100 30 25 390 310 18.5 460 165 210 12000 1-585-2030 XL3 PBR 20/35 2100 45 35 500 400 30.0 520 220 250 21000 1-585-2045

XL3 PBR 25/08 2600 10 8 270 220 7.5 470 130 160 9000 1-585-2510 XL3 PBR 25/13 2600 16 13 300 240 11.0 510 140 180 10500 1-585-2516

XL3 PBR 25/20 2600 25 20 390 310 18.5 525 185 210 15000 1-585-2525

XL3 PBR 25/30 2600 40 30 500 400 30.0 570 200 240 31000 1-585-2540

XL3 PBR 30/06 3100 8 6 280 230 7.5 540 130 160 11000 1-585-3008 XL3 PBR 30/10 3100 13 10 300 240 11.0 570 165 180 12000 1-585-3013 XL3 PBR 30/16 3100 20 16 390 310 18.5 585 175 210 17000 1-585-3020 XL3 PBR 30/25 3100 30 25 450 360 22.0 620 200 240 24000 1-585-3030

XL3 PBR 40/04 4100 6 4 290 230 11.0 550 140 160 11500 1-585-4006 XL3 PBR 40/06 4100 8 6 300 240 11.0 680 165 180 15000 1-585-4008 XL3 PBR 40/10 4100 13 10 350 280 15.0 690 165 190 17000 1-585-4010

XL3 PBR 40/16 4100 20 16 430 340 22.0 700 190 230 28000 1-589-4020

Page 242 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 243 4 Roller Plate Bending Machines XL4 PBR 20 / 13 - XL4 PBR 40 / 25 Features The side roll is driven by a smaller cylinder and swings through the connecting rod to make circular motion. l The upper roller is fixed. The two lower rollers can move up and down in arc way around fixed axis. l Rollers are made by fine steel , heat treatment. l Suitable in rolling the plate into entire tube or the l It can finish prebending and rolling by feeding once. The three rollers are driving-roller. It can prevent the circular arc as well as certain scope cone. l The upper roller is leading roller, driven by hydraulic motor. l plate skidding from the rollers while rolling thin steel plate. It’s controlled by micro-computer (PLC – Mitsubishi) l The lower roller may take the vertical movement, impelled through the hydraulic piston, easy for clamping plate. and has digital display, simply operation and high efficiency. l The two-side rollers can work separately, promoting efficiency. l Tip over device makes the unload of l With compact structure, it is economical workpiece easily. l Moveable controlling table is easy for operation. and practical and fit for rolling thin and medium plates.

Specification Side Working Max Pre Top Bottom Roll Motor Overall Overall Overall Length Thick. Bend Roll Roll Dia. Power Length Width Height Weight Stock Model Dia. Number mm mm mm mm mm mm Kw cm cm cm Kgs

XL4 PBR 20/13 2100 16 13 280 260 230 11.0 440 130 160 6000 1-586-2016 XL4 PBR 20/16 2100 20 16 300 270 240 11.0 440 140 180 10500 1-586-2020 XL4 PBR 20/20 2100 25 20 350 320 270 15.0 455 165 190 12000 1-586-2025 XL4 PBR 20/25 2100 30 25 390 360 310 18.5 465 165 210 13500 1-586-2030 XL4 PBR 20/30 2100 40 30 450 420 360 22.0 500 200 240 22000 1-586-2040 XL4 PBR 20/35 2100 45 35 500 460 400 30.0 520 220 250 23000 1-586-2045 XL4 PBR 20/40 2100 50 40 540 500 420 37.0 520 220 270 33000 1-586-2050 XL4 PBR 20/50 2100 60 50 620 590 480 45.0 550 250 290 39000 1-586-2060

XL4 PBR 25/10 2600 13 10 290 270 230 11.0 500 130 160 8500 1-586-2513 XL4 PBR 25/13 2600 16 13 300 280 240 11.0 510 140 180 11500 1-586-2516 XL4 PBR 25/16 2600 20 16 350 320 270 15.0 525 165 190 13500 1-586-2520 XL4 PBR 25/20 2600 25 20 390 360 310 18.5 525 185 210 16000 1-586-2525 XL4 PBR 25/25 2600 30 25 430 400 330 22.0 530 190 230 22000 1-586-2530 XL4 PBR 25/30 2600 40 30 500 460 400 30.0 570 200 240 33000 1-586-2540 XL4 PBR 25/35 2600 45 35 540 500 420 37.0 600 230 270 36000 1-586-2545 XL4 PBR 25/40 2600 50 40 580 540 450 45.0 620 250 300 43000 1-586-2550

XL4 PBR 30/08 3100 10 8 290 270 230 11.0 540 150 160 9500 1-586-3010 XL4 PBR 30/10 3100 13 10 300 280 240 11.0 570 165 180 13000 1-586-3013 XL4 PBR 30/13 3100 16 13 350 320 270 15.0 585 165 190 15000 1-586-3016 XL4 PBR 30/16 3100 20 16 390 360 310 18.5 585 175 210 18000 1-586-3020 Fabrication XL4 PBR 30/20 3100 25 20 430 400 330 22.0 595 190 230 24000 1-586-3025 XL4 PBR 30/25 3100 30 25 450 420 360 22.0 620 200 240 26000 1-586-3030 XL4 PBR 30/30 3100 40 30 540 520 420 37.0 660 220 270 39000 1-586-3040 XL4 PBR 30/35 3100 45 35 580 540 450 45.0 650 250 300 40000 1-586-3050

XL4 PBR 40/04 4100 6 4 290 270 230 11.0 550 140 160 12500 1-586-4006 XL4 PBR 40/06 4100 8 6 300 280 240 11.0 680 165 180 16500 1-586-4008 XL4 PBR 40/08 4100 10 8 320 300 250 11.0 680 165 180 17500 1-586-4010

XL4 PBR 40/10 4100 13 10 350 330 280 15.0 690 165 190 19000 1-586-4013

XL4 PBR 40/13 4100 16 13 390 370 320 18.5 690 175 210 22500 1-586-4016

XL4 PBR 40/16 4100 20 16 430 410 340 22.0 700 190 230 30000 1-586-4020

XL4 PBR 40/20 4100 25 20 450 430 380 22.0 710 200 240 32000 1-586-4025

XL4 PBR 40/25 4100 30 25 500 460 420 30.0 730 220 260 46000 1-586-4030

Page 242 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 243 Ironworker Machines HPS 40S, HPS 45S

HPS 40S 0381-9040 HPS 45S 0381-9045

Specification HPS 40S

Punching: Pressure 40 t Ø Sheet steel thickness* (Max.) 20 x 15 mm 30 x 10 mm Jib length 175 mm HPS 45S Stroke 50 mm Stroke/Min. 20 Working height hole puncher 970 mm

Steel Rod Scissors: Round/rectangle 30 / 25 mm

Angular Steel Scissors: 90° cut in mm 80 x 80 x 8 mm Specification HPS 45S 45° cut in mm 50 x 6 mm Punching: Working height 1100 mm Pressure 45 t Sheet steel thickness* (Max.) 22 x 15 mm Steel Shears: 38 x 8 mm Maximum material thickness 200 x 13 mm Jib length 175 mm Maximum material size 300 x 6 mm Stroke 50 mm Cutter length 356 mm Stroke/Min. 20 Angular cut 80 x 10 mm Working height hole puncher 93 mm Working height 980 mm Steel Rod Scissors: Motor power 3 kW Round/rectangle 30 / 25 mm Machine dimensions (LxWxH) 110 x 80 x 152 cm

Machine weight 580 Kg Angular Steel Scissors: * Performance figure referring to 90° cut in mm 100 x 100 x 10 mm material with a tensile strength of 400N/mm² 45° cut in mm 70 x 6 mm Working height 1140 mm

Steel Shears: Included as standard: Maximum material thickness 200 x 15 mm l Punching station l Notching station for Maximum material size 300 x 12 mm Cutter length 316 mm l Flat steel scissors HPS 45S 60S 85DS Angular cut 80 x 10 mm l Angular steel scissors 115DS, 175DS Working height 935 mm l Profile steel scissors l & die reduc.for with round & HPS 45S 60S 85DS Notching: square blades 115DS, 175DS, Maximum material thickness 8 mm Width 35 mm l Punch & die 22mm l Working lamp for Depth 75 mm l Punch seating 85DS,115DS,175DS Motor power 50Hz 4 kW with bayonet catch l Elec contact stop Dims(LxWxH) 143 x 95 x 178cm l Hook spanner 85DS,115DS,175DS Weight 1165 Kg l Foot pedal l 2 x working cylinders * Performance figure referring to l Hydraulic oil 85DS 115DS, 175DS material with a tensile strength of 400N/mm²

Page 244 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 245 Ironworker Machines HPS 60S, HPS 85DS, HPS 115DS, HPS 175DS

ExcelHPS Ironworkers60S 0381-9060

HPS 85DS 0381-9085

HPS 115DS 0381-9115

HPS 175DS 0381-9175

HPS 175DS

Specification HPS 60S HPS 85DS HPS 15DS1 HPS 175DS Punching: Pressure 60 t 85 t 115 t 175 t

Sheet steel thickness* (Max.) 28 x 15 mm 33 x 20mm 34 x 26 mm 40 x 32 mm 38 x 11mm 57 x 10mm 55 x 16 mm 57 x 22 mm Jib length 220 mm 355 mm 355 mm 625 mm Stroke 55 mm 80 mm 80 mm 80 mm Stroke/Min. 25 25 25 22 Working height hole puncher 955 mm 1080 mm 1110 mm 1130 mm

Steel Rod Scissors: Round/rectangle 40 / 35mm 50 / 50 mm 55 / 50mm 65 / 50mm

Angular Steel Scissors: 90° cut in mm 120 x 120 x 12 mm 150 x 150 x 15mm 150 x 150 x15 mm 200 x 200 x 15 mm 45° cut in mm 80 x 8 mm 80 x 8 mm 80 x 10 mm 80 x 10 mm Working height 1155 mm 1200 mm 1215 mm 130 mm

Steel Shears: Maximum material thickness 200 x 20 mm 380 x 20 380 x 25mm 380 x 30 mm

Maximum material size 300 x 15 mm 480 x 15 mm 600 x 15 mm 600 x 20 mm Fabrication Cutter length 317 mm 482 mm 610 mm 610 mm Angular cut 80 x 10 mm 120 x 15 mm 120 x 15 mm 120 x 15 mm Working height 955 mm 940 mm 935 mm 810 mm

Notching: Maximum material thickness 10 mm 13 mm 13 mm 16 mm Width 42 mm 52 mm 60 mm 60 mm Depth 100 mm 100 mm 100 mm 100 mm Motor power 50Hz 4 kW 7.5 kW 11 kW 11 kW Dims (LxWxH) 52 x 95 x 178 cm 192 x 95 x 204 cm 204 x 95 x 218 cm 273 x 115 x 228 cm Weight 1440 Kg 2315 Kg 2920 Kg 6000 Kg * Performance figure referring to material with a tensile strength of 400N/mm² 400N/mm² 400N/mm² 400N/mm²

Page 244 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 245 Bordering Machines (Manual) SBM 110-08 0381-4001 SBM 140-12 0381-4002

Features Heavy-duty and rugged cast irondesign l Handy and easy to use l Adjustable bottom shafts l Steel shafts l Adjustable stop plate *TYPICAL APPLICATIONS

Standard rolls for 3, 6, 8 & 10 mm

Optional Accessories

SBM 110-08

Specification SBM 110-08 Accessories Roller Length 110 mm Max Sheer Thick. 0.80 mm Bend. Rollers Type E1 0388-0121 Bend. Rollers Type E5 0388-0125 Roller Dia. 52 mm Bend. Rollers Type E2 0388-0122 Bend. Rollers Type E6 0388-0126 Column Width 80 mm Bend. Rollers Type E3 0388-0123 Bend.Rollers Type E7 0388-0127 Weight 30 Kgs Bend. Rollers Type E4 0388-0124 Bend. Rollers Type E8 0388-0128 Dims LxWxH 38 x 18 x 38 mm

SBM 140 *TYPICAL APPLICATIONS

Standard rolls for 4, 6, 7, 9 & 10 mm

Optional Accessories

Specification SBM 140-12

Roller Length 140 mm Max Sheer Thick. 1.2 mm Accessories Roller Dia. 62 mm Bend. Rollers Type E1 0388-0131 Bend. Rollers Type E5 0388-0135 Column Width 100 mm Bend. Rollers Type E2 0388-0132 Bend. Rollers Type E6 0388-0136 Weight 50 Kgs Bend. Rollers Type E3 0388-0133 Bend.Rollers Type E7 0388-0137 Dims LxWxH 56 x 22 x 50 mm Bend. Rollers Type E4 0388-0134 Bend. Rollers Type E8 0388-0138

Page 246 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 247 Bordering Machines (Manual) Bordering Machines (Motorised) SBM 110-08 0381-4001 SBM 140-12 0381-4002 SBM 250-25E 0381-4004 SBM 300-40E 0381-4005

Features *TYPICAL APPLICATIONS l Heavy-duty and stable steel design l Self-braking motor· Foot pedal operation l Adjustable bottom shaft l adjustable stop plate *TYPICAL APPLICATIONS l Stahl shafts with bronze bushings fitted l 4 set standard rollers· With chassis Standard set of rolls SBM 250-25E

Optional Accessories

Specification SBM 250-25E Accessories Bend. Rollers Type E1 Bend. Rollers Type E5 Roller Length 250 mm 0388-0711 0388-0715 Bend. Rollers Type E2 Bend. Rollers Type E6 Max Sheer Thick. 3.5 mm 0388-0712 0388-0716 Bend. Rollers Type E3 Bend.Rollers Type E7 Roller Dia. 96 mm 0388-0713 0388-0717 Bend. Rollers Type E4 Bend. Rollers Type E8 Column Width 160 mm 0388-0714 0388-0718 Roller Speed 5 m/min Hydraulic Top Roller Motor 1.5 KW 0388-0719 Elec. Connection 400V 3Ph 50Hz Weight 350 Kgs *TYPICAL APPLICATIONS Dims LxWxH 140 x 55 x 112 mm

Standard set of rolls

Optional Accessories Fabrication SBM 300-40E

Specification SBM 300-40E Roller Length 300 mm Max Sheer Thick. 4.0 mm Accessories Roller Dia. 126 mm Column Width 200 mm Bend. Rollers Type E1 0388-0721 Bend. Rollers Type E5 0388-0725 Roller Speed 5m/min Bend. Rollers Type E2 0388-0722 Bend. Rollers Type E6 0388-0726 Motor 2.2 KW Bend. Rollers Type E3 0388-0723 Bend.Rollers Type E7 0388-0727 Elec. Connection 400V 3Ph 50Hz Bend. Rollers Type E4 0388-0724 Bend. Rollers Type E8 0388-0728 Weight 500 Kgs Dims LxWxH 170 x 57 x 120 mm Hydraulic Top Roller 0388-0729

Page 246 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 247 Ring Rolling Machines PRM 10M 0378-0010 PRM 10E 0378-0011

Features PRM 10 E l l For plate rolling of square materials Motorised version PRM 10E l l Stable design, can be anchored to the floor Suitable for horizontal and vertical processing l Two bottom rollers driven by crank l Powerful 400-volt motor l Rollers tempered and polished l Clockwise/anti-clockwise l Tempered and polished steel shafts operation l Feed via top roller using foot pedal

PRM 10E

PRM 10M Specification PRM 10M Shaft Ø 30 mm Top Roller Ø 98 mm Bottom Roller Ø 118 mm Weight 165 Kgs Dims LxWxH 62 x 56 x 144 cm

Specification PRM 10E Shaft Ø 30 mm Top Roller Ø 98 mm Bottom Roller Ø 118 mm Speed 2.5 m/min Motor 1.1 Kw Electrics 400v 3Ph. 50 Hz Weight 230 Kgs Dims LxWxH 70 x 70 x 140 cm

Included as standard: Standard bending rollers (see table on right) l Mobile foot pedal for clockwise/anti-clockwise operation with emergency off function (PRM 10 E) l Straightening rollers l Chassis

Page 248 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 249 Ring Rolling Machines Ring Rolling Machines PRM 31F 0381-2031

Features l Heavy-duty welded structure made of steel l Suitable for horizontal and vertical processing l Bottom rollers driven directly by the motor l Tempered rollers l Shafts made of special steel, hardened and polished l Feed via top roller l Lateral guide rollers, continuously adjustable l 2 driven rollers l Clockwise/anti-clockwise operation using foot pedal l Mobile control panel with foot controls

Specification PRM 31F

Shaft Ø 30 mm Top Roller Ø 148 mm Bottom Roller Ø 118 mm Speed 4 m/min Motor 0.75 Kw Elec. Connection 400V 3Ph 50Hz Weight 220 Kgs Dims LxWxH 60 x 80 x 145 cm

Included as standard: l Standard bending rollers (refer to table on the right for bending options) l Mobile foot pedal for clockwise/ anti-clockwise operation with emergency off function l Straightening rollers l Chassis

Accessories PRM 31F

Digital Indicator for Roller Adjust. 0388-0075 Special Guide Rollers for Angle Sections 0388-0076 Bending Tool to process bars 0388-0151 Spiral Bending Tool 0388-0152

Bending Rolls Steel/ Cast Iron With Standard Rolls With Optional Rolls 0 - 33.7 mm (State exact size) 0388-0077 34-48.3mm (State exact size) 0388-0078 Fabrication Angle Rollers Steel/ Cast Iron

30 x 30 x 3 mm 0388-0080 40 x 40 x 5mm 0388-0081

Plastic Rollers Alum. / Stainless Steel 0 - 33.7 mm (State exact size) 0388-0082 34 - 48.3 mm (State exact size) 0388-0083 49 - 60.3 mm (State exact size) 0388-0084

Plastic Angle Rollers Alum. / Stainless Steel 30 x 30 x 3 mm 0388-0085 40 x 40 x 5mm 0388-0086

Page 248 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 249 Ring Rolling Machines PRM 35F 0381-2035

Features l Heavy-duty welded structure made of steel l Suitable for horizontal and vertical processing l Bottom rollers driven directly by the motor l Tempered rollers l Shafts made of special steel, hardened and polished l Feed via top roller l Lateral guide rollers, continuously adjustable l 2 driven rollers l Clockwise/anti-clockwise operation using foot pedal l Mobile control panel with foot controls

Specification PRM 35F Shaft Ø 50 mm Top Roller Ø 155 mm Bottom Roller Ø 155 mm Speed 4.5 m/min Motor 1.5 Kw Elec. Connection 400 V 3Ph 50Hz Weight 400 Kgs Dims LxWxH 75 x 100 x140 cm

Included as standard: l Standard bending rollers (refer to table on the right for bending options) l Mobile foot pedal for clockwise/anti- clockwise operation with emergency off function l Straightening rollers l Chassis

Accessories PRM 35F Digital Indicator for Roller Adjustment 0388-0087 Special Guide Rollers

for Angle Section 0388-0088

Bend Tool to process bars 0388-0153 Spiral Bending Tool 0388-0154 With Standard Rolls

Bending Rolls Steel/ Cast Iron With Optional Rolls 0 - 33.7 mm (State exact size) 0388-0089 34 - 48.3 mm (State exact size) 0388-0090 49 - 60.3 mm (State exact size) 0388-0091

Angle Rollers Steel/ Cast Iron 30 x 30 x 3 mm 0388-0092 40 x 40 x 5 mm 0388-0093 50 x 50 x 6 mm 0388-0094

Plastic Rollers Aluminum / Stainless 0 - 33.7 mm (State exact size) 0388-0095 34 - 48.3 mm (State exact size) 0388-0096 49 - 60.3 mm (State exact size) 0388-0097

Plastic Angle Rollers Alum. / Stainless 30 x 30 x 3 mm 0388-0098 40 x 40 x 5 mm 0388-0099 50 x 50 x 6mm 0388-0100

Page 250 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 251 Hydraulic Ring Rollers PRM 50FH 0381-2036

Features l Heavy-duty welded structure made of steel l Suitable for horizontal and vertical processing l Bottom rollers driven directly by the motor l Tempered rollers l Shafts made of special steel, hardened and polished l Feed via top roller l Lateral guide rollers, continuously adjustable l 2 driven rollers l Clockwise/anti-clockwise operation using foot pedal l Mobile control panel with foot controls

Specification PRM 50FH Shaft Ø 50 mm Top Roller Ø 162 mm Bottom Roller Ø 152 mm Speed 4.5 m/min Hydraulic Pressure 8t Motor 1.1 Kw Elec. Connection 400V 3Ph 50Hz Weight 500 Kgs Dims LxWxH 81 x 95 x 150 cm

Included as standard:

l Standard bending rollers (refer to table on the right for bending options) l Mobile foot pedal for clockwise/anti- clockwise operation with emergency off function l Straightening rollers l Chassis

Accessories PRM 50FH Straightening Rollers

for Angle section 0388-0102

Bending Rolls Steel/ Cast Iron With Standard Rolls 0 - 33.7 mm (State exact size) 0388-0103 34-48.3mm (State exact size) 0388-0104 With Optional Rolls 49-60.3 (State exact size) 0388-0105

Angle Rollers Steel/ Cast Iron 30 x 30 x 3 mm 0388-0106 Fabrication 40 x 40 x 5mm 0388-0107 50 x 5 x 6mm 0388-0108 60 x 60 x 6mm 0388-0109

Plastic Rollers Aluminum / Stainless

0 - 33.7 mm (State exact size) 0388-0110 " 34 - 48.8 mm (State exact size) 0388-0111 " 49 - 60.3 mm (State exact size) 0388-0112

Plastic Angle Rollers Alum. / Stainless 30 x 30 x 3 mm 0388-0113 40 x 40 x 5mm 0388-0114 50 x 50 x 6mm 0388-0115 60 x 60 x 6mm 0388-0116

Page 250 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 251 Hydraulic Ring Rollers PRM 60FH 0381-2060

Features l Heavy-duty welded structure made of steel l Suitable for horizontal and vertical processing l Bottom rollers driven directly by the motor l Tempered rollers l Shafts made of special steel, hardened and polished l Feed via top roller l Lateral guide rollers, continuously adjustable l 2 driven rollers l Clockwise/anti-clockwise operation using foot pedal l Mobile control panel with foot controls Specification PRM 60F Shaft Ø 60 mm Top Roller Ø 215 mm Bottom Roller Ø 215 mm Speed 4.0 m/min Hydraulic Pressure 16 t Motor 1.5 kW Elec. Connection 400V 3Ph 50Hz Weight 950 Kgs Dims LxWxH 100 x 140 x 165 mm

Included as standard:

l Standard bending rollers (refer to table on the right for bending options) l Mobile foot pedal for clockwise/anti- clockwise operation with emergency off function l Straightening rollers l Chassis

Accessories PRM 60F Straightening Rollers for Angle section 0388-0161

NC Control 0388-0163

Bending Rolls Steel/ Cast Iron 0 - 33.7 mm (State exact size ) 0388-0410 34 - 48.3 mm (State exact size) 0388-0411 With Standard Rolls 49 - 60.3 mm (State exact size) 0388-0412 61 - 76.1 mm (State exact size) 0388-0413 77 - 88.9 mm (State exact size) 0388-0414 With Optional Rolls

Angle Rollers Steel/ Cast Iron 50 x 50 x 6mm 0388-0420 60 x 60 x 6mm 0388-0421 70 x 70 x 6mm 0388-0422

Plastic Rollers Aluminum / Stainless 0 - 33.7 mm (State exact size) 0388-0430 34 - 48.8 mm (State exact size) 0388-0431 49 - 60.3 mm (State exact size) 0388-0432 " " 61 - 71.6 mm (State exact size) 0388-0433 77 - 88.9 mm (State exact size) 0388-0434

Plastic Angle Rollers Alum. / Stainless 50 x 50 x 6 mm 0388-0440 60 x 60 x 6 mm 0388-0441 70 x 70 x 6 mm 0388-0442

Page 252 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 253 Hydraulic Ring Rollers PRM 80FH 0381-2080

Features l Heavy-duty welded structure made of steel l Suitable for horizontal and vertical processing l Bottom rollers driven directly by the motor l Tempered rollers l Shafts made of special steel, hardened and polished l Feed via top roller l Lateral guide rollers, continuously adjustable l 2 driven rollers l Clockwise/anti-clockwise operation using foot pedal l Mobile control panel with foot controls

Specification PRM 80FH Shaft Ø top 80 mm Shaft Ø Bottom 70 mm Roller Ø 245 mm Speed 6 m/min Motor 4 Kw Elec. Connection 400V 3Ph 50Hz Weight 1700 Kgs Dims LxWxH 145 x 100 x 140 mm

Included as standard: With Standard Rolls l Standard bending rollers (refer to table on the right for bending options) l Chassis l Mobile foot pedal for clockwise/ anti-clockwise operation with emergency off function l Straightening rollers

With Optional Rolls Fabrication

" Accessories PRM 80FH " Hydraulic Adjustment of lateral guide rollers 0388-0170 NC Control 0388-0171

*Bending rolls on request - state material , size etc

Page 252 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 253 Pipe Bending Machines HRB 10, PB 23 F

HRB 10 0377-7010 1/2" - 2" PB 23 F 1-595-004 1/2” - 4"

Specification HRB 10 Model Max Max Bending Dies Wall Dims Pressure Stroke Thickness LxWxH Length Of Pipe Weight Tons mm mm cm Kgs HRB10 10 t 155 1/2" , 3/4", 1", 3.25 - 4.5 mm 71 x 59 x 22 45 1 1/4", 1 1/2", 2" PB23F 23 t 370 1/2" , 3/4", 1", 2.75 - 6 mm 118 x 46 x 23 165 1 1/4", 1 1/2", 2"

2 1/2", 3", 4"

PIPE THREADING MACHINES 1-700-002 R 6 R 3 R2 R3 1-700-003 R4 1-700-004 R6 1-700-006

Shown here with portable stand

Specification R 2 R 3 R 4 R 6

Stock Number 1-700-002 1-700-003 1-700-004 1-700-006 Capacity (inch) 1/2" ~2" 1/2" ~3" 1/2" ~4" 1/2" ~ 6" Dies (inch) 1/2", 3/4", 1" ,2" 1/2", 3/4", 1", 2" 1/2", 3/4”, 1", 2" 2-1/2", 4", 5",6" 2 1/2", 3" 2 1/2", 4" Motor Power 750 W 750 W 750 W 1110 W Speed 28 rpm 19.27 rpm 8.5, 24 rpm 5, 17.5 rpm Dims cm 72 x 49 x 56 95 x 59 x 56 105 x 70 x 69 110 x 77 x 69 Weight 86 Kg 150 Kg 220 Kg 250 Kg

Page 254 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 255 Pipe Clamping Vices MPBV, BPV

EXCEL MULTI PURPOSE BENCH VICE MPBV 4 Features l Suitable for a variety of work l It swivels horizontally & vertically.

Specification

Jaw Jaw Width Depth Weight Model Stock mm mm Kgs Number Weight Stock MPBV 4 100 100 Kgs 10 Number 3-168-004

MPBV 5 Heavy Duty 125 125 28 3-168-005

SWIVEL BASE VICE WITH PIPE CLAMPING JAWS Features: l Front-opening, premium wrought vice made of hardened break-proof Steel l Hardened, replaceable clamping jaws with grooved teeth l Adjustable guide for parallel clamping l With insertable and rotatable clamping jaws l Large, hardened, anvil surface for smaller straightening and ramming work l Spindle guide in housing offers optimum protection against damage and soiling l Foot rotates continuously through 360° with arresting option l Painted in effect blue Fabrication

Specification BPV 100 BPV 125 BPV 150 BPV 175 0635-0100 0635-0125 0635-0150 0635-0175 Jaw width mm 100 125 150 175 Clamping width mm 102 125 152 180 Clamping depth mm 66 82 104 108

Anvil size mm 73 x 58 78 x 73 90 x 84 104 x 99 Overall length mm 305 355 455 530 Swivel base mm 128 145 165 190 Fixing Holes in base mm 10.3 13.5 14.0 14.0 Weight Kgs 8.3 12.4 18.4 27.4

Page 254 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 255 Bench Vices

BENCH VICES - Heavy Duty

Features Specification Jaw Jaw Jaw Weight Model Width Open Depth Stock l Semi-Steel body for maximum strength mm mm mm Kgs Number l Anvil back - useful for many jobs BV 3 75 75 55 7 3-165-200 l Enclosed Type Lead Screw BV 4 100 100 65 12 3-165-300 l Designed to provide lasting service. BV 5 125 125 70 20 3-165-400

BV 6 150 155 90 30 3-165-500

ALL STEEL BENCH VICES - Extra Strong

Features

l Steel Body for maximum strength l Anvil back - useful for many jobs l Enclosed type Lead Screw l Designed to provide lasting service.

Specification Jaw Jaw Throat Width Opening Depth Weight Stock Model mm mm mm Kgs Number ASBV 4 100 100 57 7.5 3-167-004 ASBV 5 125 125 67 11 3-167-005

ASBV 6 150 150 76 14.5 3-167-006 ASBV 8 200 200 89 20.5 3-167-008

Page 256 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 257 Bench Vices Workshop Cranes WKP 1 TOP 0621-4002 WKP 2 TOP 0621-4004 BENCH VICES - Heavy Duty

WKP 1 TOP

NEW

Specification

Model

Hydraulic and Double tubular legs rotating pump lever for more stability, Maximum lowering strength and improved NEW precision thanks to accessibility dead-man switch

WKP 2 TOP

WKP TOP: U-shaped, parallel chassis for moving around Euro pallets

Specification WKP 1 TOP WKP 2 TOP

Load carrying capacity 0.7t, 0.8t, 0.9t, 1.0t 1.25t, 1.5t, 1.75t, 2.0t Boom length depending on outreach cm 220, 130, 119, 117 165, 150, 135, 120 Max. lifting height (B) 220 cm 246 cm

Overall length (C) 158 cm 175 cm Lift & Move Interior dims front (D) 86 cm 108 cm Underside clearance (E) 14 cm 15 cm Chassis width (G) 30 cm 30 cm Boom length min (R min) 117 cm 120 cm Boom length max (R max) 220 cm 161 cm Dims folded away LxWxH (A) 55 x 88 x 158 cm 175 x 124 x 174 cm Weight 92 Kg 145 Kg

Page 256 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 257 Hydraulic Workshop Presses WPP 10 TE, WPP 20 E, WPP 30 E, WPP 50E WPP 75 E WPP 20 E/30 E WPP 50 E l Robust welded frame with perforations: l Press bench adustable by press bench adustable by height in ten height in 8 stages with stages with locking bolts. locking bolts. l With cylinder movement l With cylinder movement. & pressure gauge l With pressure gauge for for reading off the compression. reading off the compression. l Piston stroke alternatively by hydraulic manual pump or pneumatic foot pedal. l Piston stroke alternatively by l Compressed air coupling for operating hydraulic manual pump or presure 7.5 to 8.5 bar pneumatic foot pedal. (also on WPP20E) l Compressed air coupling for operating presure 7.5 to 8.5 bar

WPP 10 TE Features: l The low table press is adjustable by height in three stages l Pressure gauge shows compression l Hydraulic pump: for manual pressure build-up via pump lever

G

l Press bench adustable by height in 9 stages with locking bolts. E l Two-stage manual hydraulic pump. l With cylinder movement. D l With pressure gauge for C F reading off the compression. l Piston stroke alternatively by hydraulic manual pump or pneumatic foot pedal. l Compressed air coupling B for operating presure 7.5 to 8.5 bar WPP 75TE A

Specification WPP 10 TE WPP 20 E WPP 30 E WPP 50 E WPP 75 E

Stock Number 0630-0011 0630-0020 0630-0030 0630-0050 0630-0075 Compression Force 10 t 20 t 30 t 50 t 75 t Base Width x Depth (AxB) 570 x 495 mm 730 x 560 mm 795 x 700 mm 1030 x 800 mm 1140 x 800 mm Height (C) 1060 mm 1630 mm 1800 mm 1880 mm 1930 mm Inside Width (D) 340 mm 510 mm 535 mm 730 mm 800 mm Working Range (E-F) 194 - 364 mm 38.5 - 918.5 mm 150 - 1030 mm 69 - 1048 mm 170 - 884 mm

Table Height Adjustable 3 10 10 8 9 Piston Stroke 175 mm 186.5 mm 150 mm 200 mm 250 mm Piston Move Path (G) - 176 mm 200 mm 245 mm 260 mm Operating Pressure - - 7.5 - 8.5 bar 7.5 - 8.5 bar 7.5 - 8.5 bar Weight 54.7 Kg 105 Kg 171 Kg 302.5 Kg 451 Kg

Page 258 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 259 Hydraulic Workshop Presses Hydraulic Workshop Presses WPP 10 TE, WPP 20 E, WPP 30 E, WPP 60 HBK 0401-3060 WP 100 HBK, 0401-3100 WPP 50E WPP 75 E WPP 160 HBK 0401-3160 WPP 200 HBK 0401-3200 Heavy Duty, hydraulic workshop presses, moving piston & two piston feed speeds

l Press bench adustable by Features:

height in 8 stages with l Equally suited to assembly and straightening work, workpiece testing, or pressing bearings & other components locking bolts. in or out l Ideal for technical workshops, repair shops and technical training institutions l With two piston feed l With cylinder movement. speeds and pressure control via throttle screw l Pressure gauge for pressure display l Heavy, welded machine l With pressure gauge for frame made of steel sections to absorb the incident press force of the cylinder l The hydraulics work with great reading off the compression. precision in both electric and manual mode l Adjustment of the cylinder via rack on hand wheel l Piston stroke alternatively by l Heavy-duty and durable welded designed l Comprehensive range of accessories hydraulic manual pump or pneumatic foot pedal. l Compressed air coupling for operating presure 7.5 to 8.5 bar NEW

WPP 60 HBK WPP 100 HBK

Specification WPP 60 HBK WPP 100 HBK WPP 160 HBK WPP 200 HBK

Power 60 t 100 t 160 t 200 t Press Speed 1.5 mm/s 1.5 mm/s 1.5 mm/s 1.2 mm/s Feed Speed 10 mm/s 10 mm/s 10 mm/s 10 mm/s Motor Power 1.5 kW 1.5 kW 1.5 kW 4.0 kW Electrical Connection 400V 3Ph 50H 400V 3Ph 50H 400V 3Ph 50H 400V 3Ph 50Hz Weight 480 Kg 980 Kg 1480 Kg 2700 Kg

Dimensions WPP 60 100 160 200 HBK HBK HBK HBK A - Height 2290 2280 2450 2600 H G

990 1290 1320 1900 Lift & Move B- Width without Pump I Lift & Move F C - With with Pump 1350 1600 1950 2450 A D - Depth 650 850 1000 1100 E - Clear Width 790 1030 1020 1500 F - Clear Height 1000 1000 1020 1000 G - Depth of hole frame 180 265 300 400 H - Piston stroke 300 320 400 400 I - Piston travel 450 550 550 800 E D B C Page 258 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 259 Scissor Type Lifting Tables FHT 500 0615-0500 SHT 1000 0615-4100 SHT 2000 0615-4200

FHT 500 – Mobile scissor-type lifting table with hydraulic lifting device and load-bearing capacity of 0.5 t Features: l Robust steel design l For flexible and comfortable working l With an easy-to-operate foot pedal for raising the table hydraulically to the desired height l Manually operable table lowering l Robust rollers with safety wheel guard and brakes on the two steering rollers for greater safety during loading and unloading l The relief valve protects the operator and the pump

Specification FHT 500 Load bearing capacity (Kgs) 500 Table Dims (mm) 855 x 500 x 50 Max. Lifting Height (mm) 900 Min. Lifting Height (mm) 340 Grip Height (mm) 805 Roller Dia. (mm) 127 Weight (Kgs) 87

FHT 500

SHT 1000, SHT 2000 – Compact, hydraulic scissor-type tables Features:

l For ergonomic working at an optimum working height l With closed platform l Separate control unit with 3 metre cable, control buttons and emergency stop switch l Separate control unit with 3 metre cable, control buttons and emergency stop switch l Infinitely variable lifting and lowering l Stable, powder-coated steel design l Guaranteed stability l Circumferential safety rails l Fulfils the safety criteria of EN 1570 SHT 1000 l High-pressure cylinder with dual-safety function

Specification SHT 1000 SHT 2000 Load bearing cap 1 t 2 t Table Dims (mm) 1300 x 800 Lifting Time 25 sec 40 sec Lifting Speed 40 mm/sec 22 mm/sec Output (Kw) 0.75 Max. Lifting Height 1010 mm Min. Lifting Height 190 mm Weight (Kgs) 220 280

Page 260 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 261 Load Moving & Lifting Equipment TR 20, MH 3, MH 8, MH 10, MH 20 0619-5020 0619-0003 0619-0008 0619-0010 0619-0020

TR 20 – Transport roller set with 20 t load-bearing capacity Features l Flexibly deployable for moving heavy loads l Easy to steer with turning circle of 3 m l Suitable for short transport routes l Set consists of a steering unit and chassis for easy self-assembly

Specification TR 20

Load-bearing capacity 20 t Specification FHT 500 Compensating upper part (mm) 120 x 120 Height (mm) 108 Roller Ø (mm) 18 Turntable upper part (mm) Ø 130 Weight (Kgs) 50

Included as standard: l 4 transport rollers l 2 steering rods l 2 turntables with l 1 metal box with rollers rubber mat Ø 130 mm and handles l 2 carrier plates with l 1 drawbar for the metal box rubber mat 120 x 120 mm l 1 metal box with l 2 connecting rods rollers and handles

MH Series – Machine lift Features MH20 MH10 l For safe lifting of heavy loads l Stable, welded steel design MH3 for demanding applications l Lowering speed infinitely adjustable thanks to release screw with granular MH8 control l Small and compact design Included as Standard Included as Standard MH 3: Included as Standard Included as Standard MH 20: Height-adjustable MH 8: MH 10: Height-adjustable lifting lifting grab Height-adjustable lifting grab Spindle thread grab Spindle thread

Specification MH 3 MH 8 MH 10 MH 20 Specification SHT 1000 SHT 2000 Max. static bearing load 3 t 8 t 10 t 20 t Support height min. static bearing load (mm) 233 261 320 325

Support height max. static bearing load (mm) 373 401 400 465 Lift & Move Max. lifting capacity upper support point 3 t 8 t 7.5 t 15 t Max. stroke distance upper support point (mm) 140 140 160 140 Max. lifting capacity lower support point 3 t 8 t 6 t 12 t Clearance heights lower support point (mm) 15/75/135 20/85/150 35 40/100 Max. stroke distance lower support point (mm) 140 140 160 140 Dimensions (L x W x H) cm 25 x 23 x 23 27 x 25 x 26 16 x 25 x 32 30 x 37 x 33 Weight (Kgs) 21 28 25 31

Page 260 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 261 Pallet Trucks PHW 2506 K PHW 2506 PHW 2506 L 0615-2507 0615-2506 0615-2508

Features All Models: l Robust fully hydraulic lifting and lowering device l Smooth-action hydraulic pump with hard chrome-plated piston and pressure relief valve l Loweing speed infinitely variable thanks to release valve and granular control l Highly stable, torsion-resistant monocogue design of frame and forks l Ergonomically shaped drawbar, non-slip with additional plastic coating l Three functions operable via one-hand lever (lifting, lowering,neutral position l Easy to move even heavy loads thanks to super quiet aluminium steering rollers with solid rubber wheel treads and tandem fork rollers made of polyurethane l Precision ball bearings in all wheels and rollers

PHW 2506

NEW PHW 2506 K

PHW

800 mm 2506 L

1150 mm

1800 mm

Specification PHW 2506 K PHW 2506 PHW 2506 L

Load bearing capacity 2.5 t 2.5 t 2.5 t Total width 540 mm 540 mm 540 mm Fork width 160 mm 160 mm 160 mm Fork length 800 mm 1150 mm 1800 mm Lifting range 85 - 200 mm 85 - 200 mm 85 - 200 mm Lifting height 115 mm 115 mm 115 mm Steering angle 186º 210º 186º Steering roller Dia x W 200 x 50 mm 200 x 50 mm 200 x 50 mm Fork roller Dia x W 80 x 70 mm 80 x 70 mm 80 x 70 mm Dims LxWxH cm 119 x 54 x 124 154 x 54 x 123 219 x 54 x 124 Weight Kgs 63 69 107

Page 262 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 263

Pallet Trucks PHW 2000 W 0615-0261 With weighing device

PHW 2000 WP 0615-0271 With weighing device & printer Features - All Models: l Aluminium steering rollers with full-rubber tread, PU tandem fork rollers, precision ball bearings l Integrated electronic scales protected by steel housing l With a large, six-digit LCD display for pounds or kilograms and grams, also easily readable from the side l With error message display l Electronic parts for reliability, DIN IP65-protected against humidity and dust l Reliable at temperatures from -10° to 40° C and 10% to 95% relative humidity l Tare correction, gross/net weight, total weight and totalling function for serial weighing l Power supply via 4 AA 1.5V batteries

PHW 2000W l Self-explanatory large 4-button control panel with tactile click l Also very easy to operate when wearing gloves l Weight display in 1kg steps PHW 2506 L PHW 2000 l WP including integrated printer Weighing Device for weight output

Specification PHW PHW

2000 W 2000 WP Load bearing cap. 2 t Total width 540 mm Fork width 172 mm Fork length 1 150 mm Lifting Range 85 - 175 mm Steering angle 210º Turning radius 1 362 mm Steering rollers (Ø x W) 160 x 50 mm Lift & Move Fork rollers (Ø x W) 70 x 60 mm Dims LxWxH (cm) 157 x 54 x 18 Weighing capacity 2000 Kg Measuring interval 1 Kg Measuring accuracy 2000 Kg = +/- 2 Kg Battery Voltage* 4 x 1.5V (AA) Weight 135 Kg

Page 262 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 263 Load Moving Equipment TF 3, TF 6, TF 12, VTR 6, VTR 12 0619-1030 0619-1060 0619-1120 0619-2060 0619-2120

TF Series – Transport chassis

Features l For easy & safe transport and relocation of heavy objects TF 6 and machines. l With pivoting carrier plate (single for TF 3, dual for TF 6 and TF 12) and drawbar for easy manoeuvring around corners Carrier plate with anti-slip rubber surface

TF 3

TF 12

Specification TF 3 TF 6 TF 12 Load-bearing capacity 3 t 6 t 12 t Support Surface mm 185 x 150 220 x 400 220 x 400

Number of Rollers 4 8 8 Roller Size (ØxW)mm 85 x 90 85 x 90 83 x 95 Dims (Without handle) cm 30x23x11 64x54x12 64x57x12

Weight (Kgs) Approx. 15 50 66 Kg

VTR Series – Adjustable transport rollers Features l Set of 2 l Large ball-bearing borne nylon rollers l Adjustable using VTR 6 2 steel bars from 500 mm to 1400 mm (VTR 6) or from 720 mm to 1500 mm (VTR 12) l Anti-slip rubber surface

Specification VTR 6 VTR 12 Load-bearing capacity 6 t 12 t Number of Rollers 4 each 6 each Roller Size (mm) 85 x 90 85 x 90 Dims (cm) 32 x 27 x 11 42 x 27 x 11 VTR 12 Weight (Kgs) Each Approx. 30 38

Page 264 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 265 Lever Bars - Crane Scales HS 1.5 0619-6015 KW 50 0617-1405 HS 5 0619-6050 KW 100 0617-1410

TF Series – Transport chassis HS Series – Lever bars with 1.5 t and 5 t load-bearing capacity Features• l Solid steel bar for max. stability l Easy-action steel rollers

Specification HS 1.5 HS 5 HS 5 Load-bearing capacity 1.5 t 5 t Lever Length (mm) 2000 2200 Number of Rollers 2 2 Roller Size (mm) 70 x 54 70 x 54 Weight (Kgs) Approx. 16 32 HS 1.5

KW series – Crane balances for determining the weight of suspended loads up to 10 ton

Features l Controlled via remote control and display directly on the device l Remote control range up to 10 m l Bright and easily readable LED display with 30 mm digit height l Value can be stored and frozen VTR Series – l Easy to determine the net weight Adjustable transport rollers thanks to tare function l Summation function for serial weighing l Automatic switch-off function l Overload warning in display l Power supply via replaceable internal rechargeable battery; can be charged without removing from device

Specification KW 50 KW 100 Load-bearing capacity 5 t 10 t Overload Max 400% 400% Display Unit - upto 2 Tonne 1 Kg 1 Kg 2 - 5 Tonne 2 Kg 2 Kg 5 - 10 Tonne - 5 Kg Stablisation Time <10 s <10 s Dist. between Mount & load hook 585 mm 770 mm Inner Diameter of mount 92 mm 94 mm Lift & Move Clearance width load hook 45 mm 60 mm Dims LxWxH cm 23 x 33 x 65 23 x 36 x 81 Weight Kg 25 47 Included as standard:

l Remote control incl. batteries l High precision l Calibration capable as per OIML R76 standard l Rechargeable battery 6 V / 10 Ah l Tare over full range l Remotely controllable l Power adapter

Page 264 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 265 Sandblasting Cabins SSK 1 0620-4000 SSK 2 0620-4001 SSK 3.1 0620-4005

SSK series – Sandblasting cabins for clean blasting work without soiling the work environment Features l Suitable for a variety of blasting agents, e.g. quartz, glass peen shot, plastic peen shot, and more l Ideal for removal or for cleaning and rust removal on any type of metal part... l Premium latex work gloves fastened on housing l View window and adhesion-bonded protective film, for the best possible view and occupational protection while processing the workpiece l Cover and door frame featuring all-around seals for dust-free work l With stable grid shelf for depositing workpieces on the inside of the cabinet l With drain opening for changing the blasting agent l Extraction hose for blasting agent fastened on bottom of catchment container l With external compressed air coupling l Glass blasting agent, corundum blasting agent, silicon carbide, plastic blasting agent and many others usable

SSK 2 SSK 1

l One large door on the side for loading and unloading l Cover easily lockable with l 2 exhaust air openings (1 exhaust air connection rotary locks ø 92 mm and 1 exhaust air duct ø 64 mm) for l 12-volt neon tube with 230-volt connecting to an extraction unit power supply and external l 12-volt neon tube with 230-volt power supply and switch external switch

Specification SSK 1 SSK 2 SSK 3.1 Cabin volume 90 L 220 L 360 L Air consumption 200 - 350 l/min 200 - 350 l/min 400 - 800 l/min Operating pressure 2.8 - 8.0 bar 2.8 - 8.0 bar 3.4 - 8.0 bar Max. operating pressure 8.6 bar 8.6 bar 8.6 bar Compressed air connection 3 / 8 " 3 / 8 " 3 / 8 " Blasting agent grain size 0.42 mm - 0.125 0.42 mm - 0.125 0.250 mm - 0.125 Interior cabin dims (cm) 58 x 48 x 30 84 x 55 x 36 116 x 58 x 58 Exterior dims (cm) 59 x 49 x 49 95 x 66 x 138 123 x 94 x 164 Weight 17.25 kg 48 kg 115 kg Max Weight on support grille 10 Kg 80 Kg 120 Kg Max Weight of blasting agent 12 Kg 50 Kg 75 Kg Extraction performance - - 17.4 m³ / h

Page 266 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 267 Sandblasting Cabins 0620-4000 0620-4001 0620-4005

Fig. shows SSK 3.1 featuring a very large front flap which opens upward

SSK 3.1/SK 4: Integrated extraction unit with replaceable air filter

SSK 3.1

l Very large front hood opens upward for fast and easy loading and unloading l Integrated extraction unit with replaceable air filter l Blasting gun without trigger - air flow controlled via foot pedal l 2 neon tubes (230-volt), in separate housing with protective pane and replaceable protective film, including 5 replacement films l Light switch with dual function: extraction and cabin lighting are switched on and off at the same time l Maximum working pressure controllable via pressure

Accessories SSK 1 SSK 2 SSK 3

Gloves 0620-4100 0620-4110 0620-4120 Sand blasting gun 0620-4101 0620-4101 0620-4124 Filter 0620-4102 - 0620-4123 Protective film (5) 0620-4103 0620-4111 0620-4111 Lift & Move View window 0620-4104 0620-4112 0620-4122 Fluorescent tube 0620-4113 0620-4113 0620-4127 Ceramic nozzle 4/5/6/7mm 0620-4130 0620-4130 - Ceramic nozzle 2x6mm/2x7mm - - 0620-4131 Protective window for lighting - - 0620-4125 Protective film for lighting (5) - - 0620-4126

Page 266 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 267 Planing & Thicknessing Machines

ADH 200 , ADH 250, ADH 305, ADH 260

ADH 200 1ph 0590-5200

ADH 250 1ph 0590-5250

ADH 305 1ph 0590-5305 Features l Perfect for mobile use due to small and compact type l For angular joining and exact planing of massive wood, boards, planks, and pattens. l Easy and precise adjustment of the chip removal while thickening accurate to dimension l Automatic workpiece feed l Toothed steel infeed roller for uniform and constant infeed of wood l Infinitely inclinable aluminium planing stop l Cutter block including 2 rapid steel plane irons Specification ADH 200 ADH 250 ADH 305 Optional Attach. Max. planing width 204 mm 254 mm 305 mm Spare cutter block Min./Max. working height 5 / 120 mm 6 / 160 mm 6 / 160 mm ADH 200 (2pcs) 0591-5200 Max. chip removal 2 mm 2 mm 2 mm Spare cutting blades Number of cutter blocks 2 2 2 ADH 250 (2 pcs) 0591-5250 Cutter block 50 mm 50 mm 50 mm Spare cutting blades Speed 8,500 min¹ 8,500 min¹ 9,500 min¹ ADH 305 (2 pcs) 0591-5300 Motor power 230 V / 50 Hz 1.5 kW 1.5 kW 1.8 kW Spare filter bag Dims (LxW) planing table 737 x 210 mm 1050 x 260 mm 1075 x 310 mm Dims (LxW) thicknessing table 255 x 204 mm 450 x 254 mm 500 x 305 mm ADH 200 0591-5201 Parallel stop 590 x 102 mm 610 x 122 mm 610 x 127 mm Reducing Suction nozzle 58 mm 80 mm 100 mm coupling 60/100 0514-2427 Weight 29 kg 40 kg 42 kg Reducing coupling Dimensions (LxWxH) in cm 79 x 47 x 47 111 x 55 x 57 114 x 60 x 57 80/100 0514-2421

ADH 260 1ph 0590-3260 Specification ADH 260 Dimensions (LxW) planing table 103 x 28 mm Dimensions (LxW) thicknessing table 26 x 40 mm Max. working width 260 mm Max. chip removal 3 mm Cutter block 63 mm Number of cutter blocks 2 Cutter block speed 6’500 min¹ Feed speed 5m / min. Speed 2,800 min¹ Motor power 50 Hz 2.0 kW / 230 V Suction nozzle 100 mm Weight 66 Kg Features l Space saving, perfect for the ambitious do-it- yourselfer and hobbyist l For angular joining (90º) and exact planing of massive wood, boards, planks, and battens l Easy and precise adjustment of the chip removal of up to 3mm for thicknessing accurate to dimension l Automatic workpiece feed (5 m / min.) l Toothed steel infeed roller for uniform and constant infeed of wood l A rubberised outlet roller spares the Optional Spare blades (2 pcs) 0591-3260 surface while thickening

Page 268 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 269 Planing & Thicknessing Machines Jointing/ ADH 26C 1ph 0590-4026 ADH 31C 1ph 0590-4031 ADH 41C 3ph ADH 26C 3ph 0590-4027 ADH 31C 3ph 0590-4032 0590-5250

Features l For angle joints (90º) and precise surface planing of solid wood boards,planks and slats l Easy and precise adjustment of chip removal in precision thicknessing l Automatic workpiece feed l A rubberised discharge roller is gentle on the surface in thicknessing operations l Easily-adjustable aluminium jointing stop, pivots from 90º to +45º l Generously dimensioned jointing table made of ribbed cast aluminium l Large grey cast iron thicknessing table with polished surface. l Integrated, folding swarf extraction hood.

Static extraction hood There is no need to unplug and reconnect the extraction hose on retooling. Time-saving

Table height adjustment is easy and convenient with the hand wheel.

Spare Blades Set of 3 ADH 26C 0591-4026 ADH 31C 0591-4031 ADH 41C 0591-4041

Specification ADH 26C ADH 31C ADH 41C Dims (LxW) Planing table 1120x 275 mm 1295x325 mm 1640x425 mm Dims (LxW Thicknessing Table 545x258 mm 545x308 mm 600x408 mm Max. planing width 258 mm 308 mm 408 mm Working height 830 mm 850 mm 850 mm Working height thicknessing min/max 5-225 mm 5-225mm 5-225 mm Max. material removal 3mm 3mm 3mm Planing shafts -Ø 70mm 70mm 70mm Number of planing knives 3 3 3 Planing shaft speed 5200 rpm 5200 rpm 5200 rpm Feed speed 5.5 m/min 7 m/min 7 m/min Motor output 1.7 kW 2.2 kW 3 kW Extraction port Ø 100 mm 100 mm 100 mm Dims (LxWxH) 112x63x96 cm 130x72x101 cm 162x92x101 cm

Weight 170 kg 210 kg 260 kg Woodwork

Page 268 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 269 Vertical Bandsaws - Woodworking HBS 231-1 1ph 0590-2423 HBS 261-2 1ph 0590-2426 HBS 321-2 1ph 0590-2432 HBS 361-2 1ph 0590-2436

Features l Ideal for demanding model makers and DIY enthusiasts. l Cast aluminium fly wheels with special coating l Grey cast work table tilts up to 45° l Equipped with precision 3 roller saw band guides above and below the table l Aluminium longitudinal stop with quick release, precisely adjustable thanks to magnifying glass and millimetre scale (except HBS 231-1) l Two belt speeds adjustable (except HBS 231-1)

Spare Saw Blades NEW HBS 231-1 TPI Stock Number

1575 x 6 x 0.36 mm 14 0516-0010 1575 x 6 x 0.5 mm 6 0516-0011

1575 x 10 x 0.5 mm 4 0516-0012 HBS 261-2 1826 x 6 x 0.6 mm 14 0516-0020 1826 x 6 x 0.6 mm 6 0516-0021 1826 x 12 x 0.6 mm 4 0516-0022 HBSSaw 321-2Belts 2240HBS x 351-26 x 0.6 mm 6 0516-0030 2240 x 10 x 0.5 mm 6 0516-0031 2240 x 16 x 0.5 mm 4 0516-0032 2240 x 20 x 0.5 mm 4 0516-0033 HBS 361 -2 2560 x 6 x 0.6 mm 6 0516-0040 2560 x 6 x 0.5 mm 6 0516-0041 2560 x 16 x 0.5 mm 4 0516-0042 2560 x 25 x 0.5 mm 4 0516-0043

Included as standard: HBS 261-2, HBS 321-2, HBS 361-2 Included l Saw band as standard: l Longitudinal stop with magnifying glass HBS 231-1

l Mitre stop l LED lamp l Saw band l Longitudinal stop l Pusher block l Chassis l Mitre stop l LED lamp l 3 roller saw band l 3 roller saw band guide guide top & bottom top & bottom l Pusher block

S p e c i fi c a t i o n HBS 231-1 HBS 261-2 HBS 321-2 HBS 361-2 Max.cut width (with stop) 125 mm 145 mm 225 mm 255 mm Max.cut width (w/o stop) 228 mm 245 mm 305 mm 340 mm Max. cutting height 90° 90 mm 152 mm 165 mm 225 mm Max. cutting height 45° 50 mm 95 mm 105 mm 145 mm Cutting speed 635 m/min 400 / 800 m/min 370 / 800 m/min 370 / 800 m/min Saw blade length 1575 mm 1826 mm 2240 mm 2560 mm Saw blade width 6.35 mm 10 mm 12.7 mm 12.7 mm Max Width 10 mm 12.5 mm 20 mm 25 mm Thickness 0.35 mm 0.35 mm 0.5 mm 0.5 mm Table LxW 300 x 300 mm 360 x 320 mm 480 x 390 545 x 515 Table Height 405 mm 935 mm 1000 mm 1020 mm Table Inclination 0-45° 0-45° 0-45° 0-45° Power Rating 0.3 kW 0.375 kW 0.75 kW 1.1 kW Output 0.17 kW 0.22 kW 0.5 kW 0.8 kW Elec Connection 230 V / 1PH /AC / 50 Hz Extraction port Ø 53 mm 100 mm 100 mm 100 mm Dims LxWxH cm 49 x 42 x 84 68 x 52 x 144 78 x 60 x 160 87 x 69 x 172 Weight 20 Kg 34 Kg 51 Kg 76 Kg

Page 270 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 271 Vertical Bandsaws - Woodworking Heavy Duty Vert. Wood Bandsaws HBS 351 1ph 0515-3501 HBS 431 1ph 0515-4301 HBS 433 3ph 0515-4303 HBS 533 3ph 0515-5303 HBS 533S3ph 0515-5313 HBS 633S 3ph 0515-6303 l Ideal for demanding model makers and DIY enthusiasts. l Cast aluminium fly wheels Features l Particularly smooth and precise running due to a torsion-free machine housing and a solid base made of steel sheet l Largely dimensioned grey cast saw bench made of one piece, with precisely ground and polished surface l Comfortable laser unit for cutting line marking l Saw belt tension via eccentric level at the rear of the machine l Two speeds as standard l Rapid adjustment of cutting height via rotary knob and toothed rod with millimetre scale

Saw Belts HBS 351 TPI 2562 x 6 x 0.5mm 6 0516-0359 2562 x 10 x 0.5mm 4 0516-0360 2562 x 12 x 0.5mm 4 0516-0361 2562 x 16 x 0.5mm 4 0516-0362

Saw Belts HBS 431 / 433 - Wood TPI 3345 x 6.0 x 0.5mm 6 0516-0431 3345 x 10.0 x 0.5mm 4 0516-0432 3345 x 16.0 x 0.5mm 4 0516-0433 3345 x 20.0 x 0.5mm 4 0516-0434 3345 x 25.0 x 0.5mm 4 0516-0435 Saw Belts Saw Belts Saw Belts HBS 633s TPI HBS 533 TPI HBS 533S TPI 4600 x 10 x 0.5mm 4 0516-0631 3865 x 10 x 0.5mm 4 0516-0531 4190 x 10 x 0.5mm 4 0516-0535 4600 x 16 x 0.5mm 4 0516-0632 3865 x 16 x 0.5mm 4 0516-0532 4190 x 16 x 0.5mm 4 0516-0536 4600 x 20 x 0.5mm 4 0516-0633 3865 x 20 x 0.5mm 4 0516-0533 4190 x 20 x 0.5mm 4 0516-0537 4600 x 25 x 0.5mm 4 0516-0634 3865 x 25 x 0.5mm 4 0516-0534 4190 x 25 x 0.5mm 4 0516-0538 4600 x 30 x 0.6mm 3 0516-0635

HBS 431 (230V) S p e c i fi c a t i o n HBS 351 HBS 533 HBS 533 S HBS 633 S HBS 433 (400V) Table dimensions 495 x 356 mm 610 x 431 mm 680 x 530 mm 750 x 530 mm 850 x 600 mm Cutting speeds 650 / 400 m/min 900 / 450 m/min 850 / 430 m / min 1400 m / min. 1615 m / min Flywheel 356 mm 430 mm 530 mm 530 mm 630 mm Max. cutting height 200 mm 270 mm 270 mm 350 mm 400 mm Max. cutting width 346 mm 410 mm 514 mm 510 mm 610 mm Saw belt length 2562 mm 3345 mm 3865 mm 4600 mm 4600 mm Precision guiding 3 rolls top / bottom top / bottom top / bottom top / bottom top / bottom Saw bench inclination -10º - +45º -10º - +45º -10º - +45º 0 - 45º 0 - 45º Motor power (230V) 550 Watts / 230V 1.5 kW 2.25 kW / 400V 3.75 kW/400V 3.75 kW/400V Weight 80 Kg 130 Kg 163 Kg 305 Kg 380 Kg Dimensions (mm) 61 x 45 x 176 77 x 51 x 205 102x79x205 100 x 72 x 204 119 x 75 x 206 Suction nozzle diameter 100 mm 2 x 100 mm 2 x 100 mm 2 x 100 mm 2 x 100 mm Woodwork

Page 270 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 271 Spindle Moulder/Sliding Table Saws 3ph 1ph & 3ph TF 200 SE FKS 255-1300

TF 200 SE SPINDLE MOULDER 3ph 0590-2000 Features l Smooth sliding table for precise workpiece guidance l Spindle moulder dence with finely adjustable aluminium stops l Fast and easy change of rotation speed using multi V-belt l Large work surface thanks to solid & torsion-resistant cast iron table l Selector switch for clockwise or counterclockwise rotation of the milling spindle l Hold-down for precise workpiece guidance l Pivotable from +5 to -45º

Specification TF 200 SE Table size 1000 x 240 mm Table opening 200 mm Working height 900 mm Spindle diameter 30 mm Spindle stroke 100 mm Spindle Tilt angle -5º to 45º Max Tool 180 mm Spindle speed 1,800/3,000/6,000/9,000 min¹ Suction nozzle 100 mm Motor power 50 Hz 2.8 kW / 400 V Motor speed 2800 min¹ Dims (LxWxH) max. 100x85x120 cm Extraction connection 100 mm Weight 218 Kg

FKS 255-1300 SLIDING 230 V / 1PH 0590-2035

400V / 3PH 0590-2036 Features

l Heavy cast iron work table for Low-vibration work and precise, straight Cuts l Saw unit can be swiveled up to 45 degrees,Adjustment via handwheel l Cutting plane directly on the saw blade l Table bracket with telescopic stop 1100 -1900 mm and folding stop for plates and large workpieces NEW ° Specification FKS 255-1300 l Telescopic stop on both Max. saw blade Ø 254 mm sides at 45 degrees pivotable Trimmed length 1.250 mm l Aluminum rip fence on Round rod Cutting width with rip fence 610 mm guide with fine adjustment Cutting width to the left of the saw blade 845 mm Included as standard: Max. Cutting height 90 ° / 45 ° 80 / 54 l Edging shoe l Eccentric clamp Saw blade inclination 90 ° / 45 ° Table dimensions (L x W) 650 x 350 mm l Angle stop -45 ° to 45 ° Table height 835 mm lCircular saw blade 254 x 30 x 3.0 mm Z40 Saw blade speed 4.000 mi Engine power 2,1 kW/230V 2,0 kW/400V Optional Accessories Ext. nozzle Ø below/above 100mm / 30mm Hole Width Teeth Dims (L x W x H) in mm 132 x 175 x 112 Diameter Weight 155 Kg Saw blade 254 x 30 x 3 mm Z40 0591-2026

Page 272 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 273 HOLZSTAR Sliding Table Circular Saws FKS 315-1500 E 3ph FKS 315-2000 E 3ph FKS 315-1500 E 3ph 0590-0315 SLIDING TABLE SAW Features l Heavy weighted tabled made of grey cast iron allows low-vibration working and precise straight cuts l Mitre stop adjustable from -45º to +45º l The height adjustment of the saw blade is performed by means of a hand wheel at the front l Including suction pipe 40mm coupled with the main suction pipe

Specification FKS 315-1500 E Max. saw blade Ø 315 mm Max. cutting height 45º/ 90º 75 / 100 mm Standard Equipment Cutting width with stop 940 mm l Sliding carriage with boom Saw blade inclination 0 - 45º l Bed extension and width extension l Clamp sleigh Table dimensions (L x W) 350 x 760 mm l Rip fence with rod guide and fine adjustment Trimming length 1370 mm l Saw blade protective hood with extraction hose Table extension 350 x 500 mm Speed 4,250 min¹ Optional Accessories Blades Motor Power 400V/50 Hz 3.0 kW Hole Width Teeth Suction nozzle Ø top 38 mm Diameter Suction nozzle Ø bottom 100 mm 315mm 30mm 3.2mm 28 0526-3128 Weight 260 Kg 315mm 30mm 3.2mm 48 0526-3148 Dims (cm) 348 x 243 x127 315mm 30mm 3.2mm 60 0526-3160

FKS 315-2000 E 3ph 0590-0317 SLIDING TABLE SAW Features l From -45º to +45º rotatable, extendable, telescopic fence with fine adjustable stop flap. l Robust and precise construction with sliding table l Solid outrigger table with telescopic arm and roller for maximum accuracy Standard Equipment Specification FKS 315-1000 E l Sliding carriage with boom l Material roll on boom Max. saw blade Ø 315 mm l Rip fence with rod guide and fine adjustment Max. cutting height 45º / 90º 80 / 100 mm l Bed extension and width extension Cutting width with stop 1220 mm l l Saw blade inclination 0 - 45º Flip stop Clamp sleigh Table dimensions (L x W) 680 x 580 mm l Eccentric clamp Trimming length 2000 mm l Scoring unit Table elongation (L x W) 310 x 500 mm l Saw blade protective hood with extraction hose Speed 4000 rpm Optional Accessories Blades Motor Power 4.0 kW Diameter Hole Width Teeth Suction nozzle Ø top 38 mm Suction nozzle Ø bottom 100 mm 315mm 30mm 3.2mm 28 0526-3128 Weight 260 Kg 315mm 30mm 3.2mm 48 0526-3148 Woodwork Dims (cm) 433 x 416 x 115 315mm 30mm 3.2mm 60 0526-3160 Woodwork

Page 272 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 273 Circular Table Saws TKS 316 E 1ph TKS 316 PRO 1ph & 3ph

TKS 315 E 1ph 0590-2316 Features l Largely dimensioned machine table made of steel, serially galvanized against corrision l Standard table extension can also be mounted as a table width extension l Ball bearing mounted sliding carriage with mitre stop and additional rip fence l Saw blade turning from 0º to 45º l Easily moveable

Specification TKS 316 E Standard Equipment Max. saw blade 315 mm l Stand l Sliding carriage Max. cutting height 90º / 45º 83 / 60 mm l Table width/length extension Saw blade inclination 0 - 45º l Rip fence Table dims (L x W) 800 x 550 mm l Carbide saw blade Ø315 mm / Z24 Table height 850 mm l Saw blade protective hood with extraction hose Speed 2,800 min¹ Motor Power 50 Hz 2 kW 230V 50Hz Optional Accessories Blades Suction nozzle Top 35 mm / bottom 100 mm Net weight 56 kg Circular Saw 28 teeth Ø 315 mm 0526-3128 TKS 316 Pro 230V 1ph 0590-2321 400V 3ph 0590-2323 Features l Large machine table made of galvanised steel l Standard table extension can also be mounted as table widening right l Precise swing over hand wheel with scale l Saw blade height adjustable via easy-to-reach hand wheel l Precise cuts due to stable, double suspension of the sawing unit l Rip fence allows the lining of boards, thickness fiber and angle cuts l Easily drivable through integrated landing gear and foldable transport handles l For easy transport or space-saving storage table feet can be folded easily Standard Specification TKS 316 Pro Equipment Max. saw blade 315 mm l Chassis l Sliding sleighs l Table extension tat, 800x550 mm Max. cutting height 90 / 50 mm l Rip fence l HM saw blade Ø 315 mm / 36 Z Saw blade inclination 0 - 45º l Saw blade cover with suction hose Table dimensions (L x W) 800 x 550 mm l Mitre fence without aluminium profile Table height 810 mm (profile available as accessories) Speed 2,800 min¹ Optional Accessories Blades Motor Power 50 Hz (230V) 2.2 kW / (400V) 2.8 kW Suction nozzle top 38 mm / bottom 100 mm Cross cutting Blade 28 teeth Ø 315 mm 0526-3128 Dims LxWxH (cm) 200 x 136 x 100 Aluminium profile for mitre 0591-0315 Net weight 44 Kg Additional Table extension right 800x550 mm 0591-3251

Page 274 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 275 Scroll Saws DKS 504 Vario 1ph 0590-2504 Features l Universally deployable in mould making, precision mechanics, model making, toy making, at schools and training workshops, for designers and architects as well as crafts professionals and DIY enthusiasts l For machining , plastics, and similar materials l Machining of larger workpieces thanks to long reach l Work table pivots from 0° to -45° l Adjustable blower removes from the cutting line l Extraction port for connecting to external extraction device l Flexible LED lamp for optimum illumination of the cutting area l Optimum protection and good visibility thanks to height-adjustable, transparent saw blade protection l Robust cast iron design guarantees smooth, low-vibration action l Fits any workbench or work top thanks to compact design l Freely oscillating saw blade mount for

NEW With LED Lamp

Flexible LED lamp

Work table pivots Included as standard: from -45° to 0° l Saw blade 133 x 3 x 0.3 mm TPI15 l Saw Blade 133 x 3 x 0.3 mm TPI18 l Universal grinders without tools

Accessories

1) Tool set 103 pieces in wooden case 0591-2504

With intergrated extraction duct for connecting an external device

Specification DKS 504 Vario Max.cutting height 90º 52 mm Max.cutting height 45º 20 mm Throat 405 mm Saw blade length 133 mm Number of strokes 550 - 1600 /min¹ Saw blades Pack of 6 Table size 414 x 254 mm Motor power 90W / 230V 1) For wood, plastic, plaster

Suction nozzle 38 mm 135 x 3.0 x 0.25 mm 10 TPI 0591-1628 Dims (cm) 63 x 32 x 38 2) For wood 135 x 6.0 x 0.4 mm 6 TPI 0591-1660

Weight 12 Kg 3) For metal 135 x 6.0 x 0.4 mm 12 TPI 0591-1661 Woodwork

Page 274 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 275 Mitre Chop Saws KGZ 210 E 1ph 0570-2210 KGZ 255 E 1ph 0570-2255 KGZ 305 E 1ph 0570-2305 Features l Features soft start l Base plate and rotating platen made of die cast aluminium, compact, rugged and easy to transport at the same time l Laser projection on the workpiece for precise control of the cutting position l Infinitely adjustable double mitre and double angle l Adjustable stop rails and laterally extendable support aids for longer workpieces l 2x adjustable cutting depth limiter with an easily convertible stop l With pull function for an extended cutting range l With·C-clamp and clamping device as factory standard to safely hold the workpiece l With extraction duct for a dust collection bag or connecting an external extraction unit 45° right 45 ° Left

With double angle and double mitre as a factory standard 2x adjustable cutting depth limiter

Extendable Laser projection on the stop rails right workpiece for precise and left control of the cutting position

Screw clamp for workpiece clamping

With·screw clamp for safe workpiece fixing as factory standard

Specification KGZ 210 E KGZ 255 E KGZ 305E

Motor power (230V) 1.5 kW 1.8 Kw 2.0 Kw Speed of saw blade 4,500 rpm 5,000 rpm 4,500 rpm Saw blade 210mm 255 mm 305 mm Cutting capacities (H x W) At 0º / 0º 70 x 220 mm 90 x 315 mm 100 x 340 mm At 45º / 0º left 70 x 155 mm 90 x 215 mm 40 x 340 mm At 45º / 0º right 35 x 220 mm 40 x 315 mm 40 x 340 mm At 0º / 45º left 70 x 155 mm 90 x 215 mm 100 x 240 mm At 45º / 45º left 35 x 155 mm 40 x 215 mm 40 x 240 mm At 45º / 45º right 35 x 155 mm 40 x 215 mm 40 x 240 mm Dims(LxWH) cm 65 x 45 x 43 cm 90 x 55 x 43 cm 84 x 57 x 79 cm Weight 10.5 kg 17 kg 23 kg

Included as standard: Optional Accessories

l C-clamp Saw blade 210 x 30 x 2.6mm Teeth 24 0526-7021 l Clamping device Saw blade 255 x 30 x 3.0mm Teeth 24 0526-7025 l Dust-collection bag Saw blade 300 x 30 x 3.2mm Teeth 72 TF Neg 0526-0305 l Saw blade Saw blade 305 x 30 x 2.6mm Teeth 60 WZ 0526-0306 Saw blade 305 x 30 x 3.2 Teeth 48 0526-7030

Page 276 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 277 Slot Mortising Machine LLB 16 PB 1ph 0590-6016 LLB 16 PB 3ph 0590-6017 Features l Dowel boring device with grid spacing 16, 22, 25, 32 mm l Wescott drill chuck 0-16mm l Right-left rotation l Table height adjustment via handwheel with numeric display l One hand lever operation l Serial drilling possible with dowel boring device with ratchet pitch 16, 22, 25, 32mm l Wescott drill chuck 0-16mm standard l Right left rotation l Powerful Motor l Simple one hand lever operation of the workbench for fast and precise drilling l Roller guide enables precise working table operation l Convenient exact table height adjustment with numeric display. Adjusted working table height additionallly readable by scale In-line drilling is possible using l An eccentric clamp for different workpiece fixation in scope of delivery a dowel drilling device with 1 l Angle stop adjustable on both sides by 60° 6, 20, 22, 25 mm spacing l Underfloor equipped with large, lockable tool compartment

Angle stop adjustable by 60 ° on both sides

NEW

Convenient, exact table height adjustment using a handwheel with numerical display

Specification LLB 16 PB LLB 16 PB

Drilling width 300 mm Drilling depth max. At 90° 140 mm Work table height adjustment 150 mm Work table length x width 500 x 207 mm Tool holder Wescott chucks Clamping diameter of the tool 0-16 mm The set height of the work table Spindle speed (s) 2850 min ¹ Input power 2.2 kW can also be read off on the scale Connection voltage 230V 400V Grid frequency 50 Hz Suction nozzle diameter 100 mm Included as standard: Length x Width x Height 95 x 71 x 123 cm l Dowel drilling device with Weight 108 Kg 16, 22, 25, 32 mm grid spacing l Wescott chuck 0–16 mm l Right-left rotation Optional Accessories l Table height adjustment via Long hole drill set 5-part, counter clockwise 0533-3681 handwheel with

Long hole drill set 5-part, clockwise 0533-3682 numerical display (8, 10, 12 & 14 drills with 12.8 mm Shank 16mm Drill with 15.8mm Shank) l One-hand lever operation Woodwork

Page 276 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 277 Edge Binder KAG 4 SET 0540-0041

Features l With continuous temperature and feed speed control l Ideal for mobile use in workshops, on construction sites, at trade fairs, etc. l With digital temperature control and infinitely adjustable feed speed l For use with moulded parts and straight workpieces l Easy and fast tooling l Minimum inner radius of workpiece is 25 mm l The edges can be pre-glued for corner joints l With molten adhesive reservoir l Short warm-up time - very good heat insulation NEW

Included as Standard

Specification KAG 4 (SET) Edge thickness 0.4 - 3.0 mm Edge height 10.0 - 65.0 mm Feed speed 2 - 6 m / min Performance 855 W Connection 230 V Adhesive tank capacity 400 ml Operating temperature Step 1 120ºC - 200ºC Step 2 80ºC - 155ºC Dims LxWxH (cm) 25 x 19 x 35 Weight 8.8 Kg

Page 278 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 279 Edge Binder Wet Grinding Machines NTS 200 0575-0200 NTS 255 0575-0255

Features l A comprehensive range of accessories makes it easier to apply the right grinding technology - also for newcomers l Low speed and cooling water bath supports continuous grinding without compromising the tool hardness due to heat build-up during grinding l Many holding devices for various tools available l Powerful induction motor for smooth, low-vibration work l Special white corundum grinding stone with aluminium oxide for perfect grinding results even with hard steel of more than 60 HRC (tool steel) l Removable leather honing wheel for removing grinding burrs after sharpening l Honing paste for polishing the workpiece after grinding l Angle gauge for adjusting the correct grinding angle l Splash water protected motor and switch l Fracture-proof water tank

NTS 200 l Rugged plastic housing

Optional Accessories White corundum grind stone 220 grain 200 mm 0576-0000 White corundum grind stone 220 grain 250 mm 0576-0050 Angle gauge grinding stone Ø 200 mm 0576-0002 Angle gauge grinding stone Ø 250 mm 0576-0052 Disc dresser 0576-0055 NTS 255 l Powder-coated steel housing Leather honing disc Ø 220 mm 0576-0001 Leather honing disc Ø 200 mm 0576-0003

Leather honing disc with profile 0576-0053 Honing paste 0576-0051 Jig for tubes and gouges 0576-0054 Specification NTS 200 NTS 255 Jig for small blades 0576-0056 Jig for large blades 0576-0057 Grinding stone Dia 200 mm 250 mm Jig for scissors/shears 0576-0058 Grinding stone width 40 mm 50 mm Jig for axes 0576-0059 Leather honing disc 200 x 30 mm 255 x 30 mm Turning device 0576-0060 Speed 120 rpm 90 rpm Replacement blade for turning device 0576-0061 Drive motor 0.06 kW 0.12 kW Universal grinding device 0576-0062 Drive motor operating mode S1 S1 Universal grinding support 0576-0063 Drive motor insulation IP 23 IP 23 Plane blade grind device up to 320 mm 0576-0070 Supply Voltage 230-240V 50Hz 230-240V 50Hz Plane blade grind device up to 400 mm 0576-0071 Dims LxWxH (cm) 35x29x28 38x37x42 Weight 9.2 Kg 17 Kg Household set Jig for straight scissors and

garden shears, large knives and axes 0576-0064 Included as standard: Turning set l Honing paste l Angle gauge l Universal grinding device Jig for tubes and gouges, universal l l White corundum grinding stone 220 grain Leather honing disc grinding support, disc dresser 0576-0065 Woodwork

Page 278 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 279 Edge Sander KSO 1500F 0590-1500

Features l The welded steel machine stand guarantees a high level of torsion stiffness and vibration-free processing l Sanding unit pivots up to 45° via lever for sanding straight and bevelled edges l Oscillating sanding belt with separate gear motor for improved sanding results l Oscillation can be optionally engaged l Sanding shoe graphite coated as factory standard for a longer service life of the sanding belt l Height-adjustable sanding table utilises the entire width of the sanding belt l Height-adjustable additional table with extraction unit for sanding radii l Automatically compensates for bend length differences through spring-loaded belt tensioner

Specification KSO 1500F Height-adjustable sanding Table height min / max 740 / 920 mm table helps to leverage the Table height adjustment 180 mm entire sanding belt width Longitudinal table Dims 750 x 300 mm Height-adjustable additional table with Transverse table Dims 330 x 330 mm extraction unit for sanding radii Sanding belt size 2600 x 150 mm Sanding surface 850 x 200 Sanding belts Pack of 5 Sand roller Dia. 100 mm Belt speed 20 m / s 2600 x 150mm K60 0537-2806 Motor 400V. 50 Hz 3.0 kW 2600 x 150mm K80 0537-2808 Oscillating motor 0.25 kW 2600 x 150mm K100 0537-2810 Extraction port Ø 120 / 80m 2600 x 150mm K120 0537-2812 Dims LxWxH (cm) 172 x 70 x 103 2600 x 150mm K180 0537-2818 Weight 180 Kg 2600 x 150mm K220 0537-2822 incl. mitre stop

Page 280 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 281 Edge Sander Belt & Disc Sanders BTS 151 1ph 0590-3151 BTS 250 1ph 0590-4250

Features l Appropiate for lots of materials and shapes l Twist free machine housing made of steel grey cast iron construction NEW l Sanding beltunit infinitely slewable from 0º to 90º, it can be used horizontally and vertically l Double controlled, slewable working table infinitely variable from 0º to 45º l Rapid and simple replacement of the sanding belt with the quick action device, tools are not required for the assembly l Integrated suck off nozzle to be connected to an external suction unit l Includes sanding belts and sanding wheel

Angular Stop

BTS 250 Pictured with optional substructure

Specification BTS 151 BTS 250

Sanding belt size 915 x 100 mm 1220 x 150 mm Disc size 150 mm 250 mm Table size 160 x 226 mm 360 x 200 mm Speed 2,980 rpm 1440 rpm Dims (LxWxH) cm 46 x 36 x 28 72 x 41 x 44 Input power 50 Hz 370 W / 230 V 800 W / 230V Suction nozzle Ø 63 mm 63 mm Weight 17 Kg 47 Kg

BTS 151 Spare Belts & Discs BTS 250 Spare Belts & Discs Optional Accessories

4x 36" Belt Fine Grit 1-551-900P 6x 48" Belt Fine Grit 1-552-900P Stand BTS 250 0591-4250 4x 36" Belt Medium Grit 1-551-910P 6x 48" Belt Medium Grit 1-552-910P Angular stop 4x 36" Belt Coarse Grit 1-551-920P 6x 48" Belt Coarse Grit 1-552-920P BTS 250 0591-0814 6" Ø Disc Fine Grit 1-551-930P 10" Ø Disc Coarse Grit 0591-2506 6" Ø Disc Medium Grit 1-551-940P 10" Ø Disc Medium Grit 0591-2508 Reduction 6" Ø Disc Course Grit 1-551-950P 10" Ø Disc Fine Grit 0591-2510 coupling 60/100mm 0514-2427 Woodwork

Page 280 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 281 Woodworking Lathes DB 450 1ph DB 900 1ph DB 1100 1ph 0592-0450 0592-0900 0592-1100 Features DB 450 l Machine bed made of torsion-free grey cast iron for smooth running and great precision l Tailstock and headstock also made of rugged grey cast iron l Tailstock (stroke 50 mm) with travelling centre punch as factory standard l Speed adjustment in 5 stages via V-belt l Lathe tool steady easily adjustable l Tailstock quill with drill hole for machining longer workpieces l Tip width of 450 mm extensible to 1000 mm via optionally available bed extension

DB 900 & DB 1100 l Torsion-resistant grey cast iron machine bed for smooth, precision running l Tailstock and headstock also made of stable grey cast iron l Wide, easily adjustable turning tool support l Headstock with quick release lever and handwheel l Tailstock (stroke 50 mm) with travelling centre punch as factory standard l Tailstock quill with drill hole for machining longer workpieces l Variable speed control from 500-2000 rpm with digital speed display l The headstock rotates through 180° l Ideal for turning larger diameters l Lockable emergency stop switch

Complete with stand

Complete with stand

Optional Accessories

DB 900 Steady rest 0593-1050

DB 1100 Steady rest 0593-1030 DB 900 Copying device 0593-1101 DB 1100 Copying device 0593-1102

Page 282 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 283 Woodworking Lathes & Accessories DB 1202 Vario 1ph 0592-1202

Features A digital display shows the With travelling centre punch l The torsion resistant grey cast iron machine currently selected speed. as factory standard bed ensures smooth, precision running. l The tailstock and headstock are made of stable grey cast iron. l The drive can be freely displayed on the lathe. l Headstock with quick release lever and handwheel. l Tailstock with revolving centre as factory standard. l Tailstock quill with drill hole Grey cast chassis for for machining longer work pieces. even smoother action l Variable speed control from 0 - 3200 rpm in two speed stages: 0-1200 and 0-3200 rpm.

S p e c i fi c a t i o n DB 450 DB 900 DB 1100 DB 1202 Max. Turning 254 mm 306 mm 358 mm 460 mm Centre height 127 mm 153 mm 179 mm 230 mm Centre width 450 mm 900 mm 1100 mm 1,185 mm Spindle head thread M33 x 3.5 M33 x 3.5 M33 x 3.5 M33 x 3.5

Speeds 680-2800 min 500-2000 min 500-2000 min 0-3200 min Speed stages 5 Variable, 10 stages Variable, 10 stages Variable, 2 stages

Motor power 370W / 230V 550W / 230V 750W / 230V 1.5 kW / 230V

Morse taper MT2 MT2 MT2 MT2

Dims LxWxH (cm) 82 x 43 x 30 138 x 33 x 43 162 x 34 x 43 206 x 50 x 120

Weight 35 Kg 80 Kg 92 Kg 185 Kg

4-jaw professional chuck set, 4-jaw chuck set 1, 100 mm, 4-jaw chuck set 1, 150 mm, ø 4-jaw chuck set 2, ø100 mm, ø M33x3.5 0593-1054 M33x3.5 0593-1021 M33x3.5 0593-1023 M33x3.5 0593-1020

Clamping range: Clamping range: External mount External mount Clamping range: 51 / 78 mm 42 / 157 mm External mount - 50 / 90 mm Internal mount Internal mount 22 / 59 mm 40 / 63 mm Internal mount - 38/ 73 mm Clamping range: External 21 / 90 mm Centric clamping Centric clamping Individual clamping Internal 9 / 75 mm

Face plate for pro 4-jaw Optional Accessories chuck set 0593-1055 4 Jaw chuck kit 1 100mm, M33x3.5 0593-1021 4 Jaw chuck kit 2 100mm, M33x3.5 0593-1023 4 Jaw chuck kit 150mm, M33x3.5 0593-1020

4 Jaw chuck kit pro kit M33x3.5 0593-1054

Face plate for 4 jaw pro kit 0593-1055 Tool basket for DB 1202 0593-1051 External turning device for DB 1202 0593-1053 8 Piece turning tool set Carrier kit (3pcs) 0593-1056 Set of 3 Tangs (carriers) 0593-1011 Range: Ext 73/ 140 mm 8 piece turning tool set 0593-1011 2MT in a box 0593-1056 Woodwork Int 53 / 96 mm

Page 282 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 283 Wood Chip Extractions SAA 902 SAA 2003 SAA 3003 1ph 0592-3902 3ph 0592-2203 3ph 0592-2303

Features l For milling, planing and saw chips. SAA 3003 (not suitable for dust) l Metal blade-wheel impeller for great extraction performance l Excellent value for money

NEW

SAA 902

SAA 2003

Note: You will need to order the polyurethane flexible hose to connect with the extractor. These pipes are available in 2.5, 5.0, 7.5 or in 10m lengths.

Reduction Coupling 100 / 60 mm maybe required

Specification SAA 902 SAA 2003 SAA 3003 Air volume flow 1200 m/h 2.553 m/h 3,910 m/h

Nozzle inlet Ø 100 mm 125 mm 150 mm

Nozzle outlet Ø 1 x 100 mm 2 x 100 mm 3 x 100 mm Power connection 230V.1Ph. 50Hz 400V.3Ph. 50Hz 400V.3Ph. 50Hz Motor power 550 W 1,500 W 2,200 W Dims LxWxH (cm) 90 x 50 x 155 100 x 75 x 200 145 x 80 x 200

Weight 19 Kg 47 Kg 59 Kg

Optional Accessories Accessories Polyurethane Flex Hose

Filter bag SAA 902 0593-0901 Floor cleaning kit1 0514-8100 Ø 40 mm 0514-2500-2,5 Filter bag SAA 2003 0593-2203 Reduc. coupling Ø 60 mm 0514-2501-2,5 Filter bag SAA 3003 0593-2303 100/60mm 0514-7382 Ø 80 mm 0514-2502-2,5 Chip bag SAA 902 (10 Pcs) 0593-0902 Auto start up ALA 2 0512-1503 Chip bag SAA 2003 & 3003 Ø 100 mm 0514-2503-2,5 Auto start up ALA 10 0512-1504 (10 Pcs) 0512-3055 Ø 120 mm 0514-2504-2,5

Page 284 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 285 Material Stands FAB 1 0590-0006 SWT 100 0590-0010 UMS 1 0590-0009 UWT 3200 0590-0020 FAB 1 FOLDAWAY TRESTLE UMS 1 MATERIAL STAND Features Features l Can be adapted without tools l Antiskid coated l Convertible without tools surface l Ideal to transport: l Extremely robust Collapsible, including workmanship carry handle l With non-slip rubber covering

S p e c i fi c a t i o n FA B 1 Load bearing capacity 200 Kg Height of support 640 / 1030 mm Dims (LxWxH) cm 97 x 62 x 103 Weight 8.3 Kg

Specification UMS 1

Load bearing cap. 45-200 Kg Height of support 820/1270 mm SWT 100 CLAMPING TABLE Dims cm 75 x 68 x 127 Features Weight 10.4 Kg l Easy height adjustment of the UWT 3200 UNI. WORKBENCH working table by Pivoting treadle in 7 steps Features l Height adjustment & l Universally applicable for circular cross-cut inclination allows saws, belt sanding machines, ergonomic working cutting out saws, etc position l Designed to guide longer workpieces l Robust and made of l Terminal strip with rapid fixture aluminium and steel Adustable Height 770 - 1079 mm

Specification SWT 100 Load carrying capacity 100 Kg Min/Max height 770 - 1070 mm Max clamp with working table 201 mm

Max clamp with clamping jaws 410 mm Table surface - width 600 mm Table surface - depth closed 284 mm Specification UWT 3200 Table surface - depth open 485 mm Min/Max height 850 / 100 mm Incl. angle of working plate 0º / 25º / 45º / 80º Max Width 2400 mm Dims when installed (cm) 60 x 58 x (77-107) Dims (LxWxH) cm 160 x 60 x 85

Dims when folded (cm) 95 x 57 x 25 Woodwork Weight 30 Kg Weight 12.5 Kg

Page 284 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & O.E. Page 285 Terms and Conditions Why Not Pay Us A Visit

We're Only 3 Minutes From Junction 3, Off The M6 Colliery Lane, Exhall, Coventry. CV7 9NW Terms and Conditions CUSTOMER SERVCE

OVER 40 YEARS EXCELLENT CUSTOMER SERVCE WORLDWIDE From single item to turnkey project

Call + 44 (0) 24 7636 5255 | Fax: +44 (0) 24 7636 6666 Email: [email protected]